Innovation in the air
I N D U S T R I A L P N E U M AT I C C O M P O N E N T S
We give your plans new breath Waircom has always meant
The company can count now
Pneumatics. Benchmark brand in
on three different production units
the components for the industrial
– two located in Vizzolo Predabissi (MI)
automation, Waircom is the popular
and one in Torre d’Arese (PV) – and
name that speaks Italian since
on three logistic units sited in Vizzolo,
fifty years. The range, that nowadays
Riozzo (MI) and Zelo Buon Persico (LO),
spaces into five product lines, and the
that have enabled the rationalization of
company structure more and more
the production, together with a global
articulated since the buyout by MBS
view of the management of the quality
company, are the evident signals of
system conform to the ISO 9001:2000
an unstoppable evolution.
standard.
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
PRODUCTION RANGE
CERTIFICATIONS
VIZZOLO PREDABISSI - Milano Head office - Production & Sales
CYLINDERS
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000
TORRE D’ARESE - Pavia Production ZELO BUON PERSICO - Lodi Logistics
VALVES AND SOLENOID VALVES AIR TREATMENT TUBES AND FITTINGS
RIOZZO - Milano Logistics TORINO - WAIRCOM MBS PIEMONTE Associate company
III
Service, counselling, dynamism: the atmosphere you like In Waircom the innovation goes
In fact Waircom customer can
upriver. To the widespread strategy
always count on a timely service.
of zero inventory, we have preferred
A technically qualified and dynamic
the opposite path: with thousands
staff is, in fact, the other key factor
of codes constantly in stock we
of our success: our young yet high
can assure a reduction of the time
grade experienced sales engineers
to market, with important benefits
are always able to support and aid.
regarding the efficiency, flexibility and accuracy in reply to customers needs.
MANAGEMENT
QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
R&D
MARKETING & PROMOTION
PRODUCTION
SALES NETWORK
V
Research and design always under pressure In Waircom we give great importance
Not to disappoint the market
to research and to new technologies:
expectancy means to be constantly
the last generation 2D and 3D design
under pressure: in Waircom
software are the tools that allow us
we intend to lower the time
in years to supply customized
to market of the special items too.
solutions for the market demands.
This commitment makes our
Every application is a challenge that
company one of the benchmarks
we face with the conďŹ dence to be
for the division world-wide.
always able to keep the expectations.
CUSTOMER NEEDS
TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY
R&D
FEEDBACK AND AD HOC PRODUCTION
VII
Here quality breaths “house air” Quality is not an empty word.
But speed is nothing without
Quality in Waircom means
accuracy. Waircom has the use
compliance of scrupulous production
of appropriate technology
processes and a meticulous testing
to assure a degree of diligence
of every single item; it means even
without comparison.
a coordinated, flexible and integrated
CNC transfer production and
management of the production
electronic testing machinery,
that must be always able to face
machining centers, shadow
every urgency.
comparator, hard meters and thickness gauges: this technology witnesses our commitment to the Total Quality Management.
RAW MATERIAL QUALITY CONTROL
CNC MACHINING CENTERS
PRODUCTION QUALITY CONTROL
ASSEMBLING
TESTING
IX
A flexible distribution ready to take the flight Waircom has an enviable network:
A wide and complex network that
corporate headquarters
makes all easier: this is the way
and distributors are strategically
we would like to describe our
placed nearby the most important
commitment with respect to service.
industrial districts. This is an
Waircom relies upon a widespread
important plus for a company
net of distributors, retailers and
that intend to be the business
agents both in the national territory
partner for an important share
than branched in many foreign
of the industrial field.
countries thus creating a more and more international network.
STEADY IN STORE AVAILABILITY
NATIONAL NETWORK
INTERNATIONAL NETWORK
XI
A success that flows world-wide Already confident in our nation, we feel ourself ready for foreign countries too. We are ready to bet
AUSTRALIA
KUWAIT
TUNISIA
CANADA
MALAYSIA
TURKEY
CHINA
MOROCCO
VIETNAM
COLOMBIA
NETHERLAND
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
CÔTE D’IVOIRE
PAKISTAN
UNITED KINGDOM
CYPRUS
POLAND
ZIMBABWE
CZECH REPUBLIC
PORTUGAL
DENMARK
ROMANIA
EGYPT
SAUDI ARABIA
FRANCE
SINGAPORE
GERMANY
SLOVENIA
GREECE
SPAIN
IRAN
SOUTH AFRICA
JAPAN
SYRIA
JORDAN
THAILAND
on the emerging countries, with the consciousness that we can rely on the same flexibility that has set the success of our sales policy in our nation. Whole works thanks to the strategic high potential of Waircom: the person, always and anywhere our actual capital.
XIII
Italian sales network WAIRCOM M.B.S. S.p.A. - HEADQUARTERS AND SALES OFFICE Via Piemonte 13/15 - 20070 Vizzolo Predabissi (MILAN) - ITALY Tel: +39 02 98230821 - Fax: + 39 02 98231854 www.waircom-mbs.com - info@waircom-mbs.com
DISTRIBUTORS AND RETAILERS ABRUZZO A.F.I. S.n.c. Via Penne, 10 - 66013 CHIETI SCALO Tel: 0871/561812 Fax: 0871/552290 DI EMIDIO DOMENICO Via G. di Vittorio - Villa Pavone - 64100 TERAMO Tel: 0861/210242 Fax: 0861/210243 DI EMIDIO S.r.l. Zona Ind.le Colleranesco - 64020 GIULIANOVA (TE) Tel: 085/8004550/8002624 Fax: 085/8004879 ICAM COMMERCIALE S.a.s. Via Ciccarone, 112 - 66054 VASTO (CH) Tel: 0873/3711306 Fax: 0873/3711205 SERAFINI MARIO S.r.l. Via Saletti, Zona Commerciale - 66041 PIAZZANO DI ATESSA (CH) Tel: 0872/897029 Fax: 0872/888923
BASILICATA GIOVANNI VENNERI & C. S.r.l. Via della Fisica, 26 - 85100 POTENZA Tel: 0971/472210-11 Fax: 0971/472212
CALABRIA FIM S.a.s. Viale del Lavoro, 79 - 87012 CASTROVILLARI (CS) Tel. 0981/480102 Fax 0981/483100 FORNITURE INDUSTRIALI LAVILLA GIOVANNI Via Carrera, 49/a - 89122 REGGIO CALABRIA Tel. 0965/650630 Fax 0965/650630
CAMPANIA AR.TEC.SUD S.a.s. Via Appia, 110 - 83100 ATRIPALDA (AV) Tel: 0825/622721 Fax: 0825/1910261 CASA DEL CUSCINETTO S.a.s. Zona Industriale - 84132 FUORNI (SA) Tel: 089/771177 Fax: 089/771131 CAVA CUSCINETTI S.r.l. Via G. Palumbo, 35/37- 84013 CAVA DEI TIRRENI (SA) Tel: 089/340009 Fax: 089/4454984 FIA S.a.s. Via XX Settembre, 76 - 81020 SAN NICOLA LA STRADA (CE) Tel: 0823/421343 Fax: 0823/421343 OLEODINAMICA PARTENOPEA S.a.s. Via Martiri Atellani, 194 - 81030 ORTA DI ATELLA (CE) Tel: 081/5022646 Fax: 081/5022646 PHI-AIR S.a.s. Via Figliola, 57 - 80040 S. SEBASTIANO AL V. (NA) Tel e Fax: 081/6583599-600
XIV
PRIME FORNITURE GENERALI S.a.s. Via Fienile, 1 Contrada Salice - 80013 CASALNUOVO DI NAPOLI (NA) Tel: 081/5228440-8369 Fax: 081/5227401 TECNOLOGIA OLEODINAMICA S.r.l. Via Variante, 7 bis 93 - 80035 NOLA (NA) Tel: 081/8235314 Fax: 081/5125118
EMILIA ROMAGNA ACERO Sr.l. Via A. Calzi, 30 - 48018 FAENZA (RA) Tel: 0546/620731 Fax: 0546/621450 LUIGI BIANCHI S.p.A. Via Giardini, 3 - 40128 BOLOGNA Tel: 051/327844 Fax: 051/327114 AIR MECCANICA S.n.c. Via Coriano, 58 - Blocco n. 32/E - 47900 RIMINI Tel: 0541/387704-302721 Fax: 0541/382510 EUROTECNICA S.r.l. Via Emila Est, 1301 - 41100 MODENA Tel: 059/282640 Fax: 059/282763 FATI S.r.l. Via del Commercio n. 14/16 - 29100 PIACENZA Tel: 0523/593210 Fax: 0523/593272 F.M.I. di FRANCESCHI & C. S.a.s. Via Baganzola n. 28/A - 43100 PARMA Tel: 0521/992200 Fax: 0521/987303
LAZIO CASA DEL FRENO F.LLI PISTILLI S.n.c. Via Epitaffio n. 128 - 04100 LATINA Tel: 0773/663860 Fax: 0773/663528 S.L.M. S.r.l. Via Cerro Antico - 03043 CASSINO (FR) Tel: 0776/300702 Fax: 0776/370247 ELIA D’AGUANNO S.r.l. Via dei Granatieri, 13 - 00060 CASTELNUOVO DI PORTO (ROMA) Tel: 06/9070681 Fax: 06/90190989 TRAS.MEC S.a.s. Via delle Palme, 31/A/B - 00171 ROMA Tel: 06/2154139 Fax: 06/2154292
LIGURIA BM SERVICE S.r.l. Via Bombrini, 26 - ROSSO - 16149 GENOVA Tel: 010/6422287 Fax: 010/6422287
LOMBARDIA
PUGLIA E BASILICATA
ARIA COMPRESSA S.r.l. Corso Martiri della Liberazione, 40 - 23900 LECCO Tel: 0341/282785 Fax: 0341/285273
ATIM S.a.s. Via Monte Pollino, 23 - 70022 ALTAMURA (BA) Tel: 080/3115257 Fax: 080/3143414 ATOM S.n.c. Viale Capruzzi, 266 BC - 70124 BARI Tel: 080/5428971 Fax: 080/5428971 GENERAL RICAMBI S.n.c. C.so del Mezzogiorno, 18/24 - 71100 FOGGIA Tel: 0881/637523 Fax: 0881/637524 IBC SUD S.r.l. Via De Gasperi, 3/5 - 73030 TIGGIANO (LE) Tel: 0833/790105 Fax: 0833/533306 TECNOFER S.r.l. Traversa via Tramvia, 2/2 - 70051 BARLETTA (BA) Tel: 0883/346744 Fax: 0883/337150
ATEMI S.r.l. Via Monte Bianco, 2 - 20095 CUSANO MILANINO (MI) Tel: 02/6198256 Fax: 02/6133611 BIGNARDI S.r.l. Via del Sebino, 44/46 - 25126 BRESCIA Tel: 030/294169 Fax: 030/3771178 EREDI DI M. FARINA S.r.l. C.so Sempione, 45 - 20025 LEGNANO (MI) Tel: 0331/544311 Fax: 0331/453690 EUROPAIR S.n.c. Via Cesare Battisti, 19 - 20042 ALBIATE BRIANZA (MI) Tel: 0362/915118 Fax: 0362/915141 FLUTEC S.r.l. Via Raso, 5 - 25036 PALAZZOLO SULL’OGLIO (BS) Tel: 030/7402960 Fax: 030/7402961 MICAR S.n.c. Via Rosso di S. Secondo, 15 - 20134 MILANO Tel: 02/7491091 Fax: 02/70126372 SATI AUTOMAZIONE S.a.s. Via Antonio Gramsci, 23/A - 20020 ARESE (MI) Tel: 02/93581351 Fax: 02/93581351 TECNOVOLVENT S.r.l. Via S. Ampellio, 5 - 20141 MILANO Tel: 02/89500419 Fax: 02/89511927 UTECO F.T.I. S.r.l. Via Tranquillo Ercoli, 3 - 26845 CODOGNO (LO) Tel: 0377/30043 Fax: 0377/36730 UTENSILERIA SUZZARESE S.a.s. di LORENZINI FABIO & C. Via Galvani, 1/A - 46029 SUZZARA (MN) Tel: 0376/521321 Fax: 0376/521936 VERZOLLA S.a.s. di MAMBRETTI PAOLO PRIMO Via Brembo, 13/15 - 20052 MONZA (MI) Tel: 039/21661 Fax: 039/2166444-2103010
MARCHE SARO AUTOMAZIONI S.r.l. Zona Ind.le “A” Via Vincenzo Breda - 62012 CIVITANOVA MARCHE (MC) Tel: 0733/897795 Fax: 0733/897887 TECNOFORNITURE S.r.l. Via Pasubio, 106 - 63037 PORTO D’ASCOLI (AP) Tel: 0735/659945 Fax: 0735/655266 TORRESI RAFFAELE & C. S.n.c. Zona Ind.le “A” Via S. Pertini, 51 - 62012 CIVITANOVA MARCHE (MC) Tel: 0733/801120 Fax: 0733/801130
SARDEGNA IDROP S.a.s. Viale Elmas, 142 - 09100 CAGLIARI Tel: 070/240048 Fax: 070/241172 IDROP 2 S.r.l. Zona Ind.le Settore 6 - Via Niger - 07026 OLBIA (SS) Tel: 0789/58195 Fax: 0789/593087
SICILIA CENTRO OLEODINAMICA S.r.l. Via zia Lisa, 253 - 95121 CATANIA Tel: 095/578514 Fax: 095/575826 F.lli FIDERIO S.n.c. Via S. Giuliano, 111/L - 97015 MODICA (RG) Tel: 0932/763014 Fax: 0932/763014 MALTESE MAURIZIO Via Selinunte, 2 - 91026 MAZARA DEL VALLO (TP) Tel: 0923/942665 Fax: 0923/942665
TOSCANA A.T.I. S.a.s. Via Pistoiese, 219 ang. Via Castagnoli n. 1 - 59100 PRATO (PO) Tel: 0574/6961 Fax: 0574/39273
UMBRIA SEA S.r.l. Via Pietrarossa, 1 - 06039 TREVI (PG) Tel: 0742/381296 Fax: 0742/381296
VALLE D’AOSTA A.I.A. S.a.s. Loc. Pont Suaz, 66 - 11020 CHARVENSOD (AO) Tel: 0165/32204 Fax: 0165/32204
PIEMONTE
VENETO E FRIULI VENEZIA GIULIA
CONSOCIATA: WAIRCOM M.B.S. PIEMONTE S.r.l. Via Farinelli, 6 - 10135 TORINO Tel: 011/346008 Fax: 011/346772
FILIALE COMMERCIALE: WAIRFLEX S.a.s. di E. PAPA & C. Viale Italia, 224 - 31015 CONEGLIANO (TV) Tel: 0438/412552 Fax: 0438/41803
ARCISA S.r.l. Via Valpellice, 14/A - 10060 SAN SECONDO PINEROLO (TO) Tel: 0121/500445 Fax: 0121/500370
EMPORIO RICAMBI ROSSI S.r.l. Via Este, 40/2 - 33100 UDINE Tel: 0432/600114 Fax: 0432/520156 FIZNER AUTOMAZIONE S.a.s. Via M. Giuliani Dalmati, 13 - 35129 PADOVA Tel: 049/772700 Fax: 049/8072401 MARCANZIN & MEROTTO S.r.c. V.le della Repubblica, 236 - 31100 TREVISO Tel: 0422/304111 Fax: 0422/306557 NOVELLO S.r.l. Cà Marcello, 73 - 30172 MESTRE (VE) Tel: 041/5311633 Fax: 041/5310125 OLEOMEC S.r.l. Via dell’Artigianato, 8 - 32100 BELLUNO (TV) Tel: 0437/931252 Fax: 0437/33230 O.P.S. S.r.l. Via Travnik, 18/2 - 34018 S. DORLIGO DELLA VALLE (TS) Tel: 040/383808 Fax: 040/382555 PNEUMAC S.r.l. Viale Italia, 254 - 31015 CONEGLIANO (TV) Tel: 0438/35005 Fax: 0438/410211 SO.CI.MA S.a.s. Via Lago Maggiore, 8 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) Tel: 0444/370744 Fax: 0444/370748
BOURSIER S.a.s. C.so Alessandria, 50 - 14100 ASTI Tel: 0141/353933 Fax: 0141/594034 BOURSIER S.r.l. Via Asinari di Bernezzo, 100 - 10146 TORINO Tel: 011/727575 Fax: 011/727579 CENTRO CANAVESANO CUSCINETTI S.a.s. C.so Re Arduino, 9/B - 10086 RIVAROLO CANAVESE (TO) Tel: 0124/26324 Fax: 0124/25762 DOSIO & MUSSO di DOSIO P. & C. S.n.c. C.so Torino, 87/B - 10098 FERRIERA (TO) Tel: 011/9368339 Fax: 011/9367787 NUOVA O.P.E. di DAMIANO PIETRO & C. S.n.c. Via Molino Roero, 6 - 12020 MADONNA DELL’OLMO (CN) Tel: 0171/411977 Fax: 0171/411421 VIEMME TECH di VERDUCI M. Via Tarantelli, 15 - 15033 CASALE MONFERRATO (TO) Tel: 0142/72503 Fax: 0142/451853
XV
CONTENTS Chapter 0 TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Page 0.1
Chapter 1 CYLINDERS
Page 1.1
Chapter 2 VALVES PILOT AND SOLENOID ACTUATED
Page 2.1
Chapter 3 VALVES MANUALLY AND MECHANICALLY ACTUATED AND COMPLEMENTARY VALVES
Page 3.1
Chapter 4 AIR TREATMENT
Page 4.1
Chapter 5 FITTINGS AND TUBES
Page 5.1
The company reserves the right to amend without notice the specifications given in this document
Contents
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Index chapter 0
Fluid ....................................................................................................................................................................................................... page
0.2
Pressure ............................................................................................................................................................................................. page
0.2
Rated ow rate............................................................................................................................................................................ page
0.3
Protection class for coils with connector .......................................................................................................... page
0.4
Graphic symbols Pipes and connections............................................................................................................................................................................... page Air treatment equipment ............................................................................................................................................................................ page Distribution ................................................................................................................................................................................................. page Controls ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... page Energy conversion (actuators) .................................................................................................................................................................... page Rod and piston unit options....................................................................................................................................................................... page
0.5 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7
Comparison of designations for connections ................................................................................................. page
0.8
Multiples and sub-multiples............................................................................................................................................ page
0.8
Consumption of air table ................................................................................................................................................... page
0.8
Peak load and theoretical forces ............................................................................................................................... page
0.9
Cushioning diagram ................................................................................................................................................................ page
0.9
Conversion tables ..................................................................................................................................................................... page
0.10
Threads comparison table
.............................................................................................................................................. page 0.11
Special options table for cylinders ........................................................................................................................... page
0.12
General technical data for cylinders....................................................................................................................... page
0.12
Technical information
0.1
Technical information 0
FLUID Most of WAIRCOM M.B.S. products can be fed with lubricated or unlubricated compressed air, thus means these components are greased on assembly so that they can work even without the use of a lubricator; however for a correct lubrication we advise to use the WAIRSOL grease class ISO 22, studied on purpose for pneumatic circuits, while the use of a filter element with a void fraction of at least 40 µm is essential. The condensate drainage system can be manual, semi-automatic or automatic and it is set up of a cock situated on the bottom of the bowl. The working pressure range for each product is shown on every single relevant technical sheet and it is generally included between 1 to 10 bar.
PRESSURE DEFINITION OF PRESSURE It is the ratio between a force and the surface on which it acts; it is dimensionally expressed in force units per surface units. P(Pa) = F(N) / S(m2) ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE It is the pressure exerted on a surface of 1 cm2 at sea level, at a temperature of 20 °C and with a relative humidity of 65%; it is equivalent to a column of water of 10,33 m or to 760 mmHg. ABSOLUTE PRESSURE It is the pressure of a fluid respect to the absolute vacuum and it is obtainable adding the atmospheric pressure to the gauge one. GAUGE PRESSURE It is the differential pressure of a fluid above and below the atmospheric pressure normally read on the pressure gauges. UPSTREAM PRESSURE Pressure of the compressed air at the inlet of the pneumatic component. DOWNSTREAM PRESSURE Pressure of the compressed air at the outlet of the pneumatic component. DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE ( P) It is the difference between upstream and downstream pressure. BOYLE-MARIOTTE’S LAW The volume of a closed quantity of gas with constant temperature is inversely proportional to the absolute pressure, thus means that for a given quantity of gas the product between the absolute pressure and the volume is a constant value: P1 · V1 = P2 · V2 = Constant. GAY - LUSSAC’S LAW The volume of a quantity of gas with constant pressure is proportional to its temperature: V1 / V2 = T1 / T2 or even, with constant volume, the pressure of a quantity of gas is proportional to its temperature. P1 / P2 = T1 / T2 Then we obtain the General Equation of Gases: P·V=n·R·T where: P = pressure (atm) V = volume (Nl) n = gram molecules of gas contained in the volume (mol) R = perfect gas constant (0,0821 Nl · atm · K-1 · mol-1) T = absolute temperature in Kelvin (273 K = 0 °C) NORMAL CONDITIONS OF AIR In the design of industrial pneumatic circuits are employed measures that refer to the "Normal conditions of air". As "normal cubic meter of air" (1Nm3) we refer to 1 m3 of air at a temperature of 273 K (0 °C) and at a pressure of 1,0013 bar (pressure of the normal air at the sea level): 1 Nm3 = 1000 Nl.
0.2
Technical information
Technical information RATED FLOW RATE It is the volume of fluid passing through a given section of measurement in a unit of time with an upstream gauge pressure P1=6 bar (7 absolute bar) and with a pressure drop P=1 bar (thus means a downstream gauge pressure P2=5 bar, 6 absolute bar) with a fluid temperature of +20 °C. The rated flow rate, generally expressed in normal liters per minute (Nl/m), can give some indications on the performances of the valves if the working conditions are the ones just described. Herebelow are the circuits used in our company to test the flow rate measurements of products in according to the UNI ISO 6358 standard.
circuit for components input/output connections CircuitoTesting di prova per componenti con with connessioni di entrata e di uscita.
Testing for components withscarico direct exhaust in the atmosphere Circuito di circuit prova per componenti con diretto nell’atmosfera.
A – Filter and supply unit B – Adjustable pressure regulator C – Shut-off valve D – Tube for temperature measurement E – Device for the measure of temperature F – Tube for upstream pressure measurement G – Component on trial H – Tube for downstream pressure measurement I – Device for the measure of upstream pressure J – Device for the measure of differential pressure K – Flow regulator valve L – Device for the measure of flow rate
Technical information
0.3
0
Technical information 0
PROTECTION CLASS FOR COILS WITH CONNECTOR For protection class, we mean the intrinsic ability of live electrical equipment to protect and to protect itself against casual contatcts and penetration of solid particles and water. It is defined with the abbreviation “I.P.” followed by 2 figures: the first, 0 to 6, defines the protection against casual contacts and penetration of foreign particles; the second, 0 to 8, the protection against water. The tables shown below describe the various degrees. Protection class against casual contacts and penetration of foreign particles First Denomination figure
Explanation
0
No protection.
No special protection for people against casual contacts with live parts or moving parts. No protection of the equipment against the penetration of foreign solid particles.
1
Protection against the penetration of large-sized solid particles.
Protection against casual contacts of large surfaces with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment, for example contacts with hands, but no protection against the voluntary access to these parts. Protection of the equipment against the penetration of solid particles with a diameter larger than 50 mm.
2
Protection against the penetration of fluid-sized solid particles.
Protection against contacts of fingers with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a diameter larger than 12 mm, such as fingers.
3
Protection against the penetration of small-sized solid particles.
Protection against contacts of tools, wires or the like, thicker than 2.5 mm with live parts of moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a diameter larger than 2.5 mm, such as tools, wires, and so on.
4
Protection against the penetration of very small-sized solid particles.
Protection against contacts of tools, wires or the like, thicker than 1 mm with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against the penetration of solid particles with a diameter larger than1 mm, such as thin tools and wires and so on.
5
Protection against dust deposits.
Full protection against contacts with means of any kind with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against dust deposits. The penetration of dust is not fully eliminated, but it is reduced to such an extent as to assure the good operation of the equipment.
6
Protection against dust penetration.
Full protection against contacts with means of any kind with live parts or moving parts inside the equipment. Protection against dust deposits. Full protection against the penetration of dust.
Protection class against penetration of water Second Denomination figure
Explanation
0 1
No protection.
No special protection.
Protection against water drops falling perpendicularly.
Water drops that fall perpendicularly must not cause harmful effect.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Protection against water drops falling slantwise.
Water drops that fall at a slanted angle of up to 15° to the perpendicular direction must not cause harmful effect.
Protection against water dripping.
Water that falls at a slanted angle of up to 60° to the perpendicular direction must not cause harmful effect.
Protection against water sprays.
Water sprayed against the equipment from any direction must not cause harmful effect.
Protection against water jets.
Water jets fired against the equipment from any direction must not cause harmful effect.
Protection against inondation.
The water penetrating into the equipment due to a temporary flood, for example during rough sea conditions, must not cause harmful effect.
Protection against immersion.
Water must not penetrate in such a quantity as to damage the equipment, should the equipment itself be immersed for pre-established times and at pre-defined pressure.
Protection against submersion.
Water must not penetrate in such a quantity as to damage the equipment, should the equipment itself be submerged at pre-defined pressure and for an undetermined period of time.
0.4
Technical information
Technical information 0
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS Air treatment equipment
Pipes and connections Designation
Explanation
Symbol
Designation
Explanation
Pressure line
Line for the energy transfer
Air filter
Device for removing impurity
Control line
Line for the transfer of the control energy (including regulation)
Condensate separator
With manual draining
With automatic draining
Exhaust or leakage line Line connection
Fixed connection, e.g. welded,saldered, screwed (including fittings)
Crossover
Crossing of unconnected lines
Flexible line
Connectors of mobile parts
Air drier
Device in which the air is dried
Electric line
Line for transmitting electrical energy
Lubricator
Device in which small quantities of oil are added to the air flowing through it
Pneumatic pressure source
Sequence valve
Valve which, by opening the outlet against the spring force, makes connection with further units
Discharge point or vent
Pressure reducer (valve which to a large extent holds the outlet pressure at a constant level, even with altered inlet pressure)
Without exhaust valve
Air exhaust
With not threaded connection
Filter with condensate separator
With plug
With connecting line
Quick-acting couplings
Connected, without check valve
Connected, with check valve
Uncoupled with open end
Uncoupled, end blocked by check valve Rotating joint (device that allows a rotating movement)
With manual draining
With automatic draining
With exhaust valve (Relieving) Piloted pressure reducer with exhaust valve (Relieving)
With threaded connection
Compressed air pick-up point
Symbol
Pneumoelectric transducer Pressure switch
Device converting an input pneumatic signal into an output electrical signal Device switching at an adjustable fixed pressure
Filter - pressure reducer lubricator group (Detailed symbol) Filter - pressure reducer lubricator group (Simplified symbol) Filter - pressure reducer group Soft - start valve
Pneumatic actuated
1-way
Solenoid actuated
3-way
Silencer
Pneumatic accumulator (capacity)
Pressure gauge Thermometer Flowmeter Totalizator flowmeter Optical tester
Technical information
Device indicating the presence of pressure by means of an optical reflector
0.5
Technical information 0
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS Controls
Distribution Designation 2/2 port valve
Explanation Two positions at rest, normally closed (N.C.)
Symbol
Designation Manual actuation
Explanation General (without specifying the type of control)
Two positions at rest, normally open (N.O.)
By push-button
Two positions at rest, normally closed (N.C.)
By lever
Two positions at rest, normally open (N.O.)
By pedal
4/2 port valve
With two positions and one exhaust
By pedal with safety device
3/3 port valve
With three positions and closed the neutral one
5/2 port valve
With two positions and two exhausts
By spring
5/3 port valve
Open centre
By roller lever
Pressure centre
By unidirectional roller lever
3/2 port valve
Closed centre
Check valve
Mechanical actuation
Pneumatic actuation
Direct action by application of pressure
Unloaded (without spring)
Direct action by pressure relief
Spring-loaded
Differential (i.e. pressure dominant pilot)
Controlled check valve Pilot operated to close check valve
Indirect actuation by application of pressure to the pilot valve
Pilot operated to open check valve Shuttle valve (OR type) The inner port with the higher pressure is automatically connected to the outlet port, while the other inlet port is closed When the inlet port is not supplied Quick-exhaust valve with air, the outlet port is exhausted directly into the atmosphere Flow regulator
By stem or key
Indirect actuation by relieving of pressure on the pilot valve Electrical actuation
By solenoid with two in-phase windings
Bidirectional
Unidirectional fixed
By solenoid with one winding
By solenoid with two opposing windings Combined actuation
Unidirectional adjustable
By solenoid with one pilot valve
By solenoid pilot assisted
Flow divider
The flow is divided in two quite similar parts that are indipendent from the variations of pressure
Detent
Device for maintaining a given position
Shut-off valve
Two port
Release unit
Device for preventing the equipment from blocking at a dead spot
Three port
Two pressure valve (AND type)
0.6
The outlet port is pressurized only when pressure is supplied to both of the inlet ports
Technical information
Symbol
Technical information 0
GRAPHIC SYMBOLS Energy conversion (actuators) Designation Compressor
Explanation With constant displacement volume (only one direction of rotation)
Rod and piston unit options Symbol
Designation Rod and piston unit
Explanation
With adjustable cushioning at one end
Pneumatic motor with With one direction of rotation constant displacement volume With two directions of rotation
With adjustable cushioning at both ends
With one direction of rotation
With magnetic piston
With two directions of rotation
With magnetic piston and adjustable cushioning at one end
Pneumatic rotary cylinder
With rotary drive limited range of oscillation
With magnetic piston and adjustable cushioning at both ends
Single acting cylinder
Front spring
With non-rotating piston rod device
Rear spring
With piston rod locking unit
Pneumatic motor with variable displacement volume
Symbol
Standard
Double acting cylinder
Double acting cylinder through rod Tandem cylinder
Opposed
Double push
Double stroke
Telescopic cylinder
Single acting
Double acting
Pressure multiplier
For fluids with the same characteristics For fluids with different characteristics
Technical information
0.7
Technical information 0
COMPARISON OF DESIGNATIONS FOR CONNECTIONS Port Supply/inlet port Working or outlet line Exhaust line Working or outlet line Exhaust line Pilot line that reset the output signal Pilot line Pilot line Pre-pilot exhaust line Pre-pilot exhaust line
ISO 5599 1 2 3 4 5 10
Letter designations P B S A R Z
12 14 82 84
Y Z — —
MULTIPLES AND SUB-MULTIPLES Prefix yotta zetta exa peta tera giga mega kilo etto deca* deci centi milli micro nano pico femto atto zepto yocto
Symbol Y Z E P T G M k h da d c m µ n p f a z y
Factor 1024 1021 1018 1015 1012 109 106 103 102 10 10-1 10-2 10-3 10-6 10-9 10-12 10-15 10-18 10-21 10-24
* In the U.S.A. this prefix is commonly defined “deka”
CONSUPTION OF AIR TABLE Cylinder bore D (mm) 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
Piston rod diameter Motion Useful area Consumption of air in thrust and in traction expressed in Nl per cm of stroke as a function of the operating pressure P expressed in bar, at 20°C d (mm) cm2 1 bar 2 bar 3 bar 4 bar 5 bar 6 bar 7 bar 8 bar 9 bar 10 bar 4 Thrust 1,13 0,0023 0,0034 0,0045 0,0057 0,0068 0,0079 0,009 0,0102 0,0113 0,0124 Traction 1 0,002 0,003 0,004 0,005 0,006 0,007 0,008 0,009 0,01 0,011 6 Thrust 2,01 0,004 0,006 0,008 0,01 0,0121 0,0141 0,0161 0,0181 0,0202 0,0221 Traction 1,73 0,0035 0,0052 0,0069 0,0086 0,0104 0,0121 0,0138 0,0156 0,0173 0,019 8 Thrust 3,14 0,0063 0,0094 0,0126 0,0157 0,0188 0,022 0,0251 0,0283 0,0314 0,0346 Traction 2,64 0,0053 0,0079 0,0106 0,0132 0,0158 0,0185 0,0211 0,0238 0,0264 0,029 12 Thrust 4,91 0,0098 0,0147 0,0196 0,0245 0,0295 0,0344 0,0393 0,0442 0,0491 0,054 Traction 3,78 0,0076 0,0113 0,0151 0,0189 0,0227 0,0264 0,0302 0,034 0,0378 0,0415 12 Thrust 8,04 0,016 0,024 0,032 0,04 0,048 0,056 0,064 0,072 0,08 0,088 Traction 6,91 0,014 0,021 0,028 0,035 0,042 0,049 0,058 0,063 0,07 0,076 16 Thrust 12,56 0,025 0,038 0,05 0,063 0,076 0,088 0,1 0,113 0,126 0,138 Traction 10,55 0,021 0,032 0,042 0,053 0,063 0,074 0,088 0,095 0,106 0,116 20 Thrust 19,63 0,039 0,059 0,079 0,098 0,118 0,137 0,157 0,177 0,196 0,216 Traction 16,49 0,033 0,05 0,066 0,082 0,099 0,115 0,132 0,149 0,165 0,181 20 Thrust 31,16 0,062 0,093 0,125 0,156 0,187 0,218 0,249 0,28 0,312 0,343 Traction 28,02 0,056 0,084 0,112 0,14 0,168 0,196 0,224 0,252 0,28 0,308 25 Thrust 50,24 0,1 0,15 0,2 0,25 0,301 0,351 0,402 0,452 0,502 0,552 Traction 45,36 0,091 0,138 0,181 0,227 0,272 0,318 0,363 0,408 0,454 0,5 32 Thrust 78,54 0,157 0,238 0,314 0,382 0,471 0,549 0,628 0,706 0,785 0,862 Traction 70,5 0,141 0,211 0,282 0,352 0,423 0,493 0,564 0,635 0,705 0,775 32 Thrust 122,66 0,245 0,368 0,49 0,613 0,736 0,859 0,981 1,104 1,226 1,349 Traction 114,67 0,229 0,344 0,459 0,573 0,688 0,803 0,917 1,032 1,147 1,262 40 Thrust 201,06 0,402 0,603 0,804 1,005 1,206 1,407 1,608 1,809 2,01 2,211 Traction 188,49 0,377 0,565 0,754 0,942 1,13 1,319 1,508 1,696 1,884 2,673 40 Thrust 314,15 0,628 0,942 0,257 1,571 1,885 2,199 2,513 2,827 3,145 3,456 Traction 301,59 0,603 0,905 1,506 1,508 1,81 2,111 2,413 2,714 3,016 3,318
The following formula is used to determinate the consumption of air: Q = H x (S+T) x N where: Q = consumption of air (Nl/min) H = cylinder stroke (cm) S = consumption of air per 1 cm of stroke in thrust T = consumption of air per 1 cm of stroke in traction N = number of cycles per minute
0.8
Technical information
Technical information 0
PEAK LOAD AND THEORETICAL FORCES
er
nd
li Cy
In particular applications the piston rod of the cylinder may be subjected to the peak load; it is then important to control the piston rod diameter in relation to the stroke that should be made, the force developed by the cylinder, the working pressure and the fixings. The diagram shown has been realized considering the worst condition, consisting in a rear hinge fixing on the cylinder body (in vertical position with the load charging the rod end) and fork on the piston rod. Given the stroke, the relevant horizontal line is followed until the relevant line to the piston rod diameter (cylinder bore) is crossed; from that point, drawing the vertical line till reaching the x-axis, is obtainable the maximum acceptable peak load. CUSHIONING DIAGRAM In order not to compromise the correct fuctioning of the cylinders with harmful impacts, it is necessary to cushion the moving mass to gradually reduce its kinetic energy. The maximum absorbable mass depends on the speed of traslation and on the absorption capacity of the pneumatic damper. This diagram gives the speed and the maximum absorbable mass at a pressure of 6 bar for various bores.
Technical information
0.9
Technical information 0
CONVERSION TABLES Torque
Length inchounce (ozf·in)
1 inchounce = 1 inchpound = 1 footpound = 1 kilogrammetro = 1 Newtonmetro =
16 192 1388,7 141,6
inchpound (lbf·in) 0,0625
footpound kilogrammetro Newtonmetro (lbf·ft) (kgf·m) (N·m) 0,0052 7,2·10-4 7,06·10-3 0,0833 1,152·10-2 0,113 0,1383 1,356 7,233 9,80665 0,7375 0,102
12 86,796 8,85
Inch (in) 1 inch = 1 foot = 1 yard = 1 millimeter = 1 meter =
foot (ft) 0,0833
12 36 0,03937 39,37
3 0,0033 3,2808
millimeter (mm) 25,4 304,8 914,4
0,00109 1,0936
meter (m) 0,0254 0,304 0,9144 0,001
1000
Force
Area inch2 (in2) 1 inch2 = 1 foot2 = 1 yard2 = 1 millimetro2 = 1 meter2 =
144 1296 0,0016 1550
foot2 (ft2) 0,0069
yard2 (yd2) 0,00077 0,111
9 1,0764·10-5 10,764
1,196·10-6 1,196
Newton (N)
square millimeter square meter (mm2) (m2) 645,16 6,45·10-4 92903 0,0929 836100 0,8361 10-6 106
Density
1 Newton = 1 kilopound = 1 poundforce =
9,80665 4,4482
kilopound (kp) 0,10197
poundforce (lbf) 0,22481 2,20463
0,45359
Mass ounce / inch pound / foot (ozf / in3) (lbf / ft3) 108 0,0092 0,578 62,43 3
1 ounce / inch3 = 1 pound / foot3 = 1 gram / centimeter3 =
3
grams / centimeter (g/cm3) 1,73 0,016
ounce (oz)
3
1 ounce = 1 pound = 1 Kilogram =
Speed
16 35,274
pound (lb) 0,0625
Kilogram (kg) 0,0283 0,4536
2,2046
Temperature
foot/second foot/minute (ft/s) (ft/min) 1 foot/second = 60 1 foot/minute = 0,017 1 mile/hour = 1,4667 88 1 meter/second = 3,28 196,848 1 Kilometer/hour = 0,9113 54,68
mile/hour (mi/h) 0,6818 0,0114 2,237 0,6214
meter/second Kilometers/hour (m/s) (km/h) 0,3048 1,097 0,00508 0,01829 0,447 1,609 3,6 0,278
Kelvin (K) 1K= 1 °C = °C + 273,15 1 °F = 5/9 · (°F - 32) + 273,15
Volume inch3 (in3) 1 inch = 1 US quart = 1Imperial gallon = 1 foot3 = 1 US gallon = 1 liter = 3
57,75 277 1728 231 61,024
US quart (liq qt) 0,0173 4,8 29922 4 1,0567
Imperial gallon (UK) (Imp gall) 0,0036 0,2082 6,23 0,8327 0,22
foot3 (cu ft) 0,00058 0,0334 0,1604 0,1337 0,0353
US gallon (gal) 0,0043 0,25 1,2 7,48
liter (l) 0,0164 0,9464 4,546 28,317 3,785
0,264
Pressure inch Hg 1 inch Hg = 1 psi = 1 atmosphere = 1 torr = 1 mm Hg = 1bar = 1 Mpa = 1 kg/cm2 =
0.10
yard (yd) 0,0278 0,333
2,036 29,921 0,0394 0,0394 29,53 295,3 28,95
psi 0,491 14,696 0,0193 0,0193 14,504 145,04 14,22
atmosphere 0,0334 0,068 0,0013 0,0013 0,987 9,869 0,968
torr 25,4 51,715 760 1 749,87 7498,7 735,35
mm Hg 25,4 51,715 760 1 749,87 7498,7 735,35
bar 0,0339 0,0689 1,0133 0,0013 0,0013 10 0,98
Mpa 0,00339 0,00689 0,10133 0,00013 0,00013 0,1 0,098
Technical information
kg/cm2 0,0345 0,0703 1,0332 0,00136 0,00136 1,02 10,2
Celsius degree (°C) K - 273,15 (°F - 32) · 5/9
Fahrenheit degree (°F) K · 9/5 - 459,67 °C · 9/5 + 32
Technical information 0
THREADS COMPARISON TABLE Ø external (mm) 3,8 ÷ 3,9 4 ÷ 4,2 4,6 ÷ 4,8 4,8 ÷ 4,9 5,7 ÷ 5,9 7,7 ÷ 7,9 7,7 ÷ 7,9 7,7 ÷ 7,9 maximum 7,9 9,5 ÷ 9,7 9,7 ÷ 9,9 9,7 ÷ 9,9 9,7 ÷ 9,9 maximum10,3 10,9 ÷ 11,1 11,7 ÷ 11,9 11,7 ÷ 11,9 11,6 ÷ 11,9 12,5 ÷ 12,7 12,9 ÷ 13,2 13,6 ÷ 13,9 maximum 13,7 15,7 ÷ 15,9 15,6 ÷ 15,9 15,7 ÷ 15,9 16,4 ÷ 16,7 maximum 17,1 17,6 ÷ 17,9 18,8 ÷ 19,1 19,7 ÷ 19,9 19,7 ÷ 19,9 19,6 ÷ 19,9 20,7 ÷ 20,9 maximum21,3 21,7 ÷ 21,9 21,9 ÷ 22,6 23,7 ÷ 23,9 23,6 ÷ 23,9 25,1 ÷ 25,4 26,2 ÷ 26,4 26,6 ÷ 26,9 maximum 26,7 28,3 ÷ 28,6 29,7 ÷ 29,9 31,5 ÷ 31,7 32,9 ÷ 33,2 maximum 33,4 35,7 ÷ 35,9 35,6 ÷ 35,9 37,7 ÷ 37,9 37,8 ÷ 38,1 41,6 ÷ 41,9 41,7 ÷ 41,9 41,6 ÷ 41,9 maximum 42,2 44,7 ÷ 44,9 47,9 ÷ 47,8 47,6 ÷ 47,9 maximum 48,3 59,3 ÷ 59,6 59,7 ÷ 59,9 maximum 60,3 79,7 ÷ 79,9 * for metric screw thread
Ø core (mm) 3,2 ÷ 3,4 3,4 ÷ 3,6 4,0 ÷ 4,2 4,1 ÷ 4,3 4,9 ÷5,2 6,9 ÷ 7,2 6,6 ÷ 6,9 6,8 ÷ 7,1 minimum 6 8,5 ÷ 8,8 8,9 ÷ 9,2 8,6 ÷ 8,9 8,4 ÷ 8,7 minimum 8,3 9,7 ÷ 10 10,6 ÷ 10,9 10,4 ÷ 10,7 10,1 ÷ 10,4 11,3 ÷ 11,7 11,4 ÷ 11,9 11,8 ÷ 12,2 minimum 10,7 14,4 ÷ 14,7 13,8 ÷ 14,2 14,4 ÷ 14,7 14,9 ÷ 15,4 minimum 14,2 15,3 ÷ 15,7 17,3 ÷ 17,8 18,9 ÷ 19,2 18,4 ÷ 18,7 17,3 ÷ 17,7 18,6 ÷ 19,2 minimum 17,4 20,4 ÷ 20,7 20,3 ÷ 20,8 22,4 ÷ 22,7 20,8 ÷ 21,3 23,1 ÷ 23,6 24,1 ÷ 24,7 24,8 ÷ 25,2 minimum 22,5 26,3 ÷ 26,8 28,4 ÷ 28,7 29,5 ÷ 30 30,3 ÷ 30,9 minimum 28,5 34,4 ÷ 34,7 33,8 ÷ 34,2 36,4 ÷ 36,7 35,8 ÷ 36,4 38,9 ÷ 39,6 40,4 ÷ 40,7 39,8 ÷ 40,2 minimum 37 43,4 ÷ 43,7 44,8 ÷ 45,5 45,8 ÷ 46,2 minimum 43,5 56,7 ÷ 57,3 58,4 ÷ 58,7 minimum 55 78,4 ÷ 78,7
lead* - turns/inch metric coarse pitch metric fine pitch 0,7 M4 36 32 0,8 M5 1 M6 1 M8x1 1,25 M8 24 27 28 1 M 10 x 1 1,25 M 10 x 1,25 1,5 M 10 27 20 1,25 M 12 x 1,25 1,5 M 12 x 1,5 1,75 M 12 20 19 2 M 14 18 1,5 M 16 x 1,5 2 M 16 16 19 18 2,5 M 18 16 1 M 20 x 1 1,5 M 20 x 1,5 2,5 M 20 14 14 1,5 M 22 x 1,5 14 1,5 M 24 x 1,5 3 M 24 12 14 2 M 27 x 2 14 12 1,5 M 30 x 1,5 12 11 11 1/2 1,5 M 36 x 1,5 2 M 36 x 2 1,5 M 38 x 1,5 12 11 1,5 M 42 x 1,5 2 M 42 x 2 11 1/2 1,5 M 45 x 1,5 11 2 M 48 x 2 11 1/2 11 1,5 M 60 x 1,5 11 1/2 1,5 M 80 x 1,5
BSP, G
NPT
UNF No. 8-36 No.10-32
5/16
x 24
7/16
x 20
1/16 1/8
1/8
½ x 20 ¼ ¼
5/8
x 16
3/8 3/8
¾ x 16
½ ½ 7/8
x 14
1 x 12 ¾ ¾ 1 1/8 x 12 1 ¼ x 12 1 1
1 ½ x 12 1¼
1¼ 1½ 1½ 2 2
metric = metric screw thread (coarse pitch = MA; fine pitch = MB) G = Gas thread (“BSP” according to ISO standard) NPT = tapered gas thread (used in the U.S.A.) UNF = fine pitch thread (used in the Anglo-Saxon countries)
Technical information
0.11
Technical information 0
SPECIAL OPTIONS TABLE FOR CYLINDERS U
P
UP
X
CPUI
CPA
CX
CPU
BU
B
BG
HB
Z
WR
S S1 S2 S3
As standard As standard
S4 S5
As standard As standard
As standard
S6
Ø 125÷200
Ø 32÷200 Ø 32÷100
As standard
S7 S8 S9
As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard
S10
As standard As standard
As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard As standard
As standard
S10A S10B
S- WAIRCOM M.B.S. drawing
S4 - Nuts and tie rods made of AISI 303 stainless steel
S9 - Piston rod with plane working for key
S1- Oil proof seal (only scraper ring)
S5 - Female threaded tie rods
S10 - Without cushioning
S2- Scraper ring for high temperatures
S6 - Completed threaded and galvanized tie rods
S10A - With front cushioning
S7 - Linear sliding
S10B - With rear cushioning
S3- Female threaded piston rod (dimension AF = 1,5 KF)
Feasible Not feasible
S8 - Through rod with different piston rod for side “B” and/or “C”
Example: Cylinder to ISO and VDMA standards Ø 63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type with different piston rod on side “B” with dimensions: KK=M20x1,5 AM=45 and WH=60: 63R150 CPUI/M S8 B KK=M20x1,5 AM=45 WH=60
GENERAL TECHNICAL DATA FOR CYLINDERS OPERATING LIFE The life cycle of cylinders is affected by manifold factors including: loads (axial and radial), speeds and frequencies of use, average working temperatures, shocks, tolerances of the acceptable pneumatic leakage. Due to the variability of all the factors above mentioned it’s not possible to give indications on the life of cylinders that would not be purely theoretical data. The intent of these indications is only to supply a reference value that could help the end user to planning properly during the implementation phase of any installation, and not binding or guaranteed towards the customer. In consideration of all the above, we can give the following values (without radial loads): 15,000 km for cylinders with polyurethane seals; 8,000 km for cylinders with NBR seals; 5,000 km for rodless cylinders. STROKE TOLERANCES The actual stroke of the cylinders has a tolerance with respect to the nominal stroke but always in compliance with the applicable standards, if any, or anyway within the following tolerances: -0/+1.5 mm for cylinders to ISO 6432 Ø 8 ÷ 25; -0.5/+1.5 mm for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 63; -0/+2 mm for cylinders to ISO 15552 Ø 32 ÷ 50; -0/+2.5 mm for cylinders to ISO 15552 Ø 63 ÷ 200; -0/+2.5 mm for compact cylinders to AFNOR Ø 20 ÷ 100; -0/+1 mm for compact cylinders Ø 12 ÷ 100; -0/+2.5 mm for rodless cylinders Ø 18 ÷ 63.
STROKES EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM VALUE INDICATED IN THE CATALOGUE Customer can address our commercial office even the “Demand for Feasibility” of cylinders having strokes exceeding the maximum value indicated in the catalogue. By and large Waircom will always be able to supply these cylinders, obviously with the physical limitations of the production technologies, but it will be care and responsibility of only the end user to realize proper solutions (e.g. guiding the piston rod, avoiding peaks loads, etc.) so that these cylinders with non-standard strokes could work properly and securely. MAGNETIC SENSORS The intensity and the shape of the magnetic fields generated by permanents magnets housed in the piston assembly depend on the presence of magnetic metal masses in the vicinity of the cylinders that could create mutual magnetic inductance. Therefore these masses may prevent the sensors from switching correctly, in which case non-magnetic materials should be used as, for instance, convenient stainless steel.
0.12
Technical information
0.13
Index chapter 1
CYLINDERS
Series U Cylinders to ISO 6432 standard ................................................................................................................................................................. page Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: piston rod locking unit series WBZ ...................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: guide units series WUG ........................................................................................................................................................ page
1.3 1.6 1.7 1.8
Series P Round cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.12 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.14
Series UP Stainless steel round cylinders with techno-polymer end caps (to ISO 6432 standard for Ø 16 ÷ 25) ..................................................... page 1.15 Accessories: AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25 .......................................................... page 1.17 Accessories: AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 50 .............................................................................................. page 1.19
Series X “Clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard ....................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: cover strips and fixing brackets ........................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: piston rod locking unit for cylinder series WBZ ................................................................................................................... page Accessories: guide unit for cylinder series WUG ...................................................................................................................................... page
1.21 1.24 1.28 1.33 1.34
Series CPUI Tie rods cylinders to ISO 15552 standard ................................................................................................................................................. page Accessories: cover strips and fixing brackets ........................................................................................................................................... page Accessories: piston rod locking unit for cylinder series WBZ ................................................................................................................... page Accessories: guide unit for cylinder series WUG ...................................................................................................................................... page
1.25 1.28 1.33 1.34
Series CPA Twin rod cylinders ...................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.38 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.40
Series CX Cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard ......................................................................................................................... page 1.41 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.44
Series CPU Cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard................................................................................................................................................. page 1.47 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.49
Series BU Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards............................................................................................ page 1.51 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.57
Series B Compact cylinders ..................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.59 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.66
Series BG Compact guided cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.67 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.68
Series HB Screwed-head cylinders ............................................................................................................................................................................ page 1.69
Series Z Rodless cylinders ....................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.75 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.79
Series HS Hydraulic speed regulators ........................................................................................................................................................................ page 1.81 Accessories: fixings ................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.86
Series WR Rotary cylinders ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 1.88
Series F Cylinders piston rod attachments .............................................................................................................................................................. page 1.90
Series FM Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM100 - FM101 - FM157 - FM158 ............................................................................................... page 1.93
Cylinders
1.1
Waircom cylinders: overview Waircom offers an extensive range
All the series foresee, when not
of cylinders that can satisfy the most
already included in the initial designs
disparate demands and industrial
of the cylinders, even the application
applications. We are able to propose
of convenient accessories or
linear (with or without piston rod),
magnetic sensors that allow an even
guided, compact, non-rotating and
wider possibility of exploitation.
rotary actuators, that comply with
As usual all these can work
the most common international
thanks to a production driven by a
standards or with our own designs
management of the quality system
and that point at the optimisation
that complies all the demands
of the quality/price rate, without
included in the reference standard
neglecting the always present care
UNI EN ISO 9001:2000.
to the continuous innovation.
1.2
Cylinders
U
Cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “U” comply with ISO 6432 standard. The basic version is available for every diameter, while the rear axial feed, the magnetic piston and the adjustable cushions versions are produced from Ø 16 to Ø 25.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-10 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Flat rear cap (rear axial feed). Bore Ø 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25 Port size Ø 8 ÷ 16 = M5 Ø 20 - 25 = G1/8 Standard strokes (mm) 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 125, 140, 150, 160, 180, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500 Decelerators length Ø 16 20 25 mm 17 18 18.5 Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 8 - 10 = 150; Ø 12 - 16 = 250; Ø 20 - 25 = 1000 Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 8 ÷ 12 = 20; Ø 16 ÷ 25 = 50
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
MATERIALS
Decelerators ogives Piston rod bearing Piston Piston seals Springs
Anodized aluminium alloy Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical and pneumatic AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Steel Stainless steel (supplied upon request) Brass Self-lubricating sintered bronze Aluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing (supplied with and without magnet) NBR rubber - Viton® Springs steel
Spring tractive force (N)
End caps Cylinder barrel Barrel-end cover fixing type Piston rod Rod and end cap nuts
Stroke (mm)
ORDER KEY S•
U
VERSION 1
/ H
Basic cylinder
R
Through rod
Y
Single acting rear spring*
E
Magnetic
A
With non-rotating hexagonal piston rod***
Flat rear cup (rear axial feed)
VERSION 2
D S
Double acting Single acting front spring
PISTON TYPE
Bore
C
Version 1
Non-magnetic
OPTION 1
Stroke Series
X
Version 2
OPTION 2
Cushioned**
Piston Type
Z
Option 1
OPTION 3
Option 2
2
Option 3 Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page. 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
* ** *** ****
Fit for piston rod locking unit***
Seals for high temperatures****
Dimensions “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm Supplied from Ø 16 to Ø 25 Supplied for Ø 20 and Ø 25 Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type and standard piston rod
ORDER EXAMPLES Basic cylinder Ø16, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type 16/50 UDC Basic cylinder Ø20, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, cushioned 20/50 UDEX
Cylinder Ø25, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, cushioned 25R100 UDEX Basic cylinder Ø25, 40 mm stroke, single acting rear spring, non-magnetic piston type, seals for high temperatures 25/40 UYC2
Cylinders series U
1.3
U
Cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
U BASIC CYLINDER
1
XC+STROKE
P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø AM* B 8 10 12 16 20 25
12 12 16 16 20 22
3 3 4 4 5 6
BE*
C
CD* Ch* Ch2 H9 M12x1,25 15 4 7 M12x1,25 15 4 7 M16x1,5 18 6 5 10 M16x1,5 18 6 5 10 M22x1,5 25 8 7 13 M22x1,5 28,5 8 9 17
D*
EE*
ES
16 M5 16 M5 19 M5 21 M5 26 G 1/8 30 G 1/8
8 10
EW* d13 8 8 12 12 16 16
KK
KV KW* L*
M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10x1,25
19 19 24 24 30 30
6 6 8 8 10 10
LB
6 60 6 60 9 70 9 77 12 91 12 100
M1 M2
MM MR*
N
WB
WF*
14 14 19 18 19 23
4 4 6 6 8 10
8 8 12 12 13 15
71 73
16 16 22 22 24 28
* STANDARD DIMENSIONS Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm
THROUGH ROD WF+STROKE
P.S.: End cap nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard
FLAT END CAP (REAR AXIAL FEED NOT INDICATED IN THE ISO 6432 STANDARD) LB+STROKE
P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard
1.4
Cylinders series U
12 12 19 18 20 22
9 9 12 12 15 18
XC* WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 10 mm 64 28,3 2 64 29,2 2,3 75 55,3 3,7 82 63 4,2 95 138 9,1 104 188,5 12,5
U
Cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
NON-ROTATING HEXAGON PISTON ROD
1
P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard
FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT
P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard
END CAP NUT - STEEL - UDT Ø Ø
DI
CH
S
8-10 12-16 20-25
M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M22x1,5
19 24 30
6 8 10
WEIGHT (g) 7 16 25
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.17)
Cylinders series U
1.5
U
Accessories Fixings for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
FLANGE - STEEL - UF Ø Ø
1
8-10 12-16 20 25
FB H13 4,5 5,5 6,6 6,6
LW
S
13 18 19 23
3 4 5 5
TF JS13 30 40 50 50
UF
UR
39 54 64 64
19 30 36 36
WEIGHT (g) 5 10 20 20
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.17)
FOOT - STEEL - UP Ø Ø 8-10 12-16 20 25
AB H13 4,5 5,5 6,6 6,6
Ø
S
8-10 12-16 20 25
1,5 2 2,5 2,5
AU
LA
LB
LC
NH
R
9,5 12 13 13
14 19 21,5 21,5
64 74-81 91 95
28 28-35 45,5 49,5
16 20 25 25
9,5 13 18 18
TR JS13 25 32 40 40
US
XS
XT
34 46 54 54
24 32 35 39
6,5 10 11 15
WEIGHT (g) 10 25 40 40
LC+STROKE
LB+STROKE
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.17)
REAR HINGE - STEEL - USC Ø Ø
D H13 4,5 5,5 5,5 6,6 6,6
H
LA
8-10 12 16 20 25
CD f8 4 6 6 8 8
24 27 27 30 30
20 25 25 32 32
Ø
LE
LX
R
S
8-10 12 16 20 25
17 25 25 29,5 29,5
62,75 73 80 91 100
5 7 7 10 10
2,5 3 3 4 4
LB JS13 12,5 15 15 20 20
LC E9 8,1 12,1 12,1 16,1 16,1
LD 3,75 5 5 6 6
WEIGHT (g) 20 36 36 78 78
LX+STROKE
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.17)
FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - UCT Ø Ø
LA
LB
TD
TL
TM
UW
8-10 12-16 20 25
13 14 20 24
64 76-83 93 101
4 6 6 6
6 10 10 10
26 38 46 46
20 25 30 30
WEIGHT (g) 17 35 45 45
LX+STROKE
1.6
Cylinders series U
WBZ
Accessories Piston rod locking unit for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
DESCRIPTION Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” is a mechanical device to fit on ISO 6432 cylinders (series “U” and “UP”); its function is to lock the piston rod in any position. This solution allows to lock the cylinder stroke each time that there’s a pressure fall. Locking force is, in any case, higher than the force given off by the cylinder fed at 10 bar. It has static operation (cylinder piston rod not moving); it’s necessary to preliminary stop the cylinder piston rod before proceeding with mechanical locking. Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” must not be considered as a safety device.
TECNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Size Port size Locking Type Release Condition in absence of pressure Locking force with static load
1
MATERIALS 3 ÷ 6 bar with cylinder feed pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-5 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air 20, 25 20 - 25 = M5 Mechanical - Only axial (bi-directional) Through pneumatic control Locked Size N
20 490
Body Blades Pistons Seals Springs
Anodized alluminium alloy Brass Acetal resin NBR rubber Steel
25 490
ORDER KEY OPTION
WBZ
G
Fit for assembly with guide units series “WUG”*
* Feeding is rotated of 90°
Series Size Option
ORDER EXAMPLES Piston rod locking unit, size 20 WBZ20 Piston rod locking unit, size 25 + cylinder series “U” Ø25, fit for piston rod locking unit, 150 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type, ASSEMBLED: WBZ25 + 25/150 UDCZ + M/WBZ
ASSEMBLY “WBZ” + cylinders series “U” or “UP”, “Z” version
M/WBZ
SPARE PARTS BLADES KIT
Size /PM/WBZ
PISTON KIT
Size /SG/WBZ
TECHNICAL INFORMATION “WBZ” operation is based on the action of two opposed blades. When these blades are opened up by suitably loaded springs, they oppose the sliding movement of the piston rod passing through them. It is advisable to balance the pressure in the cylinder chambers during piston rod locking phase in order to increase its working life with a 5/3 pressure centre valve (see the schemes here below`). PNEUMATIC CONTROL
ELECTROPNEUMATIC CONTROL
WBZ PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT
SIZE 20 25
WB 71 73
WEIGHT 190 g
Cylinders series U
1.7
WUG
Accessories Guide units for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
DESCRIPTION
1
Guide units series “WUG” for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard act as devices against rotation of the piston rod in the presence of torques and they are used to carry out multi-axis systems where high movement precision is required. Guide units are available in single and double version, and are supplied with self-lubricating bushings (for low speeds or heavy loads), or with recirculating ball bearing sleeves (for high speeds). P.S.: Cylinders series “U” (Ø 12 ÷ 25) and “UP” (Ø 16 ÷ 25) in the magnetic version, assembled with these guide units, can accept exclusively magnetic sensors type FM157 (see from page 1.97).
TECHNICAL DATA Size Standard strokes (mm) Versions
MATERIALS 12 - 16, 20 - 25 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 Single unit Double unit
Body Self-aligning radial joint Adjustable mechanical stop as standard End flanges Guide bars Bushings Sleeves Clamp
Anodized aluminium alloy Steel Brass Single unit: galvanized steel Double unit: anodized aluminium alloy C45 chromium-plated steel (sliding type on bushings) Hardened steel (sliding type with sleeves) Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring Brass
ORDER KEY WUG
VERSION
/
Singler unit
D
Double unit
M
With sleeves*
SLIDING TYPE
B
On bushings
* Supplied only with size 20 - 25
Series Version Sliding type Size Stroke
ORDER EXAMPLES Single guide unit, size 20 - 25, 150 mm stroke, with sleeves + cylinder series ”UP” Ø 25, 150 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, ASSEMBLED WUGM 20 - 25/150 + 25/150 UPDE + M/WUG
ASSEMBLY “WUG” + cylinders series “U” or “UP” (Ø 16 ÷ 25)
Single guide unit, size 12 - 16, 100 mm stroke, on bushings WUGB 12 - 16/100 Double guide unit, size 20 - 25, 100 mm stroke, with sleeves WUGDM 20 - 25/100
1.8
Cylinders series U
M/WUG
WUG
Accessories Guide units for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT
1
L = (LT - 2LH) + STROKE
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION B
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION B
Projection XL (mm)
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION M
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION M
Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)
Projection XL (mm)
Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)
Cylinders series U
1.9
WUG
Accessories Guide units for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT LT + STROKE
1
No.4 THROUGH HOLES DC
No.4 SLOTS HC
No.4+4 HOLES DD
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS SIZE
DA
DB
DC
DD
FA
FB
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HM
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
12-16 20 25
10 B12 M10 B12 M10
5,2 6,5 6,5
M4 M4 M4
M5 M5 M5
M6 BM8 MM6 BM8 MM6
M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5
65 83 83
60 77 77
6 7 7
47 55 55
24 30,5 30,5
32,5 32,5 32,5
25 27 32
28 44 50
60 69 69
47 52 52
40 45 45
35 40 40
7 7 7
10 10 10
SIZE
LK
LL
LM
LN
LT
PB
SA
TD
TG
12-16 20 25
19 10 10
16 30 30
22 19,5 19,5
6,5 10 10
100 115 115
12 12 12
Ch.14 Ch.21 Ch.21
8,5 10 10
22 32,5 32,5
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) (g) every 10 mm 690 12 B890 M830 B17 M12 B890 M830 B17 M12
B - Bushings M - Sleeves
1.10
Cylinders series U
WUG
Accessories Guide units for cylinders to ISO 6432 standard
series
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT LT + STROKE
1 No.6 HOLES FA No.4 HOLES DC
No.6 HOLES FA No.2 THROUGH HOLES DB
No.4 SLOTS HC
No.4+4 HOLES DD
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS SIZE
DA
DB
DC
DD
FA
FB
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
HG
HH
HL
HM
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
12-16 20 25
10 B12 M10 B12 M10
5,2 6,5 6,5
M4 M4 M4
M5 M5 M5
M4 M4 M4
M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5
65 83 83
18 21,5 21,5
6 7 7
47 55 55
24 30,5 30,5
1,3 2,5 2,5
30,5 40,5 40,5
1 1 1
18 20,5 20,5
32,5 32,5 32,5
30 33 39
43 50 56
60 69 69
47 52 52
40 45 45
TG
SIZE
LF
LG
LH
LK
LL
LM
LN
LO
LP
LT
SA
TA
TB
TC
TD
12-16 20 25
40 45 45
7 7 7
15 15 15
19 10 10
16 30 30
22 19,5 19,5
6,5 10 10
22,5 25 25
19 22,15 22,15
120 135 135
Ch.14 Ch.21 Ch.21
17,5 20 20
17,5 19,5 19,5
5 5,5 5,5
8,5 10 10
WEIGHT (g) 22 740 32,5 B1170 M1110 32,5 B1170 M1110
INCREM. (g) every 10 mm 12 B18 M12 B18 M12
B - Bushings M - Sleeves
CLAMP FOR DECELERATOR WUGCD SIZE SIZE 12-16 20-25
FA M12x1,5 M16x1,5
FB M8x1 M8x1
L 35 40
WEIGHT (g) 20 50
CLAMP FOR MAGNETIC PROXIMITY WUGCP SIZE SIZE 12-16 20-25
FA M12x1,5 M16x1,5
FB M8x1 M8x1
L 25 25
WEIGHT (g) 12 31
Cylinders series U
1.11
P
Round cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1÷10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperature (-10 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Flat rear cap (rear axial feed); Reduced flat rear cap Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63 Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 = G 3/8 Standard strokes (mm) 10, 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, 400, 450, 500 Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 63 mm 29 35 40 40 Max strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 1000 Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 50
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Barrel-end cover fixing type Piston rod Rod nut and ring nut Decelerator ogives Piston rod bearing Piston Piston seals Springs
Anodized alluminium alloy Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical and pneumatic C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainles steel Steel Stainless steel (supplied upon request for the ring nut) Anodized alluminium alloy Self lubricating sintered bronze Alluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing (supplied with and without magnet) Polyurethane - Viton® Spring steel
Spring tractive force (N)
1
Cylinders series “P” are produced with a round profile design from Ø 32 to Ø 63. They are available in the basic version, with rear axial feed, with adjustable cushions and fitted for the use with magnetic sensors.
Stroke (mm)
ORDER KEY P
S•
VERSION 1
/ H
Basic cylinder Flat rear cap (rear axial feed)
R C
Through rod
Y
Single acting rear spring**
E
Magnetic
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut, and seals for high temperature***
Reduced flat rear cap*
VERSION 2
D S
Bore
Double acting Single acting front spring
Version 1
PISTON TYPE
Stroke
C
Series
OPTION 1
Version 2
X
Piston type
OPTION 2
Option 1
1 2
Option 2 Special options (supplied upon request) N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
Non-magnetic
Cushioned
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut Seals for high temperature***
* Not available in the option “X” ** Different dimensions from the versions “D” and “S”; contact the commercial office *** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
ORDER EXAMPLES Basic cylinder Ø32, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non magnetic piston type 32/50 PDC Basic cylinder Ø40, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, cushioned 40/50 PDEX
1.12
Cylinder Ø50, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, cushioned 50R100 PDEX Basic cylinder Ø50, 40 mm stroke, single acting rear spring, non magnetic piston type, seals for high temperature 50/40 PYC2
Cylinders series P
P
Round cylinders
series P BASIC CYLINDER
LA + STROKE
1
LB + STROKE
LD + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
AM
BE
C
CH
D
EE
KK
KW
LA
LB
LC
LD
M
MM
N
R
SW
WF
XC
32 40 50 63
20 24 32 32
M30x1,5 M38x1,5 M45x1,5 M45x1,5
36,5 44 55 67,5
17 19 24 24
38 46 57 70
G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5
6 7 8 8
154 182 202 206
96 113 120 124
47 57 62 63
78 89 96 98
30 35 38 38
12 16 20 20
14 16 18 18
M8x1 M10x1 M12x1,5 M14x1,5
10 12 16 24
38 45 50 50
134 158 170 174
XD WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 10 mm 140 386 16 163 690 26 176 1265 34 180 1750 50
THROUGH ROD
WF + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard
REDUCED FLAT REAR CAP
FLAT END CAP (REAR AXIAL FEED) XD + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard
XC + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard
Cylinders series P
1.13
P
Accessories Fixings
series
RING NUT - STEEL - PG Ø
1
Ø
d
D
S
32 40 50-63
M30x1,5 M38x1,5 M45x1,5
42 50 60
8 10 10
WEIGHT (g) 43 80 122
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.19)
FLANGE/FOOT - STEEL - PFP Ø Ø
AB
AU
HA
HB
HC
LA
LB
LC
32 40 50 63
7 9 9 9
14 20 20 20
14 18 20 20
49 58 70 80
28 30 40 50
21 30 30 30
124 153 160 164
76 83 92 96
Ø
NH
S
TB
TR
TS
XS
XT
32 40 50 63
28 33 40 45
4 5 6 6
14 20 20 20
52 60 70 76
66 88 90 96
48 60 64 64
24 25 30 30
WEIGHT (g) 98 183 276 395
LC + STROKE LB + STROKE
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.19)
REAR HINGE - STEEL - PSC Ø Ø
CH
E
G
H
L
LA
LB
32 40 50 63
13 17 19 19
7 9,5 10 10
20 27 30 34
34 38 44 50
125 146 158 161
20 28 36 42
46,1 56,1 69,1 82,1
Ø
LC
NA
NB
R
S
32 40 50 63
58 70 86 100
24 30 34 35
40 50 54 65
8 9,5 10 10
4 5 6 6
WEIGHT (g) 150 259 403 520
L + STROKE
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.19)
PIVOT (pair) - STEEL - PT Ø Ø
D
H
LA
LB
CH
32 40 50 63
10 12 14 16
51 64 75 90
47 57 62 63
125 146 158 161
6 6 6 8
WEIGHT (g) 10 20 40 65
AISI 304 STAINLESS STEEL SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST (SEE PAGE 1.19)
1.14
Cylinders series P
UP
Stainless steel round cylinders with techno-polymer end caps (to ISO 6432 standard for Ø 16 ÷ 25)
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “UP” are born as technological efficient reply to the always new needs of different industrial fields. They are available from Ø 16 to Ø 50 among which Ø 16 ÷ 25 comply with ISO 6432 standard. These actuators set themselves as a valid yet economic alternative to cylinders completely made in stainless steel, in many “special” applications (as for example food, chemical and pharmaceutical industry...) and/or aggressive environments. In fact, the peculiar feature of this series is represented by the material used for the realization of the end caps: it’s a special techno-polymer that assures adequate mechanical properties.
1 SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (- 20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Double acting, Single acting front spring, Single acting rear spring, through rod
Bore Port size
Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50 Ø 16 = M5 Ø 20 ÷ 32 = G1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G1/4
Spring tractive force (N)
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Versions
Standard strokes (mm)
10, 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 Max strokes (mm) Ø 16 = 250 Ø 20 ÷ 50 = 1000 Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 16 ÷ 50 = 50
Stroke (mm)
MATERIALS
Seals Springs
Techno-polymer Extruded tube, AISI 304 stainless steel Irreversible calking with dual-seal system, mechanical and pneumatic AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Stainless steel
Spring tractive force (N)
End caps Cylinder barrel Barrel-end cover fixing type Piston rod Rod, end cap and ring nuts Piston
Alluminium alloy with acetal resin piston bearing (supplied with and without magnet) Polyurethane Steel for springs
Stroke (mm)
ORDER KEY VERSION 1
UP
/
Basic cylinder
Bore
VERSION 2
Version 1
D S
Stroke Series
Double acting
R
Through rod
Y
Single acting rear spring*
E
Magnetic
Single acting front spring
PISTON TYPE
Version 2
C
Piston type
Non-magnetic
OPTION 1
Special options (supplied upon request) N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
Z
Fit for piston rod locking unit**
* Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm for Ø 16 ÷ 25; for Ø 32 ÷ 50 contact our commercial office *** Supplied with Ø 20 and Ø 25
• See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø 20, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type 20R100 UPDC
Basic cylinder Ø 40, 50 mm stroke, single acting front spring, non-magnetic piston type 40/50 UPSC
Cylinders series UP
1.15
UP
Stainless steel round cylinders with techno-polymer end caps to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25
series
UP BASIC CYLINDER Ø 16 ÷ 25 TO ISO 6432 STANDARD XC + STROKE
1
P.S.: End cap nut and rod nut supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER UP Ø 16 ÷ 25 Ø AM* B 16 20 25
16 20 22
4 5 6
BE* M16x1,5 M22x1,5 M22x1,5
C
CD* Ch* Ch2 H9 18 6 5 10 25 8 7 13 28,5 8 9 17
D* 21 26 30
EE*
ES
M5 G 1/8 G 1/8
8 10
EW* d13 12 16 16
KK* M6 M8 M10x1,25
KV* KW* L* LB
M1 M2
MM MR*
N
WB
WF*
XC*
24 30 30
18 19 23
6 8 10
12 13 15
71 73
22 24 28
82 95 104
8 10 10
9 77 12 91 12 100
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS Dimension “XC” for version “YE” is increased of 10 mm
THROUGH ROD Ø 16 ÷ 25 WF + STROKE
P.S.: End cap nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel
1.16
Cylinders series UP
18 20 22
12 15 18
PESO INCR.(g) (g) x10mm 63 4,2 138 9,1 188,5 12,5
Accessories AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders to ISO 6432 standard Ø 16 ÷ 25
UP
series
END CAP NUT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPDT Ø Ø
DI
CH
S
16 20-25
M16x1,5 M22x1,5
24 30
8 10
WEIGHT (g) 16 25
1
FLANGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPF Ø Ø 16 20 25
FB H13 5,5 6,6 6,6
LW
S
18 19 23
4 5 5
TF JS13 40 50 50
UF 54 64 64
UR WEIGHT PESO g. (g) 30 10 36 20 36 20
FOOT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPP Ø Ø
AU LW
LA S
16 20 25
AB FB H13 5,5 6,6 6,6
LB LC TF UF JS13 74-81 40 28-35 54 91 45,5 50 64 95 45,5 50 64
12 18 13 19 13 23
19 4 21,5 5 21,5 5
Ø
S
TR
US
XS
XT
16 20 25
2 2,5 2,5
32 40 40
46 54 54
32 35 39
10 11 15
NH UR 20 30 25 36 25 36
R PESO g. 13 10 18 20 18 20
WEIGHT (g) 25 40 40
LC + STROKE
LB + STROKE
REAR HINGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPSC Ø Ø 16 20 25
CD FB f8 H13 6 5,5 8 6,6 8 6,6
D LW H13 5,5 18 6,6 19 6,6 23
Ø
LE
16 20 25
25 29,5 29,5
H S
LB UF
27 4 30 5 30 5
LA TF JS13 25 40 32 50 32 50
LX
R
S
80 91 100
7 10 10
3 4 4
WEIGHT (g) 36 78 78
15 54 20 64 20 64
LC UR E9 12,1 30 16,1 36 16,1 36
LD PESO g. 5 10 6 20 6 20
LX + STROKE
OTHER ACCESSORIES - Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” (see page 1.7) - Guide unit series “WUG” (see page 1.8)
Cylinders series UP
1.17
UP
Stainless steel round cylinders with techno-polymer end caps Ø 32 ÷ 50
series
UP BASIC CYLINDER Ø 32 ÷ 50 LA + STROKE
1
LB + STROKE
LD + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nut and rod nut supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER UP Ø 32 ÷ 50 Ø
AM
BE
C
CH
D
EE
KK
KW
LA
LB
LC
LD
M
MM
N
R
SW
WF
XC
32 40 50
20 24 32
M30x1,5 M38x1,5 M45x1,5
36,5 44 55
17 19 24
38 46 57
G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5
6 7 8
154 182 202
96 113 120
47 57 62
78 89 96
30 35 38
12 16 20
14 16 18
M8x1 M10x1 M12x1,5
10 12 16
38 45 50
134 158 170
THROUGH ROD Ø 32 ÷ 50
WF + STROKE
P.S.: End cap ring nuts and rod nuts supplied as standard in AISI 304 stainless steel
1.18
Cylinders series UP
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 10 mm 386 16 690 26 1265 34
Accessories AISI 304 stainless steel fixings for round cylinders Ø 32 ÷ 50
series
UP
RING NUT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPG Ø Ø
d
D
S
32 40 50
M30x1,5 M38x1,5 M45x1,5
45 50 58
7 8 9
WEIGHT (g) 43 80 122
1
FLANGE/FOOT - STAINLESS STEEL - UPFP Ø Ø
AB
AU
HA
HB
HC
LA
LB
LC
32 40 50
7 9 9
14 20 20
14 18 20
49 58 70
28 30 40
21 30 30
124 153 160
76 83 92
Ø
NH
S
TB
TR
TS
XS
XT
32 40 50
28 33 40
4 5 6
14 20 20
52 60 70
66 88 90
48 60 64
24 25 30
WEIGHT (g) 98 183 276
LC + STROKE LB + STROKE
REAR HINGE - STAINLESS STEEL - UPSC Ø Ø
CH
E
G
H
L
LA
LB
32 40 50
13 17 19
7 9,5 10
20 27 30
35 40 45
125 146 158
20 28 36
46,1 56,1 69,1
Ø
LC
NA
NB
R
S
32 40 50
58 70 86
24 30 34
40 50 54
8 9,5 10
4 5 6
WEIGHT (g) 150 259 403
L + STROKE
PIVOT (pair) - STAINLESS STEEL - UPT Ø Ø
D
H
LA
LB
CH
32 40 50
10 12 14
51 61 75
47 57 62
125 146 158
5 6 6
WEIGHT (g) 10 20 40
Cylinders series UP
1.19
1
1.20
X
“Clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
DESCRIPTION Pneumatic cylinders series “X” comply with ISO 15552 standard, being in this way completely interchangeable with the well-known cylinders to ISO 6431 standard, defining the dimensions of both the “nude” cylinder than assembled with fixings. They’re available in the bores from Ø 32 to Ø 100 and the cylinder barrel, made in extruded aluminium alloy, has some pits (“T”-shaped slots) on three sides where it’s possible to mount directly the new magnetic sensors series FM100. This peculiarity allows to leave the dimensions of the cylinders unchanged, keeping the mentioned sensors, completely embedded and granting them a better protection. The dynamic seals are made in high performances polyurethane with standard working temperature between -35°C and +80°C. Among all the available versions, a special mention deserves the non-rotating piston rod one with a particular section, made of AISI 304 stainless steel supplied as standard. The compact and advanced design makes the series “X” a product aesthetically appealing yet useful. In fact, thanks to proper cover strips that give the cylinders a really “clean profile”, the cylinders are not subject to receive dirt and so they result suitable also for “difficult” environments like the food one. A further feature is the possibility to assemble some series of valves directly on the cylinder barrel thanks to the brackets type “X/P/M..” (see page 1.24).
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Screws Piston rod Rod nut Piston rod bearing Piston Seals Cover strips
Painted die-cast aluminium alloy Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy Steel (self-forming) C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Techno-polymer (supplied with and without magnet) Aluminium alloy for high temperatures Polyurethane Viton® Polyvinyl chloride
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1÷10 bar 0 ÷ +80°C (with dry air –35°C) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperature (with dry air –10°C) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem Bore Ø 32,40,50,63,80,100 Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 = G 1/2 Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400 320, 350, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 60 80 100 mm 24 29 29 35 35 40 Maximum stroke (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 3000 Max. stroke single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50
ORDER KEY X/
S•
VERSION
/ S Y R
Double acting Single acting front spring Single acting rear spring
T P V
Double push tandem
M
Magnetic
A
Stainless steel non-rotating piston rod
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut and seals for high temperatures**
Double stroke tandem Opposed tandem
Through rod
PISTON TYPE Bore
N
Version
OPTION 1
Stroke
Z
Series
Non-magnetic
Fit for piston rod locking unit
OPTION 2
Piston type
1 2
Option 1 Option 2
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut* Seals for high temperatures**
OPTION 3
Option 3
4
Special option (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100-FM157-FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø 50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston type, fit for piston rod locking unit 50/100 X/NZ Cylinder Ø 63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod with cover strips 63R150 X/M14 Cylinder Ø 80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 X/M
Cover strips for magnetic sensors slots***
* Supplied as standard with option “A” (non-rotating piston rod) ** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type and standard piston rod *** Supplied as standard for big slot
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Polyurethane Through rod polyurethane For high temperatures Through rod for high temperatures
Cylinders series X
Ø/SG/X Ø/SG/R/X Ø/SG/X2 Ø/SG/R/X2
1.21
X
“Clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
X BASIC CYLINDER STROKE
1
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A*
32 40 50 63 80 100
22 24 32 32 40 40
BA* B* 30 35 40 45 45 55
BG*
CH
RT*
E*
EE*
G
D
KK*
16 16 16 16 16 16
17 19 24 24 30 30
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
47 52 63 75 93 113
G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2
27 31 30 35,5 36 39
12 16 20 20 25 25
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5
l l 2* l 8* 160 185 172 197 216 234
20 22 26 27 29 35
94 105 106 121 128 138
O
PL*
R
6 7 8 8 9 9
18 20,5 19 22 23 24
9 9 9 9 9 9
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS
THROUGH ROD WH + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
NON-ROTATING PISTON ROD PISTON ROD SECTION
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
1.22
Cylinders series X
SW* TG* 10 13 17 17 22 22
VA* VD* 32,5 3 38 3 46,5 3 56,5 4 72 4 89 4
WB 86 100 127 127 156 161
WH* WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) every 10 mm 26 690 30 30 900 45 37 1240 60 37 1750 80 46 3580 100 51 5270 120
X
“Clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM
STROKE1 + STROKE2
1
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM STROKE1 + STROKE2
STROKE1 STROKE2
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
OPPOSED TANDEM STROKE1
STROKE2
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
Cylinders series X
1.23
X
series
Accessories Cover strips and fixing brackets for “clean profile” cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
SMALL SLOT COVER STRIP - X/CP
1
BIG SLOT COVER STRIP - X/CG
FIXING BRACKETS FOR “T” SLOTS - X/P/M..
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLING OF VALVES MEV-MEK/CYLINDER TYPE X/P/M3 X/P/M4
A M3 M4
TECHNICAL INFORMATION FIXING BRACKETS These brackets, with vertical insertion, allow to assembling directly on the cylinder barrel some series of valves and can be used even as reference point for the replacement of magnetic sensors.
1.24
Cylinders series X
CPUI
Tie rods cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “CPUI” comply with ISO 15552 standard, being in this way completely interchangeable with the well-known cylinders to ISO 6431 standard. They’re available from Ø 32 to Ø 200. These cylinders are supplied cushioned as standard and, in the version with magnetic piston type can be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operatin pressure Working temperature
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-10 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Trough rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200 Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 Ø 160 - 200 = G 3/4 Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerators lenght Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 mm 21 23 26 30 33 37 37 40 40 Max strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 200 = 3000 Max strokes single act. (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 50; Ø 80 - 100 = 100
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel
Alluminium alloy, cataphoresis-treated Ø 32 ÷ 125: extruded profile, 20 µm anodized allumium alloy Ø 125 ÷ 200: extruded tube, 20 µm anodized allumium alloy Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts) Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainles steel Piston rod bearing Bronze-Iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Decelerator ogives Alluminium alloy Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet) Viton® (supplied only without non-magnetic piston) Seals NBR rubber Viton®
ORDER KEY CPUI/
S•
VERSION
/ S Y R
Double acting Single acting front spring Single acting rear spring
T P V
Double push tandem
M
Magnetic
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut and seals for high temperatures**
Double stroke tandem Opposed tandem
Through rod
PISTON TYPE
N
Non-magnetic
Bore
OPTION 1
Version
Z
Stroke
Fit for piston rod locking unit *
OPTION 2
Series
1 2
Piston type Option 1
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut Seals for high temperatures**
OPTION 3
Option 2
5
Option 3
Extruded profile barrel (only for Ø 125)
*** Supplied from Ø 32 al Ø 125 *** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
Special option (supplied upon request) N.B.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, fit for piston rod locking unit 50/100 CPUI/MZ
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Non-magnetic piston type
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CPUI/M1 Cylinder Ø80, double push tandem, 50 mm stroke, magnetic piston type 80T50 CPUI/M
Magnetic piston type
Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 CPUI/M
NBR Through rod, NBR For high temperature Through rod for high temperature NBR Through rod, NBR
Ø/SG/CPUI/N Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N Ø/SG/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/CPUI/M Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M
Cylinder Ø80, opposed tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 50 mm stroke 2, magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod 80V50+50 CPUI/M1
Cylinders series CPUI
1.25
CPUI
Tie rods cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
CPUI BASIC CYLINDER
STROKE
1
Detail of the front centering Ø 200
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A*
BA* BG* B*
CH
RT*
E*
EE*
G
D
KK*
l
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
22 24 32 32 40 40 54 72 72
30 35 40 45 45 55 60 65 75
17 19 24 24 30 30 41 55 55
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M16 M16
47 54 65 75 95 114 140 180 220
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/4
27 30 32,5 37 37 40 46 50 48
12 16 20 20 25 25 32 40 40
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2 M36x2
160 185 172 197 216 234 268 310 310
16 16 16 16 16 16 20 24 24
l 2* l 8* 15 20 24 24 32 36 50 60 60
94 105 106 121 128 138 160 180 180
O
PL*
R
SW*
TG*
VA*
6 7 8 8 9 9 12 15 15
18 20 22,5 23,5 23 24,5 24 24 24
7 7 7 9 9 9 -
10 13 17 17 22 22 27 36 36
32,5 38 46,5 56,5 72 89 110 140 175
3 3 3 4 4 4 6 6 6
* STANDARDIZED DIMENSIONS
THROUGH ROD
STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
1.26
Cylinders series CPUI
WB WH* WEIGHT INCREMENT (g) (g) every 10 mm 86 100 127 127 156 161 205 -
26 30 37 37 46 51 65 80 95
520 810 1235 1790 2900 4080 6070 13100 18200
28 36 55 58 80 104 126 210 290
CPUI
Tie rods cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM
1
STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM
STROKE
STROKE
STROKE STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
OPPOSED TANDEM STROKE 1
STROKE 2
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
FIT FOR PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
Cylinders series CPUI
1.27
CPUI
series
Accessories Fixings for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
FLANGE - STEEL - CPUI/F Ø (supplied with screws) Ø
1
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
D H11 30 35 40 45 45 55 60 65 75
FB H13 7 9 9 9 12 14 16 18 22
Ø
W
ZF
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
16 20 25 25 30 35 45 60 70
130 145 155 170 190 205 245 280 300
E
MF JS14 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20 25
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
R JS14 32 36 45 50 63 75 90 115 135
TF JS14 64 72 90 100 126 150 180 230 270
UF 80 90 110 120 150 170 205 260 300
ZF + STROKE
WEIGHT (g) 190 246 478 622 1430 1986 3750 6350 11350
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100, SCREWS EXCLUDED
FOOT - STEEL - CPUI/PB Ø (supplied with screws) Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
AB H14 7 9 9 9 12 14 16 18 22
AH JS15 32 36 45 50 63 71 90 115 135
AT
AU
E
F
SA
4 4 5 5 6 6 8 10 12
24 28 32 32 41 41 45 60 70
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
35 36 47 45 55 57 70 75 100
142 161 170 185 210 220 250 300 320
TR JS14 32 36 45 50 63 75 90 115 135
XA
WEIGHT (g) 66 78 168 190 382 452 1090 1188 3450
144 163 175 190 215 230 270 320 345
XA + STROKE
SA + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100, SCREWS EXCLUDED
FRONT FEMALE HINGE - NOT CONFORM TO ISO STANDARD - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CFA Ø (supplied with screws) Ø
CB
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
26 28 32 40 60 70 90 90 110
1.28
CD H9 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 30 30
E
FL
L
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
22 25 27 32 36 41 50 55 60
13 16 16 21 22 27 30 35 35
UB h14 45 52 60 70 90 110 130 170 170
WEIGHT (g) 48 75 124 192 380 620 1180 1780 2900
Cylinders series X and CPUI
Accessories Fixings for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard REAR FEMALE HINGE (Supplied with screws) Ø
CPUI
series
- ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CF Ø - ALUMINIUM WITH BUSHINGS - CPUI/CF Ø B - STEEL - CPUI/CF Ø AC
CD H9 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 30 30
E
FL
L
L4
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
CB H14 26 28 32 40 50 60 70 90 90
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
22 25 27 32 36 41 50 55 60
13 16 16 21 22 27 30 35 35
5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 10 10 10 10 11
Ø
XD
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
142 160 170 190 210 230 275 315 335
WEIGHT ALL. (g) 48 75 124 192 380 620 1180 1780 2900
WEIGHT STEEL (g) 138 230 338 540 1000 1700 3350 5750 8900
1
UB h14 45 52 60 70 90 110 130 170 170
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED
PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE (ALUMINIUM) - STEEL - CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø (STEEL) - GALVANIZED NITRIDED STEEL - CPUI/SEC Ø AC Ø
BU
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
53 60 68 78 98 118 139 178 178
EK f7 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 30 30
EL
WEIGHT (g) 46 32 53 52 61 60 71 122 91 152 111 290 132 530 171,5 978 171,5 978
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125
MALE HINGE (Supplied with screws) Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
CD H9 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 30 30
- ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CM Ø - ALUMINIUM WITH BUSHINGS - CPUI/CM Ø B - STEEL - CPUI/CM Ø AC
E
EW
FL
L
L4
XD
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
26 28 32 40 50 60 70 90 90
22 25 27 32 36 41 50 55 60
13 16 16 21 22 27 30 35 35
5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 10 10 10 10 11
142 160 170 190 210 230 275 315 335
WEIGHT WEIGHT ALL. (g) STEEL (g) 54 176 76 274 124 368 212 682 420 1196 666 2100 1264 3740 1846 5890 8470 2950
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED
Cylinders series X and CPUI
1.29
CPUI
series SQUARE JOINT Ø
1
Accessories Fixings for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
- ALUMINIUM - CPUI/AS Ø - STEEL - CPUI/AS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125)
CK H9 10 12 12 16 16 20 25 30 30
EM
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
PH JS15 32 36 45 50 63 71 90 115 135
Ø
BR
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
10 11 13 15 15 19 22,5 31,5 31,5
S5 H13 6,6 6,6 9 9 11 11 14 14 18
K1 JS14 38 41 50 52 66 76 94 118 122
26 28 32 40 50 60 70 90 90
GL JS14 21 24 33 37 47 55 70 97 105
RA JS14 18 22 30 35 40 50 60 88 90
K2
XD
51 54 65 67 86 96 124 156 162
142 160 170 190 210 230 275 315 335
UR
BT
L5
31 35 45 50 60 70 90 126 130
8 10 12 14 14 17 20 25 30
1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 2,5 2,5 3,2 4 4
WEIGHT ALL. (g) 56 139 142 200 312 656 826 2600 3250
WEIGHT STEEL (g) 158 238 418 526 1055 1360 -
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125
NARROW REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CFS Ø - STEEL - CPUI/CFS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125) (Supplied with screws) Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
CG D10 14 16 21 21 25 25 37 43 43
CP d12 34 40 45 51 65 75 97 122 122
Ø
L4
XD
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 10 10 10 10 11
142 160 170 190 210 230 275 315 335
B3
Ø CF F7 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 35 35
3,3 4,3 4,3 4,3 4,3 6,3 6,3 6,3 6,3
E
FM
L10
L11
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
22 25 27 32 36 41 50 55 60
9 9 11 11 14 14 20 20 25
16,5 18 22 22 26 26 39 44 44
WEIGHT WEIGHT ALL. (g) STEEL (g) 42 140 70 230 112 336 194 546 382 1190 610 1840 1100 3550 2000 3300 -
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED
NON-ROTATING PIVOT FOR NARROW REAR FEMALE HINGE - GALVANIZED NITRIDED STEEL - CPUI/SEC Ø AT Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
d4 H12 3 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6
ØJK f7 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 35 35
L8
ES
L9
L5
G
14 16 20 20 24 24 36 41 41
32,5 38 43 49 63 73 94 119 119
4,5 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 9
41 48 54 60 75 85 110 135 135
4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7
WEIGHT (g) 26 42 84 94 184 208 606 974 974
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125
1.30
Cylinders series X and CPUI
Accessories Fixings for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard NARROW MALE HINGE WITH ARTICULATED HEAD (ISO 12240) (Supplied with screws) Ø
E
EN
MS
EU
G
DL
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
ØCX H7 10 12 16 16 20 20 30 35 35
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
14 16 21 21 25 25 37 43 43
16 19 21 24 28,5 30 40 45 48
10,5 12 15 15 18 18 25 28 28
9 9 11 11 14 14 20 20 25
22 25 27 32 36 41 50 55 60
Ø
L4
XD
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 10 10 10 10 11
142 160 170 190 210 230 275 315 335
WEIGHT ALL. (g) 62 100 180 244 476 646 1410 2385 3860
WEIGHT ACC. (g) 158 254 360 588 1118 1810 3500 -
series
CPUI
- ALUMINIUM - CPUI/CMSS Ø - STEEL - CPUI/CMSS Ø AC (FOR Ø 32 ÷ 125)
1
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125, SCREWS EXCLUDED
SQUARE JOINT WITH ARTICULATED HEAD (ISO 12240) - STEEL- CPUI/ASSS Ø AC Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
CA JS15 32 36 45 50 63 71 90 K1 JS14 38 41 50 52 66 76 94
BQ
EM
10,5 12 15 15 18 18 25
CK H7 10 12 16 16 20 20 30
K2
L5
R
51 54 65 67 86 96 124
1,6 1,6 1,6 1,6 2,5 2,5 3,2
15 18 20 23 27 30 40
14 16 21 21 25 25 37
G1 JS14 21 24 33 37 47 55 70
G2 JS14 18 22 30 35 40 50 60
G3
H6
31 35 45 50 60 70 90
10 10 12 12 14 15 20
S5 H13 6,6 6,6 9 9 11 11 13,5
XD
WEIGHT (g) 178 268 458 550 970 1326 3000
142 160 170 190 210 230 275
XD + STROKE
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 125
FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - CPUI/CTA Ø (Supplied with screws) Ø
L1
LA
LB
32 40 50 63 80 100
14 19 19 24 24 29
19 20,5 27,5 25 34 37,6
127 144,5 152,5 170 186 203,5
TD e9 12 16 16 20 20 25
TL h14 12 16 16 20 20 25
TM h14 50 63 75 90 110 132
UW 46 59 69 84 102 125
WEIGHT (g) 137 385 513 1041 1563 3000
LB + STROKE
Cylinders series X and CPUI
1.31
CPUI
series
Accessories Fixings for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - EXTRUDED PROFILE - CPUI/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels) Ø
1
32 40 50 63 80 100 125
M N TD TK ± 0,3 ± 0,3 e9 max
TL h14
TM UW XV XV WEIGHT h14 max min max (g)
13,5 19 24,5 28 36,5 42,5 59,5
12 16 16 20 20 25 25
50 63 75 90 110 132 160
7 8 8 12 12 15 15
12 16 16 20 20 25 25
18 20 20 26 26 32 33
48,5 62 84 130 59 70 95 238 71 79,5 100,5 318 85 87 108 608 105 96 124 928 129 107 133 1562 154 127,5 163 2600
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100, SCREWS EXCLUDED P.S.: ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels) XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY: CPUI/CT Ø + cylinder series “CPUI” type M/CPUI/CT Ø
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - “CLEAN PROFILE” - X/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels) Ø
TK
TD TL TM UW1 UW2 e9 h14 0 /- 0,3
XV min
XV max
WEIGHT (g)
32 40 50 63 80 100
18 20 20 25 25 30
12 16 16 20 20 25
56 63 66 75 78,5 89
85 95 96 108,5 115,5 123
250 410 530 775 1430 1950
12 16 16 20 20 25
50 63 75 90 110 132
70 78 91 94 130 145
50 62 74 88 109 130
AVAILABLE IN AISI 316 STAINLESS STEEL FROM Ø 32 TO Ø 100 P.S.: ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels) XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY: X/CT Ø + cylinder series “X” type M/X/CT Ø
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - EXTRUDED TUBE WITH TIE RODS - CX/CPUI/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels) Ø
TK
M
125 160 200
32 40 40
12,25 16,25 16,25
Ø
XV max 163 190 207
WEIGHT (g) 2600 4300 7450
125 160 200
TD e9 25 32 32
TL h14 25 32 32
TM h14 160 200 250
UW
XV min 127 150 163
155 190 240
P.S.: - FIXED POSITION (specify dimension “XV”, fixed on cylinder with completed threaded and galvanized tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12) - ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels)
XV max + STROKE
ASSEMBLY (FIXED): CX/CPUI/CT Ø + cylinders series “CPUI S6” type MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø
SUPPORT FOR INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - CPUI/SCT Ø Ø
A
B1
B2
C
32 40-50 63-80 100-125 160-200
32 36 42 50 60
46 55 65 75 92
18 21 23 28,5 40
10,5 12 13 16 22,5
Ø
XA
d1 F7 12 16 20 25 32
d2 H13 6,6 9 11 14 18
FN 30 36 40 50 60
WEIGHT (g) 32 71 100 40-50 87-99 150 63-80 116-136 234 100-125 164-192 435 160-200 245-295 850
1.32
Cylinders series X and CPUI
Accessories Piston rod locking unit for cylinders to ISO 15552 standard
series
WBZ
DESCRIPTION Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” is a mechanical device to fit on ISO 15552 cylinders (series X and CPUI); its function is to lock the piston rod in any position. This solution allows to lock the cylinder stroke each time that there’s a pressure fall. Locking force is, in any case, higher than the force given off by the cylinder fed at 10 bar. It has static operation (cylinder piston rod not moving); it’s necessary to preliminary stop the cylinder piston rod before proceeding with mechanical locking. Piston rod locking unit series “WBZ” must not be considered as a safety device.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Release pressure Working temperature Fluid Size Port size Locking type Release Condition in absence of pressure Locking force with static load
3 ÷ 6 bar with cylinder feed pressure 0 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-5 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125 Ø 32 ÷ 63 = G 1/8 Ø 80 ÷ 125 = G 1/4 Mechanical – Only axial (bi-directional) Through pneumatic control Locked Size N
32 790
40 1240
50 1930
63 3060
80 5400
100 7700
MATERIALS
125 12040
Body Blades Pistons Seals Springs
Anodized aluminium alloy Brass Acetal resin NBR rubber Steel
ORDER EXAMPLES Piston rod locking unit, size 50 WBZ50 Piston rod locking unit, size 80 + cylinder series “CPUI” Ø80, 150 mm stroke, fit for piston rod locking unit, non-magnetic piston type, ASSEMBLED: WBZ80 + 80/150 CPUI/NZ + M/WBZ
ORDER KEY WBZ
Series Size
SPARE PARTS ASSEMBLY “WBZ” + cylinder series “X” or “CPUI”, “Z” version
BLADES KIT PISTON KIT
M/WBZ
Size/PM/WBZ Size/SG/WBZ
WBZ PISTON ROD LOCKING UNIT
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS SIZE
B
BE
E
DA
DD
HD
L3
LA
LB
LC
LD
TG
WB
WH
32 40 50 63 80 100 125
30 34,9 40 45 45 55 60
8 8 12 12 16 16 20
47 54 65 75 95 114 138
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12
9 9 12,5 17,5 17,5 20 19
67,5 80 100 100 120 120 156
60 70 90 90 110 110 140
20 20 24 24 32 32 45
6 6 8 8 12 12 20
33,25 42,5 58 59 69 69 84,5
32,5 38 46,5 56,5 72 89 110
86 100 127 127 156 161 205
26 30 37 37 46 51 65
WEIGHT (g) 400 600 1100 1500 2600 3500 6500
P.S.: TECHNICAL INFORMATION (see the same ones for cylinders series “U” on page 1.7)
Cylinders series X and CPUI
1.33
series
WUG
Accessories Guide unit for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
DESCRIPTION
1
Guide unit series “WUG” for cylinders to ISO 15552 standard (series “X “ and “CPUI”) act as devices against rotation of the piston rod in the presence of torques and they are used to carry out multi-axis systems where high movement precision is required. Guide units are available in single and double version, and are supplied with self-lubricating bushings (for low speeds or heavy loads), or with recirculating ball bearing sleeves (for high speeds). P.S.: Cylinders series “X” and “CPUI” (Ø 32 ÷ 63) in the magnetic version, assembled with these guide units, can accept rispectively magnetic sensors types FM100 and FM157 only (see from page 1.93).
TECHNICAL DATA Size Standard strokes (mm) Versions
MATERIALS 32, 40, 50, 63 25, 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500 Single unit Double unit
Body Self-aligning radial joint Adjustable mechanical stop as standard End flanges Guide bars Bushings Sleeves Clamp
Anodized aluminium alloy Steel Brass Single unit: galvanized steel Double unit: anodized aluminium alloy C45 chromium-plated steel (sliding type on bushings); Hardened steel (sliding type with sleeves) Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring Brass
ORDER KEY WUG
VERSION
/
Single unit
D
Double unit
M
With sleeves
SLIDING TYPE
B
On bushings
Series Version Sliding type Size Stroke
ORDER EXAMPLES Single guide unit, size 63, 150 mm stroke, with sleeves plus cylinder series “X” Ø 63, double acting, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, ASSEMBLED WUGM 63/150 + 63/150 X/M + M/WUG Single guide unit, WUGM 40/250
ASSEMBLY ”WUG“ + cylinders series “X” or ”CPUI“
size 40, 250 mm stroke, with sleeves
Double guide unit, size 50, 100 mm stroke, with bushings WUGDB 50/100
1.34
Cylinders series X and CPUI
M/WUG
Accessories Guide unit for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
WUG
series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT
1
L = (LT - 2LH) + STROKE
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION B
Maximum payload F (N)
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION B
Projection XL (mm)
Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUGD VERSION M
Maximum payload F (N)
Maximum payload F (N)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOAD-WUG VERSION M
Total lenght (L) with load laid in L/2 (mm)
Projection XL (mm)
Cylinders series X and CPUI
1.35
series
WUG
Accessories Guide unit for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
WUG SINGLE GUIDE UNIT LT + STROKE
1 N째.4+4 HOLES DD
N째.4 THROUGH HOLES DD
N째.4 SLOTS
N째.4+4 HOLES DD
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS SIZE
DA
DD
FA
FB
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
LH
32 40 50 63
16 20 25 25
M6 M6 M8 M8
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5
M18x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2 M27x2
112 125 150 162
100 115 144 155
7 7 7 7
79 90 108 119
61 69 85 100
20 21 25 27
50 60 70 73
120 135 150 180
70 75 80 107
50 60 70 80
45 55 65 75
8 9 10 12
12 12 15 15
SIZE
LJ
LK
LL
LM
LN
LT
PA
PB
SA
SB
TD
TG
32 40 50 63
22 27 32 32
38 44 47 49,5
50 50 50 50
34,5 42,5 50 65
25 30 35 35
157 172 190 225
6 8 8 9,5
15 20 25 25
Ch.23 Ch.26 Ch.30 Ch.36
Ch.17 Ch.20 Ch.20 Ch.20
12 15 17,5 17
32,5 38 46,5 56,5
CLAMP FOR DECELERATOR - WUGCD SIZE SIZE
FA
FB
L
WEIGHT (g)
32
M18x1,5
M12x1
40
50
40
M20x1,5
M14x1,5
45
60
50
M24x2
M16x1,5
50
105
63
M27x2
M20x1,5
60
130
CLAMP FOR MAGNETIC PROXIMITY SWITCH - WUGCP SIZE SIZE
FA
FB
L
WEIGHT (g)
32
M18x1,5
M12x1
40
47
40
M20x1,5
M12x1
40
67
50
M24x2
M12x1
45
128
63
M27x2
M12x1
45
173
1.36
Cylinders series X and CPUI
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) WEIGHT WUGB (g) every 10 mm WUGM (g) 2060 29 1815 2905 45 2760 4780 65 4525 6315 65 5950
INCREM. (g) every 10 mm 31 50 76 87
Accessories Guide unit for cylinders series X and series CPUI to ISO 15552 standard
series
WUG
WUGD DOUBLE GUIDE UNIT LT + STROKE
1 No.6 HOLES FA N°.4+4 HOLES DD
N°.4 HOLES DD
N°.6 HOLES FA
N°.4 SLOTS
N°.4+4 HOLES DD
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS SIZE
DA
DD
FA
FB
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
HG
HH
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
32 40 50 63
16 20 25 25
M6 M6 M8 M8
M5 M6 M8 M8
M18x1,5 M20x1,5 M24x2 M27x2
112 125 150 162
60 68 79 89
7 7 7 7
79 90 108 119
61 69 85 100
1 2,5 1 1
57 63,5 76 82
1 1 1 1
28,5 31,5 37,5 39,5
50 60 70 73
120 135 150 180
70 75 80 107
50 60 70 80
SIZE
LF
LG
LH
LJ
LK
LL
LM
LN
LO
LP
LQ
LT
PA
PB
SA
SB
TA
32 40 50 63
58 65 78,5 93
8 9 10 12
18 20 25 25
22 27 32 32
38 44 47 49,5
50 50 50 50
34,5 42,5 50 65
25 30 35 35
34 37,5 44,5 54
25 30 35 40
9 10 12,5 12,5
181 200 225 260
6 8 8 9,5
10 10 12 12
Ch.23 Ch.26 Ch.30 Ch.36
Ch.17 Ch.20 Ch.20 Ch.20
24 26 33,5 40
SIZE
TB
TC
TD
TE
TG
32 40 50 63
24,5 30 33 41
9,5 9 12 12
9,5 11,5 13 17
14 15,5 19 19
32,5 38 46,5 56,5
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) WEIGHT INCREM. (g) WUGDB (g) every 10 mm WUGDM (g) every 10 mm 2320 29 2250 31 3480 45 3340 50 5750 65 5480 76 6445 65 6065 87
Cylinders series X and CPUI
1.37
CPA
Twin rod cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Versions Bore Port size
1÷10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Double acting; Through ISO rod Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 = G 1/2 Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 175, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, 400, 500 Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 mm 25 25 25 30 35 35 Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 - 40 = 200; Ø 50 - 63 = 350; Ø 80 - 100 = 500
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Tie rods and nuts Flange Piston rod Rod nut Piston rod bearing Decelerators ogives Piston Seals
Anodized aluminium alloy Extruded profile, 20µm anodized aluminium alloy Steel Anodized aluminium alloy C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Steel Stainless steel Bronze, sintered, self-lubricating Aluminium alloy Aluminium alloy, Derling with magnet Polyurethane
ORDER KEY CPA/
S•
VERSION
/
Double acting
RA
Through ISO rod
M
Magnetic
PISTON TYPE Bore
–
Version
OPTION
Stroke
1
Stainless steel piston rods and rod nut
Series Piston type
SPARE PARTS
Option
SEALS KIT
Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM100-FM157–FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
Polyurethane Through ISO rod, polyurethane
Ø/SG/CPA/M Ø/SG/RA/CPA/M
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE
Maximum torque M (Nm)
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE
Maximum payload F (N)
1
Twin rod cylinders series “CPA” act as devices against rotation in the presence of torques. They have been designed to be interchangeable with cylinders that comply with ISO 15552 standard (series “X” and “CPUI”) and so they can be used with the standardized rear mountings of those cylinders. The cylinders series “CPA” are cushioned at both ends and with magnetic piston type as standard.
Stroke (mm)
1.38
Stroke (mm)
Cylinders series CPA
CPA
Twin rod cylinders
series CPA BASIC CYLINDER
1
L8 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
B
BG
C
D
E
EE
F
F1
G
H
K
L8
M
S
T
TG
V
VA
Z
32 40 50 63 80 100
30 35 40 45 45 55
16 16 16 16 16 16
26 30 37 37 46 51
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
47 53 65 75 95 115
G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2
4 4 5 5 5 5
48 54 69 69 86 91
28 31,5 31,5 35 36 41
15 15 18 22 22 22
M6 M8 M8 M10 M12 M12
94 105 106 121 128 138
19 22,5 30 38 50 70
35 45 55 70 85 105
8 10 12 16 20 20
32,5 38 46,5 56,5 72 89
32 40 50 63 80 100
4 4 4 4 4 4
18 22 26 35 40 50
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 10 mm 770 30 980 43 1570 70 2320 128 3830 132 5600 139
THROUGH ISO ROD
L8 + STROKE
F1 + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
Cylinders series CPA
1.39
CPA
Accessories Fixings
series
FLANGE - STEEL (Supplied with screws) Ø
1
32 40 50 63 80 100
FB H13 7 9 9 9 12 14
Ø
ZF
32 40 50 63 80 100
130 145 155 170 190 205
E 45 52 65 75 95 115
MF JS14 10 10 12 12 16 16
- Ø 32 ÷ 50 - CPUI/F Ø - Ø 63 ÷ 100 - CPA/F Ø R JS14 32 36 45 50 63 75
TF JS14 64 72 90 100 126 150
W
80 90 110 120 150 170
16 20 25 25 30 35
ZF+ STROKE
WEIGHT (g) 190 246 478 622 1430 1986
FOOT - STEEL (Supplied with screws) Ø
UF
- Ø 32 ÷ 50 - CPUI/PB Ø - Ø 63 ÷ 100 - CPA/PB Ø
AH JS15 32 36 45 50 63 71
AT
AU
E
F
SA
32 40 50 63 80 100
AB H14 7 9 9 9 12 14
4 4 5 5 6 6
24 28 32 32 41 41
45 52 65 75 95 115
35 36 47 45 55 57
142 161 170 185 210 220
Ø
SB
32 40 50 63 80 100
144 163 175 190 215 230
TR JS14 32 36 45 50 63 75
WEIGHT (g) 66 78 168 190 382 452
SA+ STROKE SB+ STROKE
P.S.: REAR MOUNTINGS ACCESSORIES SAME OF THE CYLINDERS SERIES “X” AND “CPUI” (see from page 1.29)
1.40
Cylinders series CPA
CX
Cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “CX” comply with AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard and so they result interchangeable. Cylinders series “CX” with magnetic piston type can be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-20 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125, 160, 200 Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 Ø 160 - 200 = G 3/4 Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 mm 25 30 30 35 35 40 40 50 50 Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 200 = 3000 Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50
MATERIALS End caps Anodized aluminium alloy Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts) Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet) Viton® (supplied only with non-magnetic piston type) Seals NBR rubber Viton®
ORDER KEY CX
S•
VERSION
/ S Y R
Double acting Single acting front spring Single acting rear spring
T P V
Double push tandem
/FM
Magnetic
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut and seals for high temperatures*
6
Inner chromium-plated steel cylinder barrel**
Double stroke tandem Opposed tandem
Through rod
PISTON TYPE Bore
Non-magnetic
Version
OPTION 1
Stroke Series
1 2
Piston type
OPTION 2
Option 1
4
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut Seals for high temperatures**
Brass cylinder barrel**
Option 2 Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
* Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type ** Supplied from Ø 32 to Ø 100
• See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston type 50/100 CX
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Non-magnetic piston type
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CX/FM1 Cylinder Ø80, double push tandem, 50 mm stroke, magnetic piston type 80T50 CX/FM
Magnetic piston type
Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm stroke 2, magnetic piston type 80P50+100 CX/FM
NBR Through rod, NBR For high temperatures Through rod, for high temperatures NBR Through rod, NBR
Ø/SG/CX Ø/SG/R/CX Ø/SG/CX2 Ø/SG/R/CX2 Ø/SG/CX/FM Ø/SG/R/CX/FM
Cylinder Ø80, opposed tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 50 mm stroke 2, magnetic piston type, brass cylinder barrel 80V50+50 CX/FM4
Cylinders series CX
1.41
CX
Cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
series
CX BASIC CYLINDER
1 L + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
K
L
L1
M
N
O
P
R
S
T
V
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
12 18 18 22 22 30 30 40 40
M10 M16x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M27x2 M36x2 M36x2
25 32 32 45 45 55 55 65 65
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M16 M16
25 34 34 39 39 47 47 50 50
20 36 36 46 46 63 63 85 85
15 15 15 20 20 20 20 25 25
134 191 191 216 215 251 248 310 310
17 17 23 23 28 28 34 42 42
80 110 110 125 125 145 145 180 180
90 129 129 143 143 164 164 200 200
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
33 40 49 59 75 90 110 140 175
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4 G 3/4
10 16 16 20 20 27 27 36 36
7 7 7 9 9 9 9 13 13
5 8 8 10 10 13,5 13,5 18 18
17 24 24 30 30 41 41 55 55
26 29 29 34 35 39 42 50 50
THROUGH ROD
E + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
1.42
Cylinders series CX
WEIGHT INCREMENT (g) (g) every 10 mm 482 23 907 35 1170 46 1817 59 2680 66 4422 93 6630 110 13820 210 18840 290
CX
Cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
series
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM
1
H + 2 STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM
H + 2 STROKE 1 + STROKE 2
STROKE 1 STROKE 2
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
OPPOSED TANDEM
L + STROKE 1
L + STROKE 2
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
Cylinders series CX
1.43
CX
Accessories Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
series
FLANGE - STEEL - CX/F Ø
1
Ø
A
B
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
68 78 94 104 130 150 180 228 268
80 90 110 120 150 170 205 260 300
Ø
M
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
WEIGHT (g) 158 206 424 504 1046 1480 3000 6300 9300
D H13 9 9 11 11 14 14 18 22 22
E
G
LE
LF
33 40 49 59 75 90 110 140 170
8 8 10 10 12 12 16 20 20
17 26 24 29 27 35 31 30 30
113 152 154 174 176 204 208 250 250
LF + STROKE
HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CX/P Ø Ø
A
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
28 36 45 55 70 90 100 130 170
D H13 9 9 11 11 14 14 18 22 22
Ø
M
O
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
27 27 35 35 43 43 52 62 62
F
G
H
LA
LW
32 36 45 50 63 73 91 115 135
8 8 10 10 12 12 16 20 20
35 35 45 45 55 55 68 82 92
134 164 180 195 211 231 249 304 304
132 171 179 199 207 235 244 292 292
LW + STROKE
WEIGHT (g) 54 70 150 170 354 470 918 2300 3450
LA + STROKE
LARGE HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CX/PL Ø Ø
A
B
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
65 72 90 100 126 148 180 230 270
Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
1.44
F
G
H
LC
82 90 110 120 154 180 216 275 318
D H13 9 9 11 11 14 14 18 22 22
32 36 45 50 63 73 91 115 135
8 8 10 10 12 12 16 20 20
35 35 45 45 55 55 67,5 80 80
116 146 154 169 181 201 209 260 260
LD
LP
LQ
M
O
P
60 90 86 101 93 113 113 140 140
95 134 132 152 148 176 176 210 210
123 162 166 186 192 220 224 270 270
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
18 18 22 22 28 28 32 40 40
54,5 62 77,5 87,5 110 130 161 206 246
WEIGHT (g) 76 90 188 206 410 576 1058 2350 3100
LQ + STROKE LP + STROKE
LD + STROKE LC + STROKE
Cylinders series CX
Accessories Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
CX
series
LOW FOOT - STEEL - CX/PB Ø Ø
A
D
E
F
H
LA
LW
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
28 36 45 55 70 90 100 130 170
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
15,5 16 20,5 20,5 25,5 27 36 45 47
32 36 45 50 63 73 91 115 135
35 36 45 45 55 56 70 75 100
134 164 180 195 211 231 249 304 304
132 171 179 199 207 235 244 292 292
Ø
M H13 4,5 4,5 5,5 5,5 7 7 9 11 11
O
S
27 27 35 35 43 43 52 62 62
4 4 5 5 6 6 8 10 12
WEIGHT (g) 66 78 168 190 382 452 1090 1180 3450
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
1
LW + STROKE
LA + STROKE
FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CX/CF Ø Ø
G
K
LY
M
O
R
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
8 8 10 10 12 12 16 20 20
18 24 26 30 32 37 41 55 55
123 168 170 194 196 229 233 285 285
45 52 65 75 95 115 140 180 220
26 33 33 47 47 57 57 72 72
8 12 12 16 16 20 21 25 25
Ø
WEIGHT (g) 38 58 118 146 324 492 978 1872 2800
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
S H9 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 25 25
LY + STROKE
PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE - STEEL - CX/SEC Ø Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
EK f7 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 25 25
EL
BU
46 53 66 76 96 117 142 182 222
53 60 73 83 103 124 149 189 229
WEIGHT (g) 21 52 64 130 160 304 364 720 872
Cylinders series CX
1.45
CX
Accessories Fixings for cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-001 (ex CNOMO) standard
series
NORMAL ARTICULATED JOINT - ALUMINIUM - CX/AN Ø
1
Ø
A
B
D
E
F
H
LY
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
25 32 32 46 46 56 56 71 71
0 16 16 25 25 32 32 43 43
40 52 52 75 75 115 115 180 180
28 38 38 54 54 90 90 150 150
7 9 9 11 11 14 14 18 18
26 38 38 52 52 61 61 80 80
123 168 170 194 196 229 233 285 285
Ø
P
T
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
18 26 26 34 34 41 41 55 55
S H9 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 25 25
WEIGHT (g) 26 56 56 176 176 376 376 924 924
8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
LY + STROKE
SQUARE JOINT - ALUMINIUM - CX/AS Ø/SQ Ø
A
B
BG
D
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
25 32 32 46 46 56 56 70 70
25 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63
20 32 32 50 50 70 70 110 110
37 54 54 75 75 103 103 154 154
F H13 7 9 9 11 11 14 14 18 18
Ø
P
R
T
V
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
32 45 45 63 63 90 90 140 140
19,5 26 26 32 32 42 42 54 54
S H9 8 12 12 16 16 20 20 25 25
8 10 10 13 13 17 17 20 20
41 52 52 63 63 80 80 111 111
INTERMEDIATE HINGE (Supplied with dowels) Ø
A
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
46 59 69 84 102 125 155 190 240
Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200
1.46
B h14 50 63 73 90 108 131 160 200 250
D e9 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32
H
LY
18 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50
123 168 170 194 196 229 233 285 285
WEIGHT (g) 58 144 144 300 300 649 649 1922 1922
LY + STROKE
- Ø 32 ÷ 100 - Ø 125 ÷ 200 E h14 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32
G
M
15 20 20 25 25 30 32 40 40
6,25 6,25 8,25 8,25 10,25 10,25 12,25 16,25 16,25
- STEEL - CX/CPU/CT Ø - STEEL - CX/CPUI/CT Ø
Q min 58,5 73 73 85,5 86,5 101 105 120 120
Q WEIGHT P.S.: - ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels) max (g) 71,5 130 ASSEMBLY: 105 306 CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder CX type M/CX/CPU/CT Ø 105 370 - FIXED POSITION 117,5 702 (specify dimension “Q”; fixed on cylinder with completed threaded and galvanized 116,5 894 tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12) 138 1590 134 2600 ASSEMBLY: 160 4300 CX/CPU/CT Ø or CX/CPUI/CT Ø 160 7450 + cylinder CX S6 type MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø
Q max + STROKE
Cylinders series CX
CPU
Cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “CPU” comply with ex CETOP RP 43 P standard. The versions with magnetic piston type can be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-10 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod Bore Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Port size Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 = G 1/2 Standard strokes (mm) 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 Decelerators length Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 mm 25 30 30 35 35 40 Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 3000 Max. strokes single acting (mm) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 50
MATERIALS End caps Anodized aluminium alloy Cylinder barrel Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy Tie rods, tie and rod nuts Steel Stainless steel (supplied upon request for tie rods and tie nuts) Piston rod C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Piston rod bearing Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Decelerators ogives Aluminium alloy Piston NBR rubber block (supplied with and without magnet) Viton® (supplied only with non-magnetic piston) Seals NBR rubber Viton®
ORDER KEY CPU
S•
VERSION
/ S
Duoble acting Single acting front spring
Y R
Single acting rear spring
/FM
Magnetic
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut and seals for high temperatures*
Through rod
PISTON TYPE Non-magnetic
OPTIONS
1 2
Bore Version
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut Seals for high temperatures*
* Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
Stroke Series Piston type Options Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM157 - FM158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø50, double acting, 100 mm stroke, non-magnetic piston type 50/100 CPU
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Non-magnetic piston type
Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type, stainless steel piston rod 63R150 CPU/FM1 Magnetic piston type
Cylinders series CPU
NBR Through rod, NBR For high temperatures Through rod, for high temperatures NBR Through rod, NBR
Ø/SG/CPU Ø/SG/R/CPU Ø/SG/CPU2 Ø/SG/R/CPU2 Ø/SG/CPU/FM Ø/SG/R/CPU/FM
1.47
CPU
Cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
CPU BASIC CYLINDER
1
L + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
C
d
D
DD
E
F
G
J
L
M
N
P
R
S
T
V
32 40 50 63 80 100
M30x1,5 M35x1,5 M40x1,5 M40x1,5 M45x1,5 M55x2
M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M20x1,5
12 18 18 22 22 25
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
20 24 32 32 40 40
10 13 16 17 20 22
15 18 20 20 20 28
24 28 35 35 42 47
98 110 110 125 136 145
45 52 65 75 95 115
33 40 49 59 75 90
14 14 15 15 16 16
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/2
6 7 8 8 9 9
17 19 24 24 30 30
26 29 29 34 35 39
THROUGH ROD
L + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
1.48
Cylinders series CPU
WEIGHT (g) 517 810 1210 1727 2590 3970
INCR. (g) x 10 mm 21 36 44 61 64 76
Cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
CPU
series
FLANGE - STEEL - CPU/F Ø (Supplied with screws) Ø
A
B
C
F
G
Q
M
32 40 50 63 80 100
32 36 45 50 63 75
80 90 110 120 150 170
45 52 65 75 95 115
7 9 9 9 12 14
8 8 10 10 12 12
16 20 25 25 30 35
130 146 155 170 190 204
Ø
O
32 40 50 63 80 100
64 72 90 100 126 150
WEIGHT (g) 145 195 390 530 1045 1450
1
M + STROKE
HIGH FOOT - ALUMINIUM - CPU/P Ø (Supplied with screws) Ø
A
B
C
32 40 50 63 80 100
32 36 45 50 63 75
144 164 173 190 215 229
142 162 166 185 210 219
Ø
M
S
32 40 50 63 80 100
45 52 65 75 95 115
8 8 10 10 12 12
WEIGHT (g) 55 65 140 190 370 500
F H13 7 9 9 9 12 14
G
H
L
32 36 45 50 63 71
35 35 43 45 55 55
22 26 28 30 37 37
B + STROKE
C + STROKE
REAR FEMALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPU/CF Ø (Supplied with screws) Ø
F
I
H
32 40 50 63 80 100
9 12 12 17 17 21
12 15 17 20 20 25
142 161 172 190 210 229
Ø
X
32 40 50 63 80 100
20 23 27 30 32 37
WEIGHT (g) 35 55 105 170 300 455
J H9 10 12 12 16 16 20
k
L
M
26 28 32 40 50 60
45 52 60 70 90 110
45 52 65 75 95 115
P.S.: This hinge can be used also with square joint of series “X” and “CPUI” (see page 1.30)
H + STROKE
Cylinders series CPU
1.49
CPU
Accessories Fixings for cylinders to ex CETOP RP 43 P standard
series
PIVOT FOR REAR FEMALE HINGE - STEEL - CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø
1
Ø
BU
32 40 50 63 80 100
53 60 68 78 98 118
EK f7 10 12 12 16 16 20
EL 46 53 61 71 91 111
WEIGHT (g) 32 52 60 122 152 290
MALE HINGE - ALUMINIUM - CPU/CM Ø Ø
F
I
H
32 40 50 63 80 100
10 12 12 16 16 20
12 15 17 20 20 25
142 161 172 190 210 229
Ø
WEIGHT (g) 50 70 140 210 350 565
32 40 50 63 80 100
J H9 10 12 12 16 16 20
M
O
X
45 52 65 75 95 115
26 28 32 40 50 60
20 23 27 30 32 37
H + STROKE
INTERMEDIATE HINGE - STEEL - CX/CPU/CT Ø (Supplied with dowels) Ø
A
32 40 50 63 80 100
46 59 69 84 102 125
Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100
B h14 50 63 73 90 108 131
D e9 12 16 16 20 20 25
E h14 12 16 16 20 20 25
G
M
15 20 20 25 25 30
6,25 6,25 8,25 8,25 10,25 10,25
Q WEIGHT P.S.: max (g) - ADJUSTABLE POSITION (fixing through dowels) 88,5 130 ASSEMBLY: 99 306 CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder series CPU type M/CX/CPU/CT Ø 106 370 - FIXED POSITION 113,5 702 (specify dimension ”Q“; fixed on cylinder 130,5 894 with completed threaded and galvanized 138 1590 tie rods type “S6”, see on page 0.12)
ASSEMBLY: CX/CPU/CT Ø + cylinder series CPU S6 type MF/CX/CPU/CT Ø
1.50
Q min 57,5 67 74 81,5 89,5 101
Q max + STROKE
Cylinders series CPU
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “BU” are available from Ø 20 to Ø 100 and, complying with AFNOR NF E49004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards, they’re interchangeable also without using anchorages. Besides from Ø 32 to Ø 100 they are available even with end caps distance between centers to ISO 15552 standard. Cylinder series “BU” with magnetic piston type can be supplied with magnetic sensors inserted in the slots arranged on the extruded profile.
1
TECHNICAL DATA
Fluid Versions
Bore Port size Standard strokes (mm) Maximum strokes (mm) Max. strokes single acting (mm) Max. strokes hollow through rod (mm) Max. strokes non-rotating (mm)
Single acting: 2 ÷ 10 bar; Double acting: 1 ÷10 bar. 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +130 °C with seals for high temperatures (-10°C with dry air; for single acting versions: max 100°C) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Double push tandem; Double stroke tandem; Opposed tandem; Non-rotating piston rod device; Hollow through rod; Distance between centers to ISO standard Ø 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Ø 20 - 25 = M 5; Ø 32 ÷ 100 = G 1/8 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 100, 125, 150, 160, 200, 250, 300, 320, 350, 400 Ø 20 - 25 = 200; Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 300; Ø 80 - 100 = 400 Ø 20 ÷ 100 = 25 Ø 20 ÷ 32 = 40; Ø 40 ÷ 63 = 60; Ø 80 - 100 = 80 Ø 20 - 25 = 40; Ø 32 ÷ 100 = 80
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
Spring tractive force (N)
Operating pressure Working temperature
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Screws Piston rod Rod nut Piston rod bearing Piston Seals Springs
Extruded profile, anodized aluminium alloy Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy Steel Ø 20 - 25 = AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Ø 32 ÷ 100 = C45 chromium-plated steel Steel Stainless steel Self-lubricating sintered bronze Ø 20 - 25 = galvanized steel (supplied with and without magnet) Ø 32 ÷ 100 = aluminium alloy (supplied with and without magnet) Polyurethane Springs steel
Stroke (mm)
VERSION 1
/ R F
Basic cylinder Through rod Hollow through rod
T P V
Double push tandem
Y
Single acting rear spring
Double stroke tandem Opposed tandem
VERSION 2
ORDER KEY S•
BU
D S
Double acting Single acting front spring
VERSION 3
I
Bore Version 1 Stroke Version 2 Series Version 3 Version 4 Piston type Option 1 Option 2 Special options (supplied upon request)
End caps distance between centers to ISO 15552 standard*
VERSION 4
A
Non-rotating piston rod device (supplied only with female threaded piston rod option)
PISTON TYPE Non-magnetic
/M
Magnetic
3
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut and seals for high temperatures***
8
Female threaded piston rod
OPTION 1
1 2
Stainless steel piston rod and rod nut** Seals for high temperatures***
OPTION 2
7
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Basic cylinder Ø50, 50 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, female threaded piston rod 50/50 DBU/M8 Cylinder Ø63, through rod, 80 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type, stainless steel and male threaded piston rod 63R80 DBU/M17 Cylinder Ø80, double stroke tandem, 50 mm stroke 1 + 100 mm stroke 2, double acting, magnetic piston type, female threaded piston rod 80P50+100 DBU/M8
Male threaded piston rod
* Supplied only from Ø 32 to Ø 100 For versions “T”, “P” and “V” contact our commercial office ** Supplied as standard for Ø 20 and Ø 25 *** Supplied only with non-magnetic piston type
P.S.: End caps mountings accessories of Version No. 3 (end caps distance between centers to ISO standard) are the same of the cylinders series “X” and “CPUI” (see from page 1.28)
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Polyurethane
Ø/SG/BU Through rod, polyurethane
Ø/SG/R/BU
For high temperatures Ø/SG/BU2 Through rod, for high temperatures Ø/SG/R/BU2
Cylinders series BU
1.51
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
DISPOSITION OF THE SLOTS FOR MAGNETIC SENSORS
1
Ø
K1
K2
20
3,4
-
25
4
-
32
4
-
40
8,4
1,4
50
7,6
3,2
63
6
-
80
8
-
100
8
-
BU BASIC CYLINDER, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD
ZA + STROKE ZJ + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD Ø
AF
BG*
D
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
11,5 11,5 13 13 16,5 16,5 21 24,5
12 13 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 16,5 19,5
3,8 3,8 4,5 4,5 6 6 8 10
D1 H11 12 12 14 14 18 18 23 28
DT H13 8 8 10,5 10,5 11 11 15 15
E
EE
KF
LB
LD
L1
MM
PL
RR
RT
SW
36 40 50 60 68 84 102 123
M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12 M16
4,4 4,4 5,4 5,4 1,7 1,7 1 3,5
4,5 5,5 5 9,5 8,5 -17,5 -21 -25
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3
10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
7 8 7,5 7,5 7,5 7,5 8,5 10
4,3 4,3 5,3 5,3 6,4 6,4 8,4 8,4
M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
8 8 10 10 13 13 16 21
* IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), DIMENSION (BG - LB) IS REDUCED OF 5 mm ** A - AFNOR I - ISO
1.52
Cylinders series BU
TG** WH A I 22 6 26 6 32 32,5 7 42 38 7 50 46,5 8 62 56,5 8 82 72 8 103 89 10
ZA
ZB
37 39 44 45 45 50 56 67
62 65 73,5 75,5 75,5 85,5 95,5 114,5
Z J WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 5 mm 43 130 10 45 160 11 51 215 16 52 330 20 53 470 25 58 710 37 64 1295 50 77 2250 70
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
SINGLE ACTING, REAR SPRING, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD
FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND SINGLE ACTING, FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD
1
WH + STROKE ZA + STROKE
HOLLOW FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND SINGLE ACTING, HOLLOW FEMALE THREADED THROUGH ROD
WH + STROKE
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD
WH + STROKE
ZB + 2 STROKE
ZA + STROKE
DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD
OPPOSED TANDEM, FEMALE THREADED PISTON ROD
STROKE 2 STROKE 1
2ZA + STROKE 1 + STROKE 2
ZB + 2 STROKE + STROKE 2
Cylinders series BU
1.53
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
BU BASIC CYLINDER, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD
1
ZA + STROKE ZJ + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER MALE THREADED PISTON ROD Ø
AM
BG*
Ch
D
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
22 22 22 22 24 24 32 40
12 13 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 16,5 19,5
17 17 17 17 19 19 24 30
3,8 3,8 4,5 4,5 6 6 8 10
D1 H11 12 12 14 14 18 18 23 28
DT H13 8 8 10,5 10,5 11 11 15 15
E
EE
KK
LB
LD
36 40 50 60 68 84 102 123
M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
M10x1,25 M10x1,25 M10x1,25 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5
4,4 4,4 5,4 5,4 1,7 1,7 1 3,5
4,5 5,5 5 9,5 8,5 -17,5 -21 -25
L1 MM
O
PL
RR
RT
SW
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3 3
6 6 6 6 7 7 8 9
7 8 7,5 7,5 7,5 7,5 8,5 10
4,3 4,3 5,3 5,3 6,4 6,4 8,4 8,4
M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
8 8 10 10 13 13 16 21
10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
TG** WH A I 22 6 26 6 32 32,5 7 42 38 7 50 46,5 8 62 56,5 8 82 72 8 103 89 10
ZA 37 39 44 45 45 50 56 67
ZB
Z J WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 5 mm 62 43 150 10 65 45 180 11 73,5 51 240 16 75,5 52 355 20 75,5 53 505 25 85,5 58 745 37 95,5 64 1360 50 114,5 77 2390 70
* IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), DIMENSION (BG - LB) IS REDUCED OF 5 mm ** A - AFNOR I - ISO
SINGLE ACTING, REAR SPRING, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD
MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND SINGLE ACTING, MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD
ZA + STROKE
ZA + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
1.54
ZA + STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
Cylinders series BU
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
HOLLOW MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD AND SINGLE ACTING, HOLLOW MALE THREADED THROUGH ROD
DOUBLE PUSH TANDEM, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD
1
WH + STROKE ZA + STROKE
ZB + 2STROKE
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
DOUBLE STROKE TANDEM, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD
OPPOSED TANDEM, MALE THREADED PISTON ROD
STROKE2 STROKE1
ZB + 2STROKE1 + STROKE2
P.S.: Rod nut supplied as standard
2ZA + STROKE1 + STROKE2
P.S.: Rod nuts supplied as standard
Cylinders series BU
1.55
BU
Compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
BU NON-ROTATING BASIC CYLINDER
1 2 HOLES DA 2 HOLES DB
ZA + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MAX. PERMISSIBLE LOAD - NON-ROTATING BU
Ø
DA
DB
DC
E
L
L2
L3
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
4 5 5 5 6 6 8 10
M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M10
6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12
36 40 50 60 68 84 102 123
12 15,6 19,8 23,3 29,7 35,4 46 56,6
14 14 17 17 20 20 22 24
8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14
TG** A 22 26 32 42 50 62 82 103
ZA I 32,5 38 46,5 56,5 72 89
37 39 44 45 45 50 56 67
WEIGHT INCR. (g) x 5 mm (g) 170 15 210 16 300 25 440 30 610 40 930 55 1690 75 2950 105
Payload F (N)
** A - AFNOR I - ISO
Projection X (mm)
1.56
Cylinders series BU
BU
Accessories Fixings for compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards FLANGE Ø 20 - 25 (Supplied with screws)
- ALUMINIUM - BU/F Ø - STEEL - BU/F Ø AC
series
FLANGE Ø 32 ÷ 100 (Supplied with screws)
- ALUMINIUM - BU/F Ø - STEEL - BU/F Ø AC ZF + STROKE
1
ZF + STROKE
ZP + STROKE ZP + STROKE
Ø
d1 H11 12 12 14 14 18 18 23 28
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
E
FB H13 6,6 6,6 7 9 9 9 12 14
36 40 50 60 68 87 107 128
MF
P
R
TF
UF
ZF
ZP
10 10 10 10 12 15 15 15
4 4 3 3 4 7 7 5
32 36 45 50 63 75
55 60 65 82 90 110 135 163
70 76 80 102 110 130 160 190
53 55 61 62 65 73 79 92
47 49 54 55 57 65 71 82
WEIGHT ALL. (g) 70 80 100 160 240 450 690 980
WEIGHT STEEL (g) 160 200 260 420 600 1200 1800 2550
IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE. EXAMPLE: BU/F Ø TANDEM
LOW FOOT - STEEL - BU/PB Ø Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
AB H13 6,6 6,6 6,6 9 9 11 11 13,5
AH
AU
AT
E
F
SA
27 30 32 42,5 47 59,5 65,5 78,5
16 16 18 20 24 27 30 33
4 4 5 5 6 6 8 8
36 40 50 60 68 84 102 123
22 22 26 28 32 39 42 45
69 71 80 85 93 104 116 133
TR WEIGHT (g) 22 32 26 38 32 66 42 100 50 150 62 250 82 380 103 500
IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE. EXAMPLE: BU/PB Ø TANDEM SA + STROKE
REAR MALE HINGE (Supplied with screws) Ø
CD
E
H9
20 25
8 8
EW
- ALUMINIUM - BU/CM Ø - STEEL - BU/CM Ø AC
FL
L
L2
20 20
14 14
2,6 2,6
h14
34 38
16 16
XD WEIGHT WEIGHT ALL. (g) STEEL (g) 63 21 80 65 27 85
XD + STROKE
P.S.: THIS MOUNTING CAN BE USED WITH THE REAR HINGE MOUNTING OF CYLINDERS SERIES “U” (SEE ON PAGE 1.6) IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P), ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE. EXAMPLE: BU/CM Ø AC TANDEM
Cylinders series BU
1.57
BU
Accessories Fixings for compact cylinders to AFNOR NF E49-004-1 and NF E49-004-2 standards
series
REAR FEMALE HINGE (Supplied with screws) Ø
1
32 40 50 63 80 100
CB
CD
H14
H9
26 28 32 40 50 60
10 12 12 16 16 20
E
FL
- ALUMINIUM - BU/CF Ø - STEEL - BU/CF Ø AC L
L2
UB
XD WEIGHT WEIGHT
h14
48 58 66 83 102 123
22 25 27 32 36 41
13 16 16 21 23 26
5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 10 10
45 52 60 70 90 110
ALL. (g) ACC. (g)
73 77 80 90 100 118
60 170 104 270 142 378 240 645 420 1070 721 1730
XD + STROKE
P.S.: THIS HINGE CAN BE USED ALSO WITH PIVOT AND MALE HINGE OR SQUARE JOINT OF SERIES “X” AND “CPUI” (SEE FROM PAGE 1.29) IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE. EXAMPLE: BU/CF Ø TANDEM
FLOATING HINGE - STEEL - BU/CTA Ø (Supplied with screws) Ø
L1
P
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
14 14 14 19 19 24 24 29
8 8 7 12 11 16 16 19
TD e9 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 25
TL h14 12 12 12 16 16 20 20 25
TM h14 38 42 52 63 75 90 110 132
UW
XV
WEIGHT (g)
35 39 46 59 69 84 102 125
57 59 65 71 72 82 88 106
100 114 132 278 362 624 765 1464
XV + STROKE
IN THE TANDEM VERSIONS (T, P, V), ADD THE READING “TANDEM” TO THE CODE. EXAMPLE: BU/CTA Ø TANDEM
ACCESSORIES FOR CYLINDERS WITH END CAPS DISTANCE BETWEEN CENTERS TO ISO 15552 STANDARD The accessories of Version No. 3 (end caps distance between centers to ISO standard) are the same of the cylinders series “X” and “CPUI” to ISO 15552 standard (see from page 1.28)
1.58
Cylinders series BU
B
Compact cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “B” are widely used in locking applications thanks to compact design and to easy mounting through holes on cylinder body. In the version with magnetic piston type, cylinders series “B” are supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Versions Bore Port size Standard strokes
1÷10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod; Non-rotating piston rod device. Ø 12, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100 Ø 12 ÷ 20 = M5 Ø 25 ÷ 63 = G 1/8 Ø 80 - 100 = G 1/4 See tables
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
MATERIALS Rear end cap Cylinder barrel Piston rod Piston rod bearing Piston Seals Cushioning washer Spring
Ø 12 ÷ 25: Brass Ø 32 ÷ 100: Aluminium Anodized aluminium alloy Extruded profile, 15 µm anodized aluminium alloy AISI 303 stainless steel Bronze + PTFE Ø 12 ÷ 32: Delrin (supplied with and without magnet) Ø 40 ÷ 100: Aluminium (supplied with and without magnet) Ø 12 ÷ 32: NBR rubber Ø 40 ÷ 100: Polyurethane Ø 12 ÷ 100: Viton® Vulkollan AISI 303 stainless steel
Spring tractive force (N)
Front end cap
Stroke (mm)
ORDER KEY S•
B
VERSION 1
/
Basic cylinder
R
Through rod
Y
Single acting rear spring
/M
Magnetic
VERSION 2
D S
Double acting Single acting front spring
VERSION 3
Bore
A
Version 1
Non-rotating piston rod device*
PISTON TYPE
Stroke
Non-magnetic
Version 2
OPTION 1
Series
1
Version 3
Male hinge mounting
OPTION 2
Piston type
2
Option 1
Seals for high temperatures
* Supplied only from Ø 20 to Ø 100
Option 2 Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Basic cylinder Ø16, 50 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type 16/50 DB
SPARE PARTS Contact the commercial office
Basic cylinder Ø20, 60 mm stroke, double acting, non-magnetic piston type, seals for high temperatures 20/60 DB2 Cylinder Ø32, through rod, 80 mm stroke, double acting, magnetic piston type 32R80 DB/M
Cylinders series B
1.59
B
Compact cylinders
series
SINGLE AND DOUBLE ACTING
1
Ø 12
Ø 16 ÷ 25
Ø 32 ÷100
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
D
D1
D3
D4
D7
D8
E
F
F1
12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
25 34 40 44,5 51 58 70 86 105 131
25 30 36 40 46 55 65 80 100 124
6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
M3 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12
3,7 4,7 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 6,8 9 9 11
5,6 7,5 9 9 9 9 11 14 14 17,2
3,7 5,8 5,8 -
5,6 9 9 -
19 22 24,5 27 30,5 37,5 46 55 69
4,7 7 7 9 9 9,5 12,5 15 14 17,5
5 5,2 6 -
“H” DIMENSION-SINGLE ACTING Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
1.60
5 22 32 32 33,5 34,5 34,5 -
10 27 37 37 38,5 39,5 39,5 44,5 47 56 66
STROKE (mm) 15 20 42 47 42 47 43,5 48,5 44,5 49,5 44,5 49,5 49,5 54,5 52 57 61 66 71 76
G
H3
I1
M5 5,5 M5 8 M5 8 G 1/8 10,5 G 1/8 11,5 36 G 1/8 11 42 G 1/8 11,5 50 G 1/8 11 62 G 1/4 14 82 G 1/4 16 103
I2
I3
18 20 26 32 42 50 62 82 103
12 15 15,5 -
I5
I6
20 10 25,5 12,7 28 14 -
K
L
L1
M
N
P
W
5 6 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22
3,5 4,6 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 9 11
3,5 5,7 5,7 -
4,7 4 5,7 4,5 4 4 4 5 6 7,5
32 38,5 42 48 55 65 80 100 124
6 8 10 10 12 12 12 14 15 20
3,5 4,5 5 5,5 6 6 7,5 7 8 10
30 59,5 59,5 64,5 67 76 86
INCR. (g)
x10 mm 11,5 16,5 24,5 32 36 40 63 70 105 160
“H” DIMENSION-DOUBLE ACTING Ø
25 52 52 53,5 54,5 54,5 59,5 62 71 81
WEIGHT (g) 33,5 74 106 145 172 225 359 552 1072 1920
12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
5 22 32 32 33,5 34,5 34,5 -
Cylinders series B
10 27 37 37 38,5 39,5 39,5 44,5 47 56 66
15 32 42 42 43,5 44,5 44,5 49,5 52 61 71
20 37 47 47 48,5 49,5 49,5 54,5 57 66 76
STROKE (mm) 25 30 40 42 47 57 52 58 68 52 58 68 53,5 58,5 69,5 54,5 59,5 69,5 54,5 59,5 69,5 59,5 64,5 74,5 62 67 77 71 76 86 81 86 96
50 78 78 79,5 79,5 79,5 84,5 87 96 106
60 89,5 89,5 94,5 97 106 116
80 100 109,5 129,5 109,5 129,5 114,5 134,5 117 137 126 146 136 156
B
Compact cylinders
series
SINGLE ACTING MAGNETIC
1
Ø 12
Ø 16 ÷ 25
Ø 32 ÷100
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
D
D1
D3
D4
D7
D8
E
F
F1
12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
25 34 40 44,5 51 58 70 86 105 131
25 30 36 40 46 55 65 80 100 124
6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
M3 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12
3,7 4,7 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 6,8 9 9 11
5,6 7,5 9 9 9 9 11 14 14 17,2
3,7 5,8 5,8 -
5,6 9 9 -
19 22 24,5 27 30,5 37,5 46 55 69
4,7 7 7 9 9 9,5 12,5 15 14 17,5
5 5,2 6 -
G
H3
I1
M5 5,5 M5 8 M5 8 G 1/8 10,5 G 1/8 11,5 36 G 1/8 11 42 G 1/8 11,5 50 G 1/8 11 62 G 1/4 14 82 G 1/4 16 103
I2
I3
18 20 26 32 42 50 62 82 103
12 15 15,5 -
I5
I6
20 10 25,5 12,7 28 14 -
K
L
L1
M
N
P
5 6 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22
3,5 4,6 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 9 11
3,5 5,7 5,7 -
4,7 4 5,7 4,5 4 4 4 5 6 7,5
32 38,5 42 48 55 65 80 100 124
6 8 10 10 12 12 12 14 15 20
W
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 3,5 33,5 11,5 4,5 74 16,5 5 106 24,5 5,5 145 32 6 172 36 6 225 40 7,5 359 63 7 552 70 8 1072 105 10 1920 160
“H” DIMENSION Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
4 36 36 -
5 32 37 37 43,5 44,5 44,5 -
STROKE (mm) 10 15 20 37 42 47 52 42 47 52 48,5 53,5 58,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 52 57 62 56 61 66 66 71 76
25 63 63 64,5 64,5 64,5 64,5 67 71 81
30 69,5 69,5 69,5 72 76 86
Cylinders series B
1.61
B
Compact cylinders
series
DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC
1
Ø 12
Ø 16 ÷ 25
Ø 32 ÷100
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
12 25 25 16 34 30 20 40 36 25 44,5 40 32 51 46 40 58 55 50 70 65 63 86 80 80 105 100 100 131 124
D
D1
D2
D3
D4
D7
D8
6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
M3 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12
24,5 28 34 38,5 44 56
3,7 4,7 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 6,8 9 9 11
5,6 7,5 9 9 9 9 11 14 14 17,2
3,7 5,8 5,8 -
5,6 9 9 -
E
F
4,7 19 7 22 7 24,5 9 27 9 30,5 9,5 37,5 12,5 46 15 55 14 69 17,5
F1
G
5 5,2 6 -
M5 M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4
H3
I1
5,5 8 8 10,5 11,5 36 11 42 11,5 50 11 62 14 82 16 103
I2
I3
I5
I6
18 12 20 10 20 15 25,5 12,7 26 15,5 28 14 32 42 50 62 82 103 -
K
L
L1
M
5 6 8 8 10 10 13 13 17 22
3,5 4,6 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 9 11
3,5 5,7 5,7 -
4,7 4 32 5,7 38,5 4,5 42 4 48 4 55 4 65 5 80 6 100 7,5 124
“H” DIMENSION Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
1.62
5 32 37 37 43,5 44,5 44,5 -
10 37 42 42 48,5 49,5 49,5 49,5 52 56 66
15 42 47 47 53,5 54,5 54,5 54,5 57 61 71
20 47 52 52 58,5 59,5 59,5 59,5 62 66 76
25 52 63 63 64,5 64,5 64,5 64,5 67 71 81
30 57 68 68 69,5 69,5 69,5 69,5 72 76 86
STROKE (mm) 40 50 60 78 88 98 78 88 98 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 82 92 102 86 96 106 96 106 116
80 118 118 119,5 119,5 119,5 119,5 122 126 136
100 138 138 139,5 139,5 139,5 139,5 142 146 156
125 163 164,5 164,5 164,5 164,5 167 171 181
Cylinders series B
160 199,5 199,5 199,5 202 206 216
200 239,5 242 246 256
250 296 306
N
P
S
W
6 8 10 10 12 12 12 14 15 20
5 6 6 7 8 10
3,5 4,5 5 5,5 11 12,5 13,5 15 18 20,5
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 33,5 11,5 74 16,5 106 24,5 145 32 172 36 225 40 359 63 552 70 1072 105 1920 160
B
Compact cylinders
series
SINGLE ACTING, EXTENDED ROD AND SINGLE ACTING MAGNETIC, EXTENDED ROD
1
Ø 12
Ø 16 ÷ 25
Ø 32 ÷100
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
D
D1
D2
D3
D4
D7
D8
12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
25 34 40 44,5 51 58 70 86
25 30 36 40 46 55 65 80
6 8 10 10 12 12 16 16
M3 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8
24,5 28 34 38,5
3,7 4,7 5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 6,8 9
5,6 7,5 9 9 9 9 11 14
3,7 5,8 5,8 -
5,6 9 9 -
E
F
4,7 19 7 22 7 24,5 9 27 9 30,5 9,5 37,5 12,5 46 15
F1 5 5,2 6 -
G
H3
I1
I2
M5 5,5 M5 8 M5 8 G 1/8 10,5 G 1/8 11,5 G 1/8 11 G 1/8 11,5 G 1/8 11
36 42 50 62
18 20 26 32 42 50 62
I3
I5
I6
K
5 12 20 10 6 15 25,5 12,7 8 15,5 28 14 8 10 10 13 13 -
L
L1
M
N
P
S
3,5 4,6 3,5 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 -
4,7 4 5,7 4,5 4 4 4 5
32 38,5 42 48 55 65 80
6 8 10 10 12 12 12 14
5 6 6 8
W
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 3,5 33,5 11,5 4,5 74 16,5 4,5 106 24,5 5,5 145 32 11 172 36 12,5 225 40 13,5 359 63 15 552 70
“H” DIMENSION Ø 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
12 magn 16 magn 20 magn 25 magn 32 magn 40 magn 50 magn 63 magn
5 22 32 37 37 43,5 44,5 -
STROKE (mm) 10 15 20 27 37 42 47 42 47 63 48,5 53,5 64,5 49,5 54,5 64,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 49,5 54,5 59,5 52 57 62
25 68 69,5 69,5 64,5 64,5 67
30 79,5 69,5 69,5 72
Cylinders series B
1.63
B
Compact cylinders
series
DOUBLE ACTING, THROUGH ROD AND DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC, THROUGH ROD
1
Ø 16 ÷ 25
Ø 32 ÷100
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
D
D1
D2
D3
D4
D7
D8
E
16 34 30 8 20 40 36 10 25 44,5 40 10 32 51 46 12 40 58 55 12 50 70 65 16 63 86 80 16 80 105 100 20 100 131 124 25
M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M12
24,5 28 34 38,5 44 56
4,7 7,5 5,8 9 5,8 9 5,8 9 5,8 9 6,8 11 9 14 9 14 11 17,2
3,7 5,8 5,8 -
5,6 9 9 -
19 22 24,5 27 30,5 37,5 46 55 69
F
F1
7 5 7 5,2 9 6 9 9,5 12,5 15 14 17,5 -
G
H3
M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4
8 8 10,5 11,5 11 11,5 11 14 16
I1
I2
I3
I5
I6
K
18 12 20 10 6 20 15 25,5 12,7 8 26 15,5 28 14 8 36 32 - 10 42 42 - 10 50 50 - 13 62 62 - 13 82 82 - 17 103 103 - 22
L
L1
M
4,6 5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 9 11
3,5 5,7 5,7 -
4 32 8 5,7 38,5 10 4,5 42 10 4 48 12 4 55 12 4 65 12 5 80 14 6 100 15 7,5 124 20
“H” DIMENSION Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
1.64
5 37 37 43,5 44,5 44,5 -
10 42 42 48,5 49,5 49,5 49,5 52 56 66
15 47 47 53,5 54,5 54,5 54,5 57 61 71
20 52 52 58,5 59,5 59,5 59,5 62 66 76
25 63 63 64,5 64,5 64,5 64,5 67 71 81
30 68 68 69,5 69,5 69,5 69,5 72 76 86
STROKE (mm) 40 50 60 78 88 98 78 88 98 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 79,5 89,5 99,5 82 92 102 86 96 106 96 106 116
80 118 118 119,5 119,5 119,5 119,5 122 126 136
100 138 138 139,5 139,5 139,5 139,5 142 146 156
125 163 164,5 164,5 164,5 164,5 167 171 181
Cylinders series B
160 199,5 199,5 199,5 202 206 216
200 239,5 242 246 256
250 296 306
N
P
S
W
4,5 4,5 5,5 5 11 6 12,5 6 13,5 8 15 10 18 10,5 20,5
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x 10 mm 130 19 150 28 185 35,5 282 39,5 366 43,5 521 68 717 75 1434 114 2435 174
B
Compact cylinders
series
NON ROTATING DOUBLE ACTING AND NON ROTATING DOUBLE ACTING MAGNETIC
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
A
B
20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
40 44,5 51 58 70 86 105 131
36 40 46 55 65 80 100 124
45° 45° 41,5° 45° 45° 45° 45° 45°
D
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
E
F
G
H3
I1
I2
I4
L
M
N
S
S1
T
10 10 12 12 16 16 20 25
24,5 28 34 38,5 44 56
5,8 5,8 5,8 5,8 6,8 9 9 11
9,2 9,2 9,2 9,2 11 14 14 17,2
M4 M4 M5 M5 M6 M6 M8 M10
11 11 17 17 22 22 28 30
22 24,5 27 30,5 37,5 46 55 69
9,3 10,5 9 9,5 12,5 15 14 17,5
M5 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4
8 11 11,5 11,5 11,5 12 14 16
25,5 28 36 42 50 62 82 103
25,5 28 32 42 50 62 82 103
20 22 28 33 42 50 65 80
5,7 5,7 5,7 5,7 6,8 8,8 9 11
5,7 4,5 4 4 4 5 6 7,5
38,5 42 48 55 65 80 100 124
5 6 6 8 10 10,5
8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14
15 15 20 20 30 30 50 50
15 47 53,5 54,5 54,5 54,5 57 61 71
20 52 58,5 59,5 59,5 59,5 62 66 76
H5
Z
B1
12 16 16 20 24 24 32 32 40
7 9 9 14 16 17 22 22 26
14 18 18 23 27 27 35 35 43
W
WEIGHT (g) 4,5 150 5,5 185 11 282 12,5 366 13,5 521 15 717 18 1434 20,5 2435
INCR. (g) x10 mm 28 35,5 39,5 43,5 68 75 114 174
“H” DIMENSION Ø 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
5 37 43,5 44,5 44,5 -
10 42 48,5 49,5 49,5 49,5 52 56 66
MALE HINGE MOUNTING
25 63 64,5 64,5 64,5 64,5 67 71 81
STROKE (mm) 30 40 50 68 78 88 69,5 79,5 89,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 69,5 79,5 89,5 72 82 92 76 86 96 86 96 106
60 98 99,5 99,5 99,5 99,5 102 106 116
80 118 119,5 119,5 119,5 119,5 122 126 136
100 138 139,5 139,5 139,5 139,5 142 146 156
125 164,5 167 171 181
160 202 206 216
DIMENSIONS Ø
A1
B
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
8 10 10 13 15 15 19 19 23
6 8 8 10 12 12 16 16 20
Cylinders series B
E2 H8 6 8 8 10 12 12 16 16 20
1.65
B
Accessories Fixings
series
FEET (pair) - ALUMINIUM - B/PB Ø
1
Ø
A2
B2
C
D9
E1
F2
I6
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
5 5 6 6 6 7,5 7,5 10 10
10 10 12 12 12 15 15 20 20
10 10 12 12 12 15 15 20 20
3,5 3,5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6,5 8,5 8,5 10,5
17 18 20 24 27,5 32,5 40 50 62
5 5 7,5 5 5 5 7,5 20 22
30 40 45 50 60 70 85 60 80
Ø
L2
M1
N1
R
16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
H*+10 H*+10 H*+12 H*+12 H*+12 H*+15 H*+15 H*+20 H*+20
2,4 4 4 4 4 5 6,5 6,5 8
40 50 60 60 70 80 100 100 124
M3 M5 M5 M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10
WEIGHT (g) 10 10,1 20,4 20,4 24,7 44,7 53 99 120
*DIMENSION “H” IS OBTAINABLE FROM THE TABLES OF THE SINGLE VERSION
ROD NIPPLE WITH THREAD TO ISO STANDARD - STEEL - NB Ø Ø 12 16 20-25 32-40 50-63 G50-63 80 100
1.66
D
D1
M6 M3 M6 M4 M8 M5 M10x1,25 M6 M12x1,25 M8 M16x1,5 M8 M16x1,5 M10 M20x1,5 M12
A
B
C
16 15 20 22 24 32 32 40
6,5 8 10 12 14 14 15 20
22,5 23 30 34 38 46 47 60
WEIGHT (g) 3 3,2 7,2 13,1 23 47,6 50,5 101
Cylinders series B
BG
Compact guided cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION Compact guided cylinders series “BG” have reduced dimensions and high precision movement. These cylinders assure great strenght to transversal forces thanks to stout bars guided on bushings or sleeves. Cylinders series “BG” are double acting and they have the magnetic piston type and the steel plate as standard, so they can be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1÷10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Ø 16 = M 5 Ø 20 ÷ 40 = G 1/8 Ø 50 = G 1/4 Ø 16 = 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100 Ø 20 = 20, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 Ø 25 = 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200 Ø 32 ÷ 63 = 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200
Standard strokes (mm)
MATERIALS End caps Body Piston rod
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Bore Port size
1 Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Ø 16 ÷ 25 : AISI 303 stainless steel Ø 32 ÷ 63 : C45 chromium-plated steel Aluminium alloy with magnet C45 chromium-plated steel (bushings sliding type) Hardened steel (recirculating ball bearing sleeves sliding type) Nickel-plated steel Anodized aluminium alloy Self-lubricating sintered bronze with wiper ring No.2 pcs. for strokes 20 ÷ 50 mm; No.4 pcs. for strokes 75 ÷ 200 mm Recirculating ball bearings with wiper ring No.2 pcs. for strokes 20 ÷ 50 mm; No.4 pcs. for strokes 75 ÷ 200 mm Polyurethane
Piston Guide bars Plate Bushings Sleeves Seals
ORDER KEY VERSION
S•
BG
/
D
Double acting
SLIDING TYPE
B
On bushing
M
With sleeves
D L
Double steel plate
OPTION
Bore
Single steel plate
Stroke
S
Version
Single aluminium plate
Double aluminium plate
ORDER EXAMPLE Cylinder Ø 50, double acting, 50 mm stroke, with sleeves, double steel plate 50/50 DBGMD
Series Sliding type Option Special options (supplied upon request)
SPARE PARTS
P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93)
SEALS KIT
• See technical data on page 0.12
Polyurethane
Ø/SG/BG
TECHNICAL DATA
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE F (N) Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Sliding type B M B M B M B M B M B M B M
10 41 44 -
20 32 34 53 62 93 94 -
25 168 84 168 92 240 117 250 117
STROKE (mm) 30 40 26 23 27 23 45 38 50 42 78 68 79 68 -
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE M (Nm) Ø
50 20 21 34 36 60 60 131 58 131 64 189 81 190 81
75 27 27 52 53 81 59 163 270 163 270 243 370 265 370
100 22 22 42 44 67 51 138 213 138 213 208 312 227 312
16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Sliding type B M B M B M B M B M B M B M
10 0,65 0,83 -
20 0,51 0,65 0,99 1,20 1,98 2,00 -
Cylinders series BG
STROKE (mm) 25 30 40 50 0,42 0,36 0,32 0,52 0,44 0,40 0,84 0,71 0,64 0,96 0,81 0,69 1,67 1,45 1,28 1,69 1,45 1,28 4,10 3,19 2,04 1,41 4,51 3,51 2,47 1,72 6,60 5,19 3,22 2,22 6,60 5,19 3,22 2,22
75 0,97 1,02 1,73 1,26 3,97 6,58 4,38 7,25 6,68 10,17 6,68 10,17
ANTI-ROLL ACCURACY 100 0,78 0,85 1,43 1,09 3,36 5,19 3,70 5,72 5,72 8,58 5,72 8,58
Ø 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
Sliding type B M ±0,08° ±0,10° ±0,07° ±0,09° ±0,07° ±0,09° ±0,06° ±0,08° ±0,06° ±0,08° ±0,05° ±0,06° ±0,05° ±0,06°
B - Bushing M - Sleeves
1.67
BG
Compact guided cylinders
series
BG COMPACT GUIDED CYLINDER
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A (STROKES mm)
16 46 (10 ÷ 50) 20 53 (20 ÷ 50) 25 53,5 (20 ÷ 50) 32 97 (25 ÷ 50) 40 97 (25 ÷ 50) 50 106,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 63 106,5 (25 ÷ 50)*
64,5 (75 ÷ 100) 84,5 (75 ÷ 200) 84,5 (75 ÷ 200) 107 (75 ÷ 200) 107 (75 ÷ 200) 118 (75 ÷ 200) 118 (75 ÷ 200)
Ø
PW
Q
S
T
16 20 25 32 40 50 63
19 20,5 28,5 34 28,5 47 55
16 54 18 70 26 78 30 96 30 104 40 130 50 130
25 30 38 44 44 60 70
62 81 91 110 118 146 158
R
U
B
C
DA
DB
46 53 54 60 66 72 77
33 37 37,5 37,5 44 44 49
8 10 10 12 12 16 16
10 12 16 20 20 25 25
V
E (STROKES mm) 0 (10 ÷ 50) 0 (20 ÷ 50) 0 (20 ÷ 50) 37,5 (25 ÷ 50) 31 (25 ÷ 50) 34,5 (25 ÷ 50)* 29,5 (25 ÷ 50)*
18,5 (75 ÷ 100) 31,5 (75 ÷ 200) 31,5 (75 ÷ 200) 42,5 (75 ÷ 200) 36 (75 ÷ 200) 46 (75 ÷ 200) 41 (75 ÷ 200)
W (STROKES mm)
46 56 24 (10 ÷ 30) 54 72 24 (20 - 30) 64 82 24 (20 - 30) 78 98 24 (25) 86 106 24 (25) 110 130 24 (25) 124 142 28 (25)
44 (40 ÷ 100) 44 (40 ÷ 100) 44 (40 ÷ 100) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 48 (50 ÷ 100) 52 (50 ÷ 100)
F
120 (125 ÷ 200) 120 (125 ÷ 200) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 124 (125 ÷ 200) 128 (125 ÷ 200)
8 10 10 12 12 16 16
GA
GB
GC
11 8 8 10,5 8,5 24,5 11,5 9 25 12,5 9 30,5 14 10 31 14 11 35 16,5 13,5 35
Ø
A
B
C
D
CH
16 20 - 25 32 - 40 50 - 63
7 8 10 13
10 15 20 25
M4 M5 M6 M8
3,5 4 5 7
1,5 2 2,5 3
1.68
J
64 5 83 7,5 93 7,5 112 9 120 9 148 10,5 162 11
L
K
MM
ML
NN
P
22 24 30 34 40 46 58
30 36 42 48 54 64 78
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
12 13 15 20 20 22 22
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 *
WEIGHT (g) for STROKES (mm) with aluminium plate
X
YE YH
YI
YL YY
Z
24 28 34 42 50 66 80
8 9,5 9,5 11 11 14 14
4,3 5,6 5,6 6,6 6,6 8,6 8,6
10 12 12 16 16 20 20
10 20 25 30 40 50 75 100 5 300 350 400 450 500 700 850 17 - 640 720 800 880 1200 1400 17 - 850 950 1050 1150 1600 1850 21 - 1500 1850 2500 2850 22 - 1700 2100 2650 3050 22 - 2700 3300 4100 4700 24 - 3100 4218 4936 5655
4,5 5,5 5,5 7,5 7,5 9 9
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
* With sleeves: dimension “A” (stroke 50) = 114 for Ø 50 and 63; dimension “E” (stroke 50) = 42 for Ø 50 and 37 for Ø 63
SLOTS FIXING PLATE - STEEL - BG/PF Ø
H
FIXING EXAMPLE
WEIGHT (g) 2 3,5 7,5 17
Cylinders series BG
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION Cylinders series “HB” are manufactured to be fixed on machine edges without the use of mountings. The end cap acts as a mounting device in the versions: hinge-mounted, screw-mounted, feet-mounted, front flange-mounted, rear flange-mounted. The double acting hinge-mounted versions and rear flange-mounted are available with reduced end caps. Cylinders series “HB” cannot be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature
1,5 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) 0 ÷ +150 °C with seals for high temperatures (-20 °C with dry air) Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Versions Double acting; Single acting front spring; Single acting rear spring; Through rod Bore Ø 20, 27, 35, 40, 50, 58, 70, 85, 100 Port size Ø 20 ÷ 50 = G 1/8 Ø 58 ÷ 100 = G 1/4 Standard strokes (mm) 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 150, 200, 250 Max. strokes double acting (mm) Ø 20 - 27 = 1000; Ø 35 ÷ 50 = 1500; Ø 58 ÷ 100 = 2000 Maximum strokes Ø 20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100 single acting mm 20 25 35 60 70 60 70 90 100 Maximum strokes single acting Ø 20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100 (version “S”) with spacers mm 60 75 105 180 210 180 210 270 300
SPRING THEORETICAL TRACTIVE FORCE
MATERIALS
Piston rod End cap nut Piston rod bearing Piston guide shoe Piston Seals Springs
Aluminium alloy Ø 20 ÷ 100: Extruded tube, anodized aluminium alloy; Extruded tube, brass (supplied upon request) C45 chromium-plated steel AISI 303 rolled stainless steel Steel Bronze-iron 20%, sintered, self-lubricating Acetal resin Aluminium alloy NBR rubber Viton® Springs steel
Spring tractive force (N)
End caps Cylinder barrel
Stroke (mm)
ORDER KEY S•
VERSION 1
/
Basic cylinder
R
Through rod*
Y
Single acting front spring**
VERSION 2
D S
Bore Version 1 Stroke
Double acting Single acting front spring
SERIES
CB Hinge-mounted VB Screw-mounted PB Feet-mounted
Version 2 Series Option 1
FAB Front flange-mounted FPB Rear flange-mounted
OPTION 1
Option 2
C
Option 3
Reduced end cap***
OPTION 2
Option 4
1 2
Special options (supplied upon request)
Stainless steel piston rod Seals for high temperatures
3
Stainless steel piston rod and seals for high temperatures
OPTION 3
• See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Basic cylinder Ø27, 25 mm stroke, single acting front spring, feet-mounted 27/25 SPB Cylinder Ø20, through rod, 100 mm stroke, double acting, feet-mounted 20R100 DPB Basic cylinder Ø58, 50 mm stroke, double acting, hinge-mounted, stainless steel piston rod, brass cylinder barrel 58/50 DVB 1 4 Basic cylinder Ø35, 70 mm stroke, double acting, hinge-mounted, reduced end cap 35/70 DCBC
4
Brass cylinder barrel
OPTION 4
5
Rod wipers
* Series “FPB” excluded ** Dimensions are different from the versions “D” and “S” *** Supplied only with series “DCB”, “YCB”, “DFPB”, “YFPB” and with the version “R” of series “DFAB” and “DVB”
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT NBR
Ø/SG/HB
Through rod, NBR
Ø/SG/R/HB Through rod, for high temperatures Ø/SG/R/HB2
Cylinders series HB
For high temperatures
Ø/SG/HB2
1.69
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER HINGE-MOUNTED - CB H + STROKE
1
REDUCED END CAP H2 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER CB Ø
D
D1
E
F1
H
H2
I
J H8
K1 0/+0,2
K2 0/-0,2
L
M
N
Q1
Q3
R
S
Y
Y2
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
9 12 15 15 18 21 24 27 30
3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6
85 96 106 121 130 140 151 168 191
72 76 84 90 101 110 122 128 142
10 21 23 26 28 33 35 36 45
5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
8 9 12 18 25 26 35 40 40
22 25 32 40 49 54 67 76 80
30 35 45 50 61 70 82 98 114
16 20 24 32 32 32 35 44,5 50
6 7 9 10 12 14 16 18 20
24 30 36 44 46 48 53 64,5 74
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
24 28 32 36 42 45 50 60 70
10 9,5 9,5 10 10 12 14 12,5 14
11,5 11,5 10 10 10 14 16 14 19
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) (g) every 10 mm
ACCESSORIES PIVOT FOR FEMALE REAR HINGE - STEEL - HB/SEC Ø Ø
BU
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
28 31 38 47 56 62 75 84 88
1.70
EK f7 5 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
EL 23 26 33 41 50 55 68 77 81
WEIGHT (g) 4,5 7 15 29 50 76 118 168 217
Cylinders series HB
200 289 396 503 793 1181 1474 2033 3250
15 20 32 35 44 53 64 89 110
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER SCREW-MOUNTED - VB
F3 + STROKE
1
P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.
THROUGH ROD H1 + STROKE
Q1 + STROKE
P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.
THROUGH ROD, REDUCED END CAP
H3 + STROKE
Q3 + STROKE
P.S.: End cap nut (HB/DT Ø) supplied as standard. Contact the commercial office for further nuts.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER VB Ø
B2
CH2
D
D1
E
F1
F3
H1
H3
I2
L
M
Q1
Q3
R
S
S5
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
5 6 7 8 10 10 10 12 14
32 35 40 45 50 55 60 70 85
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
9 12 15 15 18 21 24 27 30
3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6
41 45,5 47,5 51 56 59 63 67,5 72
58 60,5 61,5 68 70 75 80 84 89
61 62,5 63,5 69 73 77 86 88,5 90
3,5 3,5 3,5 3 3 4 4 4 4
30 35 45 50 61 70 82 98 114
16 20 24 32 32 32 35 44,5 50
24 30 36 44 46 48 53 64,5 74
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
24 28 32 36 42 45 50 60 70
14 14 18 24 26 30 30 40 40
S7
Y
Y2
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) (g) every 10 mm
Cylinders series HB
M24x2 10 M28x2 9,5 M32x2 9,5 M36x3 10 M42x3 10 M45x3 12 M50x3 14 M60x4 12,5 M70x4 14
11,5 11,5 10 10 10 14 16 14 19
129 160 299,5 416 691 1028 1388 2024 3060
15 20 32 35 44 53 64 89 110
1.71
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER FEET-MOUNTED - PB
1 N° 4 HOLES F4 W3 + STROKE W4 + STROKE
THROUGH ROD W4 + 2STROKE
W3 + STROKE W4 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER PB Ø
A
D
D1
E
F1
F4
G
L1
N2
Q2
R
S1
W3
W4
WEIGHT (g)
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
42 45 57 64 77 86 100 118 136
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
9 12 15 15 18 21 24 27 30
3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6
4,25 4,5 5,5 5,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 8,5 8,5
17 19,5 22,5 25 30,5 35 41 49 57
52 55 69 78 93 102 118 138 158
13 17 17 22 22 25 26 27 28
36 40 44 56 54 56 61 72 76
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
8 10 12 14 16 16 18 20 22
18 20 21 20 26 27 28 30 33
62 70 77 88 94 99 107 122 133
181 269 359 502 743 996 1363 2043 3019
1.72
Cylinders series HB
INCREMENT (g) every 10 mm 15 20 32 35 44 53 64 89 110
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER FRONT FLANGE-MOUNTED - FAB W1 + STROKE
1
N° 4 HOLES F
THROUGH ROD W2 + STROKE
Q1 + STROKE
THROUGH ROD, REDUCED END CAP Q3 + STROKE
W5 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER - FAB Ø
D
D1
E
F
F1
I
I2
L
M
O
P
Q
Q1
Q3
R
S
S2
S3
S5
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
9 12 15 15 18 21 24 27 30
4,2 4,5 5,5 6,5 6,5 6,5 8,5 10,5 10,5
3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
3,5 3,5 3,5 3 3 4 4 4 4
30 35 45 50 61 70 82 98 114
16 20 24 32 32 32 35 44,5 50
39 48 54 57 75 82 100 120 137
50 58 66 69 87 100 119 140 160
10 12 14 15 17 19 22 24 28
24 30 36 44 46 48 53 64,5 74
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
24 28 32 36 42 45 50 60 70
23 30 36 40 54 60 70 80 88
4 6 6 7 7 8 10 11 12
14 55 72 14 63,5 78,5 18 69,5 83,5 24 80 97 26 85 99 30 88 104 30 94 111 40 103 119,5 40 118 135
W1
W2
W5
Y
Y2
WEIGHT INCREM. (g) (g) every 10 mm
Cylinders series HB
75 10 11,5 80,5 9,5 11,5 85,5 9,5 10 98 10 10 102 10 10 106 12 14 117 14 16 124 12,5 14 136 14 19
91 178 317 427 689 915 1244 2113 3200
15 20 32 35 44 53 64 89 110
1.73
HB
Screwed-head cylinders
series
BASIC CYLINDER REAR FLANGE-MOUNTED - FPB F2 + STROKE
1
N° 4 HOLES F6
REDUCED END CAP F5 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS BASIC CYLINDER FPB Ø
D
D1
E
F1
F2
F5
F6
I1
L
M
O
P
Q1
Q3
R
S
S4
S6
Y
20 27 35 40 50 58 70 85 100
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
M6 M8 M10 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
9 12 15 15 18 21 24 27 30
3 4 4 4 5 5 5 6 6
78 89 97 109 113 122 131 147 164
65 69 75 78 84 92 102 107 115
4,2 4,5 5,5 5,5 6,5 8,5 8,5 10,5 10,5
2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4
30 35 45 50 61 70 82 98 114
16 20 24 32 32 32 35 44,5 50
39 48 59 62 75 86 100 120 137
50 58 69 74 87 100 119 140 160
24 30 36 44 46 48 53 64,5 74
8 10 12 12 14 16 18 20 24
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
24 28 32 36 42 45 50 60 70
23 30 38 40 50 62 72 80 88
18 19 19 21 21 24 22 25 28
10 9,5 9,5 10 10 12 14 12,5 14
1.74
Cylinders series HB
Y1
Y2
11 11,5 11,5 11,5 11,5 10 13,5 10 13,5 10 15 14 15 16 16,5 14 18 19
WEIGHT (g) 91 178 317 427 689 915 1244 2113 3200
INCREM. (g) every 10 mm 15 20 32 35 44 53 64 89 110
Z
Rodless cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION Rodless cylinders series “Z” are suitable for applications where long strokes are required, as they have been designed with reduced overall dimensions if compared to the standard cylinders with external rod. The short cylinder (version “K”) has a basic length (0-stroke) up to 40% shorter than the “S” standard version. The guided versions (options “F” & “FF”) allow the translation of non-guided loads and offer great resistance to transversal forces. Cylinders series “Z” have the magnetic piston type as standard and so they can be supplied with magnetic sensors.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Versions Bore Port size
2 ÷ 8 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Standard yoke; Short yoke Ø 18, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 Ø 18 = M 5 Ø 25 - 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 = G 3/8 Decelerators length Ø 18 25 32 40 50 63 mm 15 18 24 34 40 49 Maximum strokes (mm) Ø 18 ÷ 63 = 6000
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Sealing strip Cover strip Head wiper Piston Yoke Decelerators ogives Seals
Anodized aluminium alloy Extruded profile, anodized aluminium alloy Polyamide AISI 304 stainless steel Acetal resin Aluminium alloy with piston seal in acetal resin Anodized aluminium alloy Brass Polyurethane
ORDER KEY /
Z
S•
VERSION
S
Standard yoke
K
Short yoke
FF
Double guide*
2
Bottom ported**
OPTION 1
F
Single guide
OPTION 2
1
One side ported**
** Supplied only for “S” version ** Supplied from Ø 25 to Ø 63
Bore Stroke Series Version Option 1 Option 2 Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM 101 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Rodless cylinder Ø50, 500 mm stroke, with standard yoke and ports 50/500 ZS Rodless cylinder Ø50, 1000 mm stroke, short yoke, single guide, one side ports 50/1000 ZKF1
SPARE PARTS Seals kit - Polyurethane
Ø/SG/Z
Sealing strip (min. 500 mm)
Ø/BP/Z/mm
Cover strip (min. 500 mm)
Ø/BM/Z/mm
Cylinders series Z
1.75
Z
Rodless cylinders
series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
Ø 18 25 32 40 50 63
ZS 140 270 440 680 1060 1680
F x in (N) a 6 bar - speed ZK ZSF 140 140 270 270 440 440 680 680 1060 1060 1680 1680
0,35 m/s ZSFF 140 270 440 680 1060 1680
ZKF 140 270 440 680 1060 1680
ZS 300 480 650 800 1060 1680
F z in (N) - speed 0,35 m/s ZK ZSF ZSFF 140 370 550 230 800 1200 320 1200 1800 400 1600 2400 480 2100 3200 590 2800 4200
ZKF 150 250 450 600 900 1100
ZS 80 110 165 225 325 435
F y in (N) - speed 0,35 m/s ZK ZSF ZSFF 40 370 550 55 800 1200 70 1200 1800 100 1600 2400 140 2100 3200 180 2800 4200
ZKF 150 250 450 600 900 1100
Resultant Force Ft (N) Speed = 0,75 m/s
Ø 18 25 32 40 50 63
ZS 80 155 280 500 790 1500
ZK 40 90 200 420 750 1500
ZSF 100 280 510 1000 1500 2500
N.B.: ∑ F = Resultant force = Ft = √F
Speed = 1 m/s
ZSFF 150 420 750 1500 2200 3700
ZKF 50 100 250 480 800 1500
Speed = 1,5 m/s
ZS 40 90 155 290 420 850
ZK 25 50 110 240 440 850
ZSF 58 160 300 550 850 1400
ZSFF 80 210 400 750 1150 1900
ZKF 30 60 135 280 480 950
ZS 20 40 70 125 195 370
ZK 10 25 45 110 190 380
ZSF 26 65 140 250 380 610
ZSFF 20 80 170 300 460 740
ZKF 12 30 65 140 220 400
ZS 3 13 25 40 65 100
ZK 1,7 2,7 5 8,5 13 18
M z in (Nm) ZSF 6 20 45 75 150 250
ZSFF 9 30 67 110 220 370
ZKF 1,8 4 10 16 30 45
ZS 3 13 25 40 65 100
ZK 1,7 2,7 5 8,5 13 18
M y in (Nm) ZSF 6 20 45 75 150 250
ZSFF 9 30 67 110 220 370
ZKF 1,8 4 10 16 30 45
x2 + F z2 + F y2
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TORQUE
Ø 18 25 32 40 50 63
ZS 1 2 3,5 5,5 10 16
ZK 0,4 0,7 1 2 3,5 5
M x in (Nm) ZSF 3,5 10 25 40 80 110
ZSFF 5,2 15 37 60 120 170
ZKF 1,8 4 10 16 30 45
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FORCE “Fz” (as a function of the distance “L” between supports and of the deflection request)
Fz (N) at deflection of 1 mm
Fz (N) at deflection of 0,5 mm
1
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE FORCES
Distance L (mm)
1.76
Cylinders series Z
Distance L (mm)
Z
Rodless cylinders
series
ZS BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE 2A + STROKE
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZS BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
AF
AM
18 25 32 40 50 63
80 100 120 150 180 215
50 70 100 140 180 230
10 13 16 22 29 40
B
C
16,5 6,5 20 8,5 20 8,5 24 11 24 11 30 14,5
CA
CB
D
7 7 9,5 9,5 11
13 13 14,5 14,5 18,5
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
DA
DB
17,5 25,5 14 32 17,5 37,5 20 47,5 26 59,5 30
DC
DD
E
15 103 28 21 131 34,5 26 171 42 31,5 220 52 39 280 62 46,5 333
F
G
J
M
N
O
S
T
U
75 100 140 180 220 280
50 70 90 110 140
3 3,5 4,5 5 6,5 8
15,5 20 25 33 42 54
M3x6 M4x7 M5x9 M6x10 M8x12,5 M8x15
3,5 4,5 5,5 7 7 9
23,5 33 41 51 63 78
M3x7 M4x9 M5x10 M6x12 M8x12 M8x12
30 42 52 63 78 93
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 39 300 15 53 600 26 65 1100 36 79 1800 48 96 3200 74 113,5 5600 100 W
ZK BASIC CYLINDER WITH SHORT YOKE 2A + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZK BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
AM
B
C
CA
CB
D
DA
DB
DC
DD
E
F
J
M
N
O
S
T
U
18 25 32 40 50 63
57,5 67,5 77,5 95 105 125
10 13 16 22 29 40
16,5 20 20 24 24 30
6,5 8,5 8,5 11 11 14,5
7 7 9,5 9,5 11
13 13 14,5 14,5 18,5
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
17,5 25,5 32 37,5 47,5 59,5
14 17,5 20 26 30
28 34,5 42 52 62
15 21 26 31,5 39 46,5
58 66 86 110 130 153
30 35 55 70 70 100
3 3,5 4,5 5 6,5 8
15,5 20 25 33 42 54
M3x6 M4x7 M5x9 M6x10 M8x12,5 M8x15
3,5 4,5 5,5 7 7 9
23,5 33 41 51 63 78
M3x7 M4x9 M5x10 M6x12 M8x12 M8x12
30 42 52 63 78 93
Cylinders series Z
W
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 39 200 15 53 400 26 65 700 36 79 1200 48 96 2000 74 113,5 3200 100
1.77
Z
Rodless cylinders
series
ZSF BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE AND SINGLE GUIDE 2A + STROKE
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZSF BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
AM
B
BM
C
CA
CB
D
DA
DB
DC
DD
FE
FF
FG
FM
18 25 32 40 50 63
80 100 120 150 180 215
10 13 16 22 29 40
16,5 20 20 24 24 30
35 45 55 70 85 105
6,5 8,5 8,5 11 11 14,5
7 7 9,5 9,5 11
13 13 14,5 14,5 18,5
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
17,5 25,5 32 37,5 47,5 59,5
14 17,5 20 26 30
28 34,5 42 52 62
15 21 26 31,5 39 46,5
103 131 171 220 280 333
75 100 140 180 220 280
50 70 90 110 140
50 66 80 97 116 136
FW
N
39 M4x7,5 53 M4x8 65 M5x10 79 M6x12 96 M8x16 113,5 M8x16
S
T
U
23,5 33 41 51 63 78
M3x7 M4x9 M5x10 M6x12 M8x12 M8x12
30 42 52 63 78 93
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 400 15 900 26 1500 36 2800 48 4900 74 8000 100
ZSFF BASIC CYLINDER WITH STANDARD YOKE AND DOUBLE GUIDE 2A + STROKE
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZSFF BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
AM
B
BM
C
CA
CB
D
DA
DB
DC
DD
FE
FF
FG
FM
FW
N
S
T
U
18 25 32 40 50 63
80 100 120 150 180 215
10 13 16 22 29 40
16,5 20 20 24 24 30
35 45 55 70 85 105
6,5 8,5 8,5 11 11 14,5
7 7 9,5 9,5 11
13 13 14,5 14,5 18,5
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
17,5 25,5 32 37,5 47,5 59,5
14 17,5 20 26 30
28 34,5 42 52 62
15 21 26 31,5 39 46,5
103 131 171 220 280 333
75 100 140 180 220 280
50 70 90 110 140
50 66 80 97 116 136
50 64 78 95 114 134
M4x7,5 M4x8 M5x10 M6x12 M8x16 M8x16
23,5 33 41 51 63 78
M3x7 M4x9 M5x10 M6x12 M8x12 M8x12
30 42 52 63 78 93
1.78
Cylinders series Z
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 500 15 1200 26 1900 36 3800 48 6600 74 10400 100
Z
Accessories Fixings
series
ZKF BASIC CYLINDER WITH SHORT YOKE AND SINGLE GUIDE 2A + STROKE
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS ZKF BASIC CYLINDER Ø
A
AM
B
BM
C
CA
CB
D
DA
DB
DC
DD
E
F
FM
FW
N
S
T
U
18 25 32 40 50 63
57,5 67,5 77,5 95 105 125
10 13 16 22 29 40
16,5 20 20 24 24 30
35 45 55 70 85 105
6,5 8,5 8,5 11 11 14,5
7 7 9,5 9,5 11
13 13 14,5 14,5 18,5
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
17,5 25,5 32 37,5 47,5 59,5
14 17,5 20 26 30
28 34,5 42 52 62
15 21 26 31,5 39 46,5
58 66 86 110 130 153
30 35 55 70 70 100
50 66 80 97 116 136
39 53 65 79 96 113,5
M4x7,5 M4x8 M5x10 M6x12 M8x16 M8x16
23,5 33 41 51 63 78
M3x7 M4x9 M5x10 M6x12 M8x12 M8x12
30 42 52 63 78 93
WEIGHT INCR. (g) (g) x10 mm 300 15 600 26 1150 36 2000 48 3200 74 6400 100
FEET (pair) - ALUMINIUM - ZPB Ø Ø
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AH
18 25 32 40 50 63
15 18 20 25 28 30
2 2 2,5 2,5 3 3
10 12,5 13,5 17,5 20 21
20 30 40 50 60 75
6 6 7 9 9 11
2 2 3 3 3 4,5
WEIGHT (g) 35 40 75 115 225 280
Cylinders series Z
1.79
Z
Accessories Fixings
series
MIDDLE SUPPORTS (pair) - ALUMINIUM - ZTI Ø
1
Ø
AE
AH
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
18 25 32 40 50 63
6 6 7 9 9 11
2 2 3 3 3 4,5
56 70 85 105 122 144
46 60 73 90 106 125
36,5 50 61,5 75 91 107
23 28 33 38 43 48
2,5 3,5 4 4,5 5 6
BF
WEIGHT (g) 8,25 10 11 15 13,8 30 16 45 19 60 22 80
NARROW SWINGING BRIDGE - ALUMINIUM - ZCS Ø Ø
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CK
18 25 32 40 50 63
50 60 70 80 90 100
25,5 30 37 47 56 73
30 40 50 60 70 80
9 14 16 22 30 40
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10
54 70 86 107 123 145,5
2,5 3 3,5 4,5 4,5 5
M4 M4 M5 M6 M6 M8
Ø
CJ
CH
18 25 32 40 50 63
4 4 6 8 8 8
4 4 6 8 8 8
WEIGHT (g) 45 60 115 220 275 470
LARGE SWINGING BRIDGE - ALUMINIUM - ZCL Ø Ø
CA
CB
CC
CD
CE
CF
CG
CK
18 25 32 40 50 63
50 60 70 80 90 100
41,5 50 60 80 95 120
30 40 50 60 70 80
34 38 48 60 70 80
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10
54 70 86 107 123 145,5
2,5 3 3,5 4,5 4,5 5
M4 M4 M5 M6 M6 M8
Ø
CJ
CH
18 25 32 40 50 63
4 4 6 8 8 8
4 4 6 8 8 8
WEIGHT (g) 50 80 145 275 350 575
1.80
Cylinders series Z
HS
Hydraulic speed regulators
series
DESCRIPTION Hydraulic regulators series “HS” assure a constant speed of pneumatic cylinders during their working cycle. In fact in the control of tools, that during their movements meet different resistances (i.e. violent impacts and vibrations) with the consequent variation of speed due to the use of only pneumatic control, you could obtain coarse finishes of the tooling till reach the breaking of the same tool. The hydraulic speed regulators exploit the oil incompressibility that, passing from a chamber to another one through an externally adjustable flow regulator, manages to uniform the speed and, with the use of control valves, avoids dead times warranting perfectly repeatable stops independently from the applied load. The adjustment can be made during the piston rod thrust phase, retract phase or both. The stop valve (STOP), mounted in-line on the circuit, and the acceleration valves (SKIP), mounted in-parallel, can be inserted in both the phases. These are poppet valves, two port, pneumatically actuated and therefore they have to be operated to make the STOP valve insert and to cut out the SKIP one.
1
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Fluid Versions
0 ÷ +70 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Hydraulic oil (WAIRSOL HS: contact our commercial office for details) In-line tank, piston rod thrust adjustment; In-parallel tank, piston rod thrust adjustment; In-parallel tank, piston rod retract adjustment; In-parallel tank, double adjustment Bore Ø 40 Standard strokes (mm) 50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 Maximum stroke (mm) 1000 Maximum adjustable load 6000 N Minimum/Maximum Without valves: 60 ÷ 10.000 permissible speed (mm/min) With valves: 0 ÷ 6.000
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Piston rod Piston Piston seal Piston rod seal Tie rods Adjusting groups Oil lever stick
Anodized aluminium alloy Drawn steel C45 chromium-plated steel Anodized aluminium alloy NBR rubber Polyurethane Steel Nickel-plated brass Anodized aluminium alloy
ORDER KEY VERSIONS
HS
LU In-line tank, piston rod thrust adjustment PU In-parallel tank, piston rod thrust adjustment PR In-parallel tank, piston rod retract adjustment PD In-parallel tank, double adjustment OPTIONS
1 2 3 4
Series Stroke Version Option
ORDER EXAMPLES Hydraulic regulator HS, 100 mm stroke, in-parallel tank, stop valve thrust adjustment HS100 PU2
Standard adjustment STOP valve adjustment SKIP valve adjustment SKIP and STOP valves adjustment
ASSEMBLY “HS”+ cylinders series “X” or “CPUI”
M/HS
Hydraulic regulator HS, 150 mm stroke, in-parallel tank, skip valve double adjustment + cylinder series “CPUI” Ø63, 150 mm stroke, magnetic piston type + fixing plate + connection bridle + nipple + threaded bar, ASSEMBLED: HS150 PD3, 63/150 CPUI/M, HS/PT 63, HS/BR 50/63, HS/NP 50/63, HS/BF Ø M/HS
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
1.81
HS
Hydraulic speed regulators
series
IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU1 WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
1
167 + STROKE
LU1 80 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) ≤ 75 76 ÷ 150 151 ÷ 250 251 ÷ 350 351 ÷ 500
A 75 90 142 171 222
B (max) 25 39 65 87 125
IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU2 - HS..LU3 WEIGHT LU2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm) WEIGHT LU3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
LU2
LU3 80 + STROKE 109 + STROKE
IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..LU4 WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
LU4
80 + STROKE 109 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-LINE TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) ≤ 75 76 ÷ 150 151 ÷ 250 251 ÷ 350 351 ÷ 500
1.82
A 60 75 127 156 205
B (max) 25 39 65 87 125
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
HS
Hydraulic speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU1 WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
1 PU1 80 + STROKE 167 + STROKE
IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU2 - HS..PU3 WEIGHT PU2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm) WEIGHT PU3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
PU2
PU3
80 + STROKE 164 + STROKE
IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT - HS..PU4 WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
PU4
80 + STROKE 164 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-THRUST ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) 75 76 รท 150 151 รท 250 251 รท 350 351 รท 500
A 75 90 142 171 222
B (max) 25 39 65 87 125
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
1.83
HS
Hydraulic speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR1 WEIGHT: 2200 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE
1 PR1 80 + STROKE 167 + STROKE
IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR2 - HS..PR3 WEIGHT PR2: 2700 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm) WEIGHT PR3: 2300 g (0 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
PR2
PR3
80 + STROKE 164 + STROKE
IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT - HS..PR4 WEIGHT: 2800 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
PR4
80 + STROKE 164 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-RETRACT ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) โ ค 75 76 รท 150 151 รท 250 251 รท 350 351 รท 500
1.84
A 75 90 142 171 222
B (max) 25 39 65 87 125
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
HS
Hydraulic speed regulators
series
IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD1 WEIGHT: 2900 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
1
PD1
80 + STROKE 120 + STROKE
IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD2 - HS..PD3 WEIGHT PD2: 4100 g (150 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 150 mm) WEIGHT PD3: 3100 g (50 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 50 mm)
PD2
PD3
80 + STROKE 120 + STROKE
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) 50 ÷ 75 76 ÷ 150 151 ÷ 250
A 75 90 142
B (max) 25 39 65
STROKES (mm) 251 ÷ 350 351 ÷ 500
A 171 222
B (max) 87 125
IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT HS..PD4 WEIGHT: 4300 g (150 mm-STROKE) + 61 g EVERY 10 mm OF STROKE (MIN. STROKE 150 mm)
G1/8 N° 2 HOLES
G1/8 N°. 2 HOLES
80 + STROKE 120 + STROKE
PD4
DIMENSIONS WITH IN-PARALLEL TANK-DOUBLE ADJUSTMENT STROKES (mm) 150 ÷ 250 251 ÷ 350 351 ÷ 500
A 142 171 222
B (max) 65 87 125
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
1.85
HS
Accessories Fixings
series
FIXING PLATE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” - HS/PT Ø
1
Ø 40 50 63 80 100
B 35 40 45 45 55
DA 32 32 32 32 32
DB 6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5 6,5
DC 6,5 8,5 8,5 10,5 10,5
HA 55 65 75 95 115
Ø 40 50 63 80 100
LG 27 32,5 37,5 47,5 57
LH 40 40 40 40 40
LI 10 10 12 12 15
TG 38 46,5 56,5 72 89
WEIGHT (g) 315 430 666 1080 1879
LD 111 122 132 152 171
LF 56,5 62 67 77 86,5
N° 4 HOLES DB
N° 4 HOLES DC
CONNECTION BRIDLE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” PISTON RODS - HS/BR Ø Ø 40 50 - 63 80 -100
HB 80 90 117
HC 25 -
HD 25 -
Ø 40 50 - 63 80 -100
LN 8 -
LM 5 -
TA 12 11,5 18
KK M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 TB 56 62 77
LJ 40 40 50
LK 12 12 12
LL 20 15 20
WEIGHT (g) 351 369 818
CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI” RESTORATION THREAD NIPPLE- HS/NP Ø Ø 40 50 - 63 80 -100
AM 24 32 40
CH 19 24 30
KK M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5
LO 47 65 78
PA 14 19 24
WEIGHT (g) 59 131 245
THREADED BAR - HS/BF Ø Ø 40 50 ÷ 100
LP 6 8
WEIGHT (g) 166 178
P.S.: THREADED BAR IS SUPPLIED WITH 5 NUTS AND 2 WASHERS
1.86
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
HS
Accessories Fixings
series
FIXING PLATE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR/CYLINDERS SERIES “X” and “CPUI”
1
Ø 40 ÷ 63 80 100
1 X
2 X X X
3 X X
P.S.: DO NOT TIGHTEN THE BRIDLE - THREADED BAR COUPLING
REINSTATEMENT PROCEDURE OF THE OIL LEVEL HYDRAULIC SPEED REGULATORS ARE CLOSED CIRCUIT SYSTEMS SUPPLIED WITH A TANK FOR THE COMPENSATION OF THE ROD VOLUME. THIS TANK IS DESIGNED TO FACE LITTLE FLUID LOSSES DURING THE WORKING. IN THE EVENIENCE THAT DURING THE WORKING THE LEAKAGE OF OIL OVERCOME THE QUANTITY OF OIL IN EXCESS IN THE TANK, THE REGULATOR MUST BE REFILLED. THIS OPERATION MUST BE DONE WHEN THE INDICATOR NOTCH SITUATED ON THE DIP-STICK IN THE COMPENSATOR TANK IS NO MORE VISIBLE WHEN THE MAIN ROD IS COMPLETELY EXTENDED. TO REFILL THE HYDRAULIC SPEED REGULATOR USE A STANDARD GREASING SYRINGE, THAT CAN BE EASILY FOUND IN THE MARKET. THIS SYRINGE HAS TO BE CHARGED WITH “WAIRSOL HS” OIL.
REFILLING OPERATION: 1) PUT THE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR IN VERTICAL POSITION WITH THE FILLING VALVE, SITUATED ON THE REAR END CAP, THAT HAS TO BE HIGH-FACING. 2) EXTEND COMPLETELY THE HYDRAULIC REGULATOR PISTON ROD. 3) APPLY THE SYRINGE, FILLED WITH OIL, TO THE CONICAL SLOT OF THE FILLING VALVE ABOVE MENTIONED. 4) PUMP THE OIL IN THE REGULATOR WITH THE SYRINGE PAYING ATTENTION THAT THE SAME SHOULDN’T GO COMPLETELY EMPTY DURING THE RECHARGE (IF THIS OCCURS, STOP AND TOPPING UP THE SYRINGE). 5) CHARGE TILL THE MINIMUM NOTCH DOESN’T EXCEED THE LEVEL OF THE COMPENSATOR DIP-STICK PLUG OF 5 ÷ 8 mm. 6) OPERATE MORE TIMES THE REGULATOR MAIN PISTON ROD, TAKING CARE OF REGULATING THE CUSHIONINGS TO OBTAIN THE MAXIMUM SPEED. 7) WITH THE PISTON ROD COMPLETELY RETRACTED AND WITH THE CYLINDER ALWAYS IN VERTICAL POSITION, OPERATE THE CLOSING MUSHROOM OF THE FILLING VALVE WITH A SPIKY TOOL SO THAT POSSIBLE AIR BUBBLES CAN BLEED . 8) REPEAT THE OPERATIONS FROM POINT No. 2 TO POINT No. 7 TILL THE AIR IN THE CIRCUIT WILL BE COMPLETELY ELIMINATED.
Hydraulic speed regulators series HS
1.87
WR
Rotary cylinders
series
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Versions Bore Port size
Standard rotation Rotation angle adjustment
1 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Male pinion Female pinion Ø 32, 40, 50, 63, 80, 100, 125 Ø 32 = G 1/8 Ø 40 - 50 = G 1/4 Ø 63 - 80 = G 3/8 Ø 100 - 125 = G 1/2 90°, 180°, 270°; 360° ± 5°
MATERIALS End caps Cylinder barrel Central body Pinion bearing Rack Rack guide shoe Decelerators ogives Piston Seals
Aluminium alloy, cataphoresis-treated Extruded profile, 20 µm anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Ø 32: bronze-teflon bearings Ø 40 ÷ 125: ball bearings Normalized steel, square section Acetal resin Aluminium alloy NBR rubber block with magnet NBR rubber
ORDER KEY WR
/
S•
PINION TYPE
M
F
Male pinion
Female pinion
ROTATION ANGLE 90°, 180°, 270°, 360°
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Series
Following table shows the torques of different rotary cylinders sizes, at the pressure of 1 bar. This value has to be multiplied for the utilization bars to set the effective torque.
Pinion type Bore Rotation angle Special options (supplied upon request) P.S.: Magnetic sensors FM 100 - FM 157 - FM 158 (see chapter magnetic sensors from page 1.93) • See technical data on page 0.12
ORDER EXAMPLES Cylinder Ø50, 180° rotation angle, female pinion WRF 50/180 Cylinder Ø40, 270° rotation angle, male pinion WRM 40/270
Ø Torque at 1 bar (Nm) Max. axial load F1 with F=0 (N)
32 1,73
40 3,08
50 5,4
63 10,5
80 21,8
100 35,3
125 71
100
100
120
120
200
250
300
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT NBR
WR ROTARY CYLINDER
Ø/SG/WR
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TRANSVERSE FORCE
Maximum payload F (N)
1
Rotary cylinders series “WR” are fit to transform the piston straightaway motion into rotative motion by means of the coupling between rack and pinion. In the standard version, rotary cylinders series “WR” can be supplied with magnetic sensors and with rotation angle adjustment.
Projection S (mm)
1.88
Rotary cylinders series WR
WR
Rotary cylinders
series
WR ROTARY CYLINDER
1
N°4+4 HOLES FB
N°4 HOLES FB DEPTH PA
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Ø
DA
32 40 50 63 80 100 125 Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
Ø 32 40 50 63 80 100 125
DC
25 25 30 30 45 50 60
DB g6 14 14 19 24 28 38 38
LB
LC
25 25 35 35 45 45 45
18 22 25 35 50 60 70
E
EE
FB
FC
HA
HB
25 25 30 30 45 50 60
DE H7 14 14 19 19 24 28 28
47 54 65 75 95 114 140
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 1/2
M6 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10 M12
M5 M5 M6 M8 M8 M10 M10
71,5 82 94 110 142 156,5 188
46,5 54,5 60,5 70,8 93,5 99 118
LE
LF
LG
LH
LI
LJ
LK
50 60 70 75 99 115 125
90° ROTATION ANGLE PINION MALE FEMALE LT WEIGHT WEIGHT (g) (g) 227,5 1300 1200 269 2010 1900 282 3070 2840 348 4990 4640 404 9840 9220 428 13650 12680 519 23370 22220
5 5 6 8 8 10 10
16,3 16,3 21,8 21,8 27,3 31,3 31,3
5 5 6 6 8 8 8
180° ROTATION ANGLE PINION MALE FEMALE LT WEIGHT WEIGHT (g) (g) 274,5 1420 1320 326 2210 2900 344,5 3340 3110 422,5 5500 5170 503 10840 10230 534,5 14860 13870 651 25720 24520
2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
270° ROTATION ANGLE PINION MALE FEMALE LT WEIGHT WEIGHT (g) (g) 321,5 1540 1440 382,5 2390 2280 407,5 3610 3380 497 6010 5700 602 11840 11240 641,5 16070 15060 783 28070 26820
Rotary cylinders series WR
HC 25 30 32,5 37 50 54 60 LL
min 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
max 17 16 15 19 18 15 35
HE
HF
LA
51 61 66 76 100 116 141
50 60 65 75 99 115 140
30 30 40 40 50 50 50
LM
PA
33 40 50 60 80 80 90
8 9 12 12 15 15 20
360° ROTATION ANGLE PINION MALE FEMALE LT WEIGHT WEIGHT (g) (g) 368,5 1660 1560 439 2580 2470 470 3880 3650 571,5 6520 6230 701 12840 12250 748 17280 16250 915 30420 29120
1.89
F
Cylinders piston rod attachments
series
DESCRIPTION
1
Piston rod attachments, produced according to standards that regulate cylinders manufacturing, allow the cylinder piston rod to couple with the corresponding system that has to be enlivened.
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS TO ISO 8140 STEEL - M4 ÷ M20 X 1,5
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH PIN AND SNAP RING TO ISO 8140 - STEEL - M4 ÷ M36 X 2
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DA
DB
DE
F
G
HA
HB
L
B12 M4 M6 M8 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2
8 10 14 18 20 26 34 48 60
4 6 8 10 12 16 20 30 35
4 6 8 10 12 16 20 30 35
8 12 16 20 24 32 40 55 70
8 12 16 20 24 32 40 54 72
16 24 32 40 48 64 80 110 144
21 31 42 52 62 83 105 148 188
WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø (g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CPU-X CPUI 10 8-10 18 12-16 42 20 90 25 32 20÷40 32 130 40 50-63 40 330 50-63 80 50-63 650 100 80-100 2100 3900
TYPE
TYPE
WITH CLIPS WITH CLIPS
FF4 FF6 FF8 32 FF10x1,25 40 FF10x1,25 50-63 FF16x1,5 80-100 FF20x1,5 125 160-200 -
FFP6* FFP8* FFP10x1,25* FFP12x1,25*
FFP16x1,5* FFP20x1,5* FFP27x2 FFP36x2
* AISI 303 STAINLESS STEEL (SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST) SELF-LUBRICATING PISTON ROD EYE TO DIN ISO 12240 STANDARD - STEEL
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DA
DB
M4 M6 M8 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2
11 13 16 19 22 27 34 50 58
DC DE F G H7 18 5 6 8 20 6 6,75 9 24 8 9 12 28 10 10,5 14 32 12 12 16 42 16 15 21 50 20 18 25 70 30 25 37 80 35 28 43
HA
HB
L
W
10 12 16 20 22 28 33 51 56
27 30 36 43 50 64 77 110 125
36 40 48 57 66 85 102 145 165
9 11 14 17 19 22 30 41 50
13 13 14 13 13 15 14 17 16
WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES and Ø (g) U-UP P-UP BU7 CPU-X CPUI 18 8-10 26 12-16 46 20 76 25 32 20÷40 32 32 110 40 50-63 40 40 220 50-63 80 50-63 50-63 409 100 80-100 80-100 1200 125 1600 160-200
* AISI 303 STAINLESS STEEL (SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST)
1.90
Cylinders piston rod attachments series F
TYPE FF4/SS* FF6/SS* FF8/SS* FF10x1,25/SS* FF12x1,25/SS* FF16x1,25/SS* FF16x1,25/SS* FF27x2/SS FF36x2/SS
F
Accessories Cylinder piston rod attachments
series
SELF-ALIGNING ROD COUPLER - GALVANIZED STEEL
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DA
C
M6 M8 M10x1,25 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27X2
10 20 20 24 32 40 54
CH 5 7 12 12 20 20 24
CH1 7 11 19 19 30 30 54
D 3,5 4 5 5 8 8 10
DB 8,5 12,5 22 22 32 32 57
DD 6 8 14 14 22 22 32
E
H
17,5 28,5 35 35 54 54 60
14,5 19 32 32 45 45 70
HA 10 20 20 20 32 40 40
I 13 17 30 30 41 41 65
L 35 57 71 75 103 119 147
M 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
WEIGHT (g) 10 10 10 10 10 10 8
25 60 220 230 660 700 1000
U-UP 12-16 20 25
P-UP
32 40 50-63
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø BU7 CPU-X CPUI
20÷40 50-63 80 100
32 40 50-63 80-100
32 40 50-63 80-100 125
TYPE FF6/SA FF8/SA FF10x1,25/SA FF12x1,25/SA FF16x1,5/SA FF20x1,5/SA FF27x2/SA
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS TO DIN 71752 STANDARD - STEEL
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DA M6 M8 M10 M12 M14 M16 M18 M20
DB 10 14 18 20 24 26 26 34
DE 6 8 10 12 14 16 16 20
F B12
G
6 8 10 12 14 16 16 20
12 16 20 24 27 32 32 40
HA 12 16 20 24 28 32 32 40
HB 24 32 40 48 56 64 64 80
L 31 42 52 62 72 83 83 105
WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES HB
TYPE
(g)
Ø
WITH CLIPS
18 42 90 130 230 330 330 650
20 27 35-40 50 58 70 85 100
FF6 FF8 HB/FF10 HB/FF12 HB/FF14 HB/FF16 HB/FF18 HB/FF20
Cylinders piston rod attachments series F
1.91
F
Accessories Cylinder piston rod attachments
series
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH CLIPS TO ex CNOMO 06 07 14 STANDARD - STEEL - M 10 ÷ M 27 x 2
FEMALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS WITH PIN AND SNAP RING TO ex CNOMO 06 07 14 STANDARD - STEEL - M 10 ÷ M 36 x 2
1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DA
DB
DE
F
G
HA
HB
L
B12 M10 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2
18 26 34 42 50
8 12 16 20 25
11 18 22 30 40
22 36 45 63 80
20 26 30 45 75
36 51 63 85 115
45 64 80 105 140
WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES CX
TYPE
TYPE
(g)
Ø
WITH CLIPS
WITH PIN
80 210 440 910 1800
32 40-50 63-80 100-125 160-200
CX/FF10 CX/FF16x1,5 CX/FF20x1,5 CX/FF27x2 -
CX/FFP10 CX/FFP16x1,5 CX/FFP20x1,5 CX/FFP27x2 CX/FFP36x2
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MALE PISTON ROD CLEVIS TO ex CNOMO 06 07 15 STANDARD - STEEL
C 22 32 36 45 63
ROD NUT
M10 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2
DE
E
H8
f8
8 12 16 20 25
11 18 22 30 40
HA
HB
HC
L
WEIGHT CYLINDER SERIES CX
H13 20 30 36 50 70
36 51 63 85 115
25 34 41 58 81
45 64 80 105 140
(g)
Ø
30 100 140 320 870
32 40-50 63-80 100-125 160-200
TYPE CX/FM10 CX/FM16x1,5 CX/FM20x1,5 CX/FM27x2 CX/FM36x2
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DI M4 M6 M8 M10x1,25 M10 M12x1,25 M16x1,5 M20x1,5 M27x2 M36x2
1.92
DA
CH 7 10 13 17 17 19 24 30 41 55
S 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 9 12 15
WEIGHT (g) U-UP P-UP
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø BU7 CX CPU-X CPUI
TYPE B+NIPPLE
STEEL
TYPE STAINLESS STEEL
0,8 8-10 DST4 DSTI4 1,48 12-16 12-16 DST6 DSTI6 4 20 20-25 DST8 DSTI8 8,6 25 32 20÷40 32 32 32-40 DST10x1,25 DSTI10x1,25 8,6 32 DST10 DSTI10 12,1 40 50-63 40 40 50-63 DST12x1,25 DSTI12x1,25 20,1 50-63 80 40-50 50-63 50-63 G50÷80 DST16x1,5 UPDT16 100 DST20x1,5 DSTI20x1,5 36,3 100 63-80 80-100 80-100 90 100-125 125 DST27x2 DSTI27x2 190 160-200 160-200 DST36x2 DSTI36x2
Cylinder piston rod attachments series F
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders
series FM100 - FM101 - FM157 - FM158
DESCRIPTION
series NOTICE
Magnetic sensors series "FM" allow to detect the magnetic piston position inside pneumatic cylinders. The magnetic field generated in the cylinder is used to signal electrical circuits as required. It's possible to choice between the two types of switches currently available: - Reed switch (this electromechanical switch can work with both AC or DC circuits) - Hall effect switch (electronic switch suitable for DC circuits only) Magnetic sensors have a LED that signals the insertion as standard.
The magnetic sensor is a switch that has to be assembled in series with a load (inductive, resistive or capacitive). Use the shortest possible connection cable to reduce self-capacitance to a minimum. In borderline cases, measures should be taken to cancel the effect of cable capacitance using a repetition relay (4 W) in series. Avoid close proximity to external magnetic fields such as electric motors or large iron masses, as they could effect the switch. The sensors are able to detect a magnetic signal at speeds of the piston up to 1 m/s.
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM100 TECHNICAL DATA TYPE
FM100 FM100R FM100N FM100E FM100EN FM100/C FM100R/C FM100N/C FM100E/C FM100EN/C
Working temperature Protection class Model Contacts Voltage AC/DC Max voltage drop Max exchange current Max power Operating frequency
-10 ÷ +70 °C IP 67 REED SWITCH N.O. N.C. 5 ÷ 220 V 10 ÷ 30 V DC 5 ÷ 110 V 3V 0.1 V 3V 100 mA 10 W 200 Hz
HALL EFFECT PNP NPN 10 ÷ 30 V DC 2V 3W 1000 Hz
MATERIALS Body Cable Connector Contacts Contact carrier Ring nut
FM100/C - FM100R/C - FM100N/C - FM100E/C - FM100EN/C Polyamide Polyurethane Polypropylene Gold-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Brass
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
FM100 - FM100R - FM100N - FM100E - FM100EN
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) 3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK
DESCRIPTION N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length N.O. reed switch with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length N.C. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length Hall effect switch version NPN with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m length
WEIGHT (g) 33 33 33 37 37
TYPE FM100 FM100R FM100N FM100E FM100EN
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
DESCRIPTION N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires ring nut connector M8 N.O. reed switch with LED and 3 wires ring nut connector M8 N.C. reed switch with LED and 2 wires ring nut connector M8 Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires ring nut connector M8 Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires ring nut connector M8
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
WEIGHT (g) TYPE 45
FM100/C
45
FM100R/C
45
FM100N/C
49
FM100E/C
49
FM100EN/C
1.93
1
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM100
series
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS REED SWITCH
FM100
1
EXTENSION WITH FEMALE CONNECTOR M8
FM100R
FM100N BROWN
BROWN
BROWN
BLACK
LOAD
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE BLACK (-)
LOAD
LOAD
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK
BLUE
BLUE
BLUE
DESCRIPTION Extension 3 m length with female connector M8 Extension 5 m length with female connector M8
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS HALL EFFECT SWITCH
FM100E
WEIGHT (g) L (m) TYPE 40 3 CNT3 60 5 CNT5
FM100EN BROWN
BROWN LOAD
LOAD
BLUE
BLUE
FIXING ADAPTER - PLASTIC - SQB12 - SQB SQB12
FIXING ADAPTER - PLASTIC- FG
SQB
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDER SERIES “B”
1.94
H
L
27 32 37 49 58 68 81 101 124
36 41 53 61 73 89 107 132
Ø CYLINDER 12 16 20 32 40 50 63 80 100
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
TYPE
H
L
SQB12
20 22 23 26 27 36 44 52 62 76
22 24 25 28 29 38 46 54 64 78
SQB
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø U P UP 8 10 12 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 -
TYPE FG8 FG10 FG12 FG16 FG20 FG25 FG32 FG40 FG50 FG63
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM100
series
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - FS
EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “BU”
1 EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “BG”
EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “X” MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS H
L
50 57 69 79 97 113 140
51 57 69 79 96 113 141
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø CPUI CPA WR 32 32 32 40 40 40 50 50 50 63 63 63 80 80 100 100 125 125
TYPE FS34 FS56 FS81 FS125
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS WITH TIE RODS - ALUMINIUM - FS
SENSOR FIXING BRACKET - ALUMINIUM - SQZ
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES “Z”
H
L
45 52 61 76 92 106 144 170 225
46 53 62 75 91 105 141 173 223
SERIES CYLINDERS and Ø WR CPUI CPU CX 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 80 100 100 125 125 125 160 160 200 200
TYPE FS345 FS681 FS112
H
L
Ø CYLINDER
36,5 48,5 58,5 69,5 84,5 99,5
36,6 48,6 58,6 69,6 84,6 99,6
18 25 32 40 50 63
TYPE
SQZ
P.S.: Sensor fixing bracket “SQZ” can not be fixed on the same side of the guides on the versions “ZSF”- “ZSFF” - “ZKF”; for this need use the “hidden” series FM101 (see page 1.96)
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
1.95
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM101
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM101 TECHNICAL DATA
1
TYPE Working temperature Protection class Model Contacts Voltage AC/DC Max voltage drop Max exchange current Max power Operating frequency
FM101 - FM101/C
FM101E - FM101E/C -10 ÷ +70 °C IP 67 REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT N.O. PNP 5 ÷ 30 V DC 5 ÷ 220 V 3V 0.5 V 100 mA 200 mA 6W 200 Hz 1000 Hz
FM101/C - FM101E/C
MATERIALS Body Cable Connector Contacts Contact carrier Ring nut
Polyamide Polyurethane Polypropylene Gold-plated brass Nickel-plated brass Brass
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
FM101 - FM101E 2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) 3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR
DESCRIPTION N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires ring nut connector M8 Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires ring nut connector M8
WEIGHT (g) TYPE 40
FM101/C
40
FM101E/C
EXTENSION WITH FEMALE CONNECTOR M8 2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE BLACK (-)
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT (g) TYPE N.O. reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 3 m length 28 FM101 Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 3 m lenght 28 FM101E
EXAMPLE OF SENSOR MOUNTING ON CYLINDERS SERIES “Z”
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK DESCRIPTION Extension 3 m length with female connector M8 Extension 5 m length with female connector M8
WEIGHT (g) L (m) TYPE 40 3 CNT3 60 5 CNT5
ELECTRIC CIRCUITS REED SWITCH - HALL EFFECT SWITCH FM101
FM101E BROWN
BROWN
LOAD LOAD
BLUE
P.S.: For bore Ø 18, mount the sensors series “FM100” (page 1.93) with sensor fixing bracket “SQZ” (page 1.95)
1.96
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
BLUE
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM157
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM157 TECHNICAL DATA TYPE Working temperature Protection class Model Contacts Voltage AC/DC Max voltage drop Max exchange current Max power Operating frequency
FM157 - FM157/C FM157E/C -20 ÷ +80 °C IP65 REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT N.O. 3 ÷ 230 V 6 ÷ 30 V 3V 0,7 V 500 mA 250 mA 10 VA 6W 200 Hz 1000 Hz
MATERIALS Body Cable Connector Contact carrier
1
FM157/C - FM157E/C Polyamide Polyvinyl chloride Polyvinyl chloride Polyamide
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE BLACK (-)
FM157 - FM157E
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) 3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK DESCRIPTION Reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 2,5 m lenght Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 2,5 m lenght
WEIGHT (g) TYPE 55 FM157 58 FM157E
* DIMENSION OF THE COUPLED PARTS
DESCRIPTION Reed switch with LED, connector M8 and 2 wires cable 2,5 m length Hall effect switch version PNP with LED, connector M8 and 3 wires cable 2,5 m length
WEIGHT (g)
TYPE
58
FM157/C
61
FM157E/C
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT HALL EFFECT SWITCH
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT REED SWITCH
BROWN BLUE
LOAD BLACK
BROWN BLUE
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
1.97
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM157
series
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - PLASTIC - FG FM 157
FM 157/C
1
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST
1.98
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS H1
H
L
26 28 31 33 38 43 51 60 70 84
38 40 42 45 52 58 65 73 83 97
23 28 27 28,5 32 32 32 32 32,5 32,5
SERIES CYLINDER and Ø U P 8 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 63
TYPE FG/050 FG/051 FG/052 FG/053 FG/054 FG/055 FG/056 FG/057 FG/058 FG/059
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES “CPUI” H
L
Ø CYLINDER
55 65 77 87 102 120 147
63 60 72 82 101 117 131
32 40 50 63 80 100 125
TYPE ST34 ST56 ST80 ST102
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS H
L
33 37,5 40 49 57 61 71 92 120
33 33 35 39 48 54 69 90 118
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
SERIES CYLINDER and Ø CPUI CPU CX 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 80 100 100 125 125 160 160 200 200
TYPE
ST3456 SQ32-40/A SQ125/A SQ80-100/A
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM158
series
MAGNETIC SENSORS SERIES FM158 TECHNICAL DATA TYPE Working temperature Protection class Model Contacts Voltage AC/DC Max voltage drop Max exchange current Max power Operating frequency
FM158 - FM158/C FM158E - FM158E/C -20 ÷ + 80 °C IP65 REED SWITCH HALL EFFECT N.O. 3 ÷ 115 V 6 ÷ 30 V 3V 0,7 V 500 mA 250 mA 10 VA 6W 200 Hz 1000 Hz
1
MATERIALS Body Cable Connector Contact carrier Ring nut
Polyamide Polyvinyl chloride Polyvinyl chloride Polyamide Brass
FM158/C - FM158E/C FM158 - FM158E 2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-)
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSOR BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK DESCRIPTION Reed switch with LED and 2 wires cable 2,5 m lenght Hall effect switch version PNP with LED and 3 wires cable 2,5 m lenght
WEIGHT (g) TYPE 36 FM158 40 FM158E
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT REED SWITCH
2 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE BLACK (-)
3 WIRES MAGNETIC SENSORS BROWN (+) BLUE (-) BLACK
DESCRIPTION Reed switch with LED, connector M8 and 2 wires cable 2,5 m length Hall effect switch version PNP with LED, connector M8 and 3 wires cable 2,5 m length
WEIGHT (g)
TYPE
48
FM158/C
51
FM158E/C
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT HALL EFFECT SWITCH
BROWN LOAD
BLUE BLACK
BROWN
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
BLUE
1.99
FM
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM158
serie
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - SQ
SENSOR FIXING BRACKETS - ALUMINIUM - ST
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS SERIES CPUI
MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS WITH CYLINDERS
1
H
L
Ø CYLINDER
51,5 59 70 81,5 98,5 115
50 56 69 80 96 113
32 40 50 63 80 100
1.100
TYPE SQ32-40/A SQ50-63/A SQ80-100/A
H
L
33 37,5 40 49 57 61 71 92 120
33 33 35 39 48 54 69 90 118
Magnetic sensors for cylinders series FM
CYLINDER SERIES and Ø CPUI CPU CX 32 32 40 40 50 50 63 63 80 80 100 100 125 125 160 160 200 200
TYPE
ST3456 SQ32-40/A SQ125/A SQ80-100/A
1
1.101
VALVES
Index chapter 2
pilot and solenoid actuated
Series UM General features - Direct acting solenoid valves side 15 mm .............................................................................................................page Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page
2.3 2.4
Series UL General features - Direct acting solenoid valves side 32 mm ..............................................................................................................page Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page
2.5 2.7
Series C/ 2.9 General features - Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm .................................................................................................page Accessories: bases ...............................................................................................................................................................................page 2.11-12
Series USB - USBG General features - Coils for solenoid valves .........................................................................................................................................page
2.14
Series MEK192/N - USR102/N9 - ULR1B General features - Connectors for solenoid valves ..............................................................................................................................page
2.15
Series MEV General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/8 ......................................................................................................page Spool compact valves solenoid actuated for single use or multi-pin plug connector 5 port - G 1/8 ................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page Spool compact valves to VDMA 24563 standard pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port size 02 ............................................................page Spool compact valves to VDMA 24563 standard solenoid actuated for single use or multi-pin plug connector 5 port size 02 ........page Accessories: single and manifold bases to VDMA 24563 standard size 02 ........................................................................................page Accessories: multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 ...................................................................page Assembling examples: multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 ...................................................page
2.16 2.17 2.20 2.21 2.22 2.25 2.26 2.28 2.30
Series MEK General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/8 ......................................................................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated 5 port - G 1/4 ......................................................................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/4 .....................................................................................................................................................................page
2.32 2.33 2.36 2.37 2.42
Series EK General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 ...........................................................................................................page Accessories: bases and supply rail for valves G 1/8 ............................................................................................................................page Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ...........................................................................................................page Spool valves pilot actuated 5 port, “Namur” port pattern - G 1/4 .......................................................................................................page Spool valves solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ..........................................................................................................................page Spool valves solenoid actuated 5 port, “Namur” port pattern - G 1/4 ................................................................................................page Accessories: bases and supply rail for valves G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................page Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/2 ...........................................................................................................page 90° Solenoid actuated valves - Mounting bracket for solenoid valves series EK with cylinders series CPUI.....................................page
2.43 2.44 2.48 2.49 2.51 2.52 2.54 2.55 2.56 2.59
Series UK General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 .....................................................................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/8 .....................................................................................................................................................................page Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 .....................................................................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/4 .....................................................................................................................................................................page Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1/2 .....................................................................................................page Accessories: bases G 1/2 .....................................................................................................................................................................page Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated 2, 3 and 5 port - G 1 ........................................................................................................page
2.60 2.62 2.65 2.66 2.68 2.69 2.71 2.72
Series UDS ISO General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 1 ......................................................................................................page Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 2 ......................................................................................................page Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 3 ......................................................................................................page Accessories: bases to ISO 5599/1 standard sizes 1 - 2 - 3 .................................................................................................................page
2.74 2.75 2.77 2.79 2.81
Series UDS CETOP General features ....................................................................................................................................................................................page Valves to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard pilot and solenoid actuated size 05 - 12 - 35 .......................................................................page Accessories: bases to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard sizes 05 - 12 - 35 ..............................................................................................page
2.86 2.87 2.89
Series W General features - Solenoid valves for media - G 1/8 ÷ G 2 ................................................................................................................page Accessories: coils type WE ...................................................................................................................................................................page
2.91 2.93
Series EV General features - Vacuum valves solenoid (pilot assisted) actuated - G 1/8 ÷ G 2 ...........................................................................page
2.94
Series VM General features - Vacuum generators - G 1/8 ÷ G 1 ..........................................................................................................................page
Valves pilot and solenoid actuated
2.96
2.1
Waircom valves and solenoid valves: overview Waircom valves and solenoid valves
Even some series of this chapter
have been created according to
comply with the international
different production philosophies
reference standards, and beside
in order to adapt to the different
these, as usual we present a range
contexts in which they could be
of valves completely designed
used. Thus, together with the
by ourselves, in according to
historical poppet valves, have been
the market needs. It’s important
manufactured throughout the ages
to remember that some series
different families of valves with spool
of this valves can create the vacuum
construction, to be used individually,
or work with this uid, so that we
in manifold mounting or with
can cover another share of the
multi-pin plug connector.
industrial market. Finally, even for the items belonging to this family exist some accessories like bases, coils, connectors and cables.
2.2
Valves pilot and solenoid actuated
UM
Direct acting solenoid valves side 15 mm
series
DESCRIPTION The direct acting solenoid valves series "UM" are produced in conformity with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC 73/23 in the 3/2 N.O. and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions. They are used as power valves if mounted on single and multi-station base, or as control valves if mounted, in the 3/2 pneumatic function, on body valve series "MEV" (see from page 2.16) and "MEK" (see from page 2.32). The multi-station bases support both the 3/2 N.O. than the 3/2 N.C. solenoid valves. The wrapping could be rotated of 180° to have an opposite electric connection respect the manual override.
2
TECHNICAL DATA Operatin pressure
FLOW CHART - UM
Flow rate (Nl/min)
0 ÷ 7 bar N.O. 0 ÷10 bar N.C. Working temperature -5° ÷ +50° C Fluid Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Nominal diameter 1.1 mm N.C. - N.O. Max. operating frequency ≤13 Hz Coil Integrated in the body Voltages DC: 12 - 24 V AC: 24 - 110 - 220 V Power consumption DC: 2.3 W AC: 2.8 VA (inrush) - 2.5 VA (holding) Voltage tolerance -5% +10% Protection class IP 65 with connector MEK 192/N with VDR Solenoid rating F (155°C) Electric connector MEK192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
MATERIALS Core Body and manual override Springs Seals
Stainless steel AISI 430F Polyester thermoplastic Stainless steel AISI 302 NBR rubber
Operating pressure (bar)
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE Controls Symbol
Function
Flow rate (NI/min)
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
26
Monostable push botton
40
UMASV/
30
Monostable push botton
40
UMCSV/
Pilot
Return
Pilot
Return
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
17
20
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
13
23
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER E.G.: UMCSV/02400
UMASV - UMCSV
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
SINGLE BASE M5 - UMP5/1
Direct acting solenoid valves series UM
2.3
UM
Accessories Bases
series
MULTI-STATION BASE M5 - UMPM5
MULTI-STATION BASE WITH CARTRIDGE Ø 4 mm - UMP4-2
2
CARTDRIGE 04
2 LA 39 LB 47 Weight (g) 70 TYPE UMPM5/2 Weight (g) 75 TYPE UMP4-2/2
N°of stations
3 55 63 95 UMPM5/3 100 UMP4-2/3
4 71 79 120 UMPM5/4 125 UMP4-2/4
5 87 95 145 UMPM5/5 150 UMP4-2/5
6 103 111 170 UMPM5/6 175 UMP4-2/6
7 119 127 195 UMPM5/7 200 UMP4-2/7
8 135 143 220 UMPM5/8 225 UMP4-2/8
9 10 151 167 159 175 245 270 UMPM5/9 UMPM5/10 250 275 UMP4-2/9 UMP4-2/10
REVERSAL PLATE - KIT/PC/UM
2.4
Direct acting solenoid valves series UM
UL
Direct acting solenoid valves side 32 mm
series
DESCRIPTION The direct acting solenoid valves series "UL" are produced in conformity with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC 73/23 in the 3/2 N.O. (with feed from the exhaust "3") and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions. The function 2/2 is obtainable closing exhaust "3". Besides are available the versions with ports G 1/8, suitable for single use, and with interface for multi-station base mounting or for mounting on poppet and to ex CETOP RP 32 P (with fixed position) valve bodies.
2
TECHNICAL DATA
Apparent power Voltage tolerance Protection class Insulation class Solenoid rating Electric connector
0 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air 2 mm ≤13 Hz Intergrated in the body DC: 24 V AC: 24 - 110 - 220 V DC: 7 W AC: 17 VA (inrush) - 10 VA (holding) -15% +15% IP 65 F ED 100% ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
FLOW CHART - UL
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Nominal diameter Max. operating frequency Coil Voltages
MATERIALS Core Body ported G 1/8 Body with interface Springs Seals Manual override
IMRE Zamak Glass stiffened polyamide (zamak upon request) Stainless steel Viton® Acetal resin
Operating pressure (bar)
3 PORT G 1/8 SIDE 32 mm Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
80
-
240
ULARG/R
20
80
-
240
ULCRG/R
15
20
80
Manual bistable
240
ULARV/R
15
20
80
Manual bistable
240
ULCRV/R
Pilot
Return
Pilot
Return
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
3/2 N.O.**
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
15
20
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
15
3/2 N.O.**
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER E.G.: ULARG/R02450-60
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
** For version N.O. arrange the connections as indicated: 1 = EXHAUST 2 = OUTPUT 3 = INPUT
Direct acting solenoid valves series UL
2.5
UL
Direct acting solenoid valves side 32 mm
series 3 PORT G 1/8
2
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR MULTI-STATION BASES AND POPPET / ex CETOP VALVES (WITH FIXED POSITION) Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
80
-
200
ULASG/R
20
80
-
200
ULCSG/R
15
20
80
Manual bistable
200
ULASV/R
15
20
80
Manual bistable
200
ULCSV/R
Pilot
Return
Pilot
Return
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
15
20
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
15
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER 02400 = 24 V DC 11050-60 = 110 V AC E.G.: ULARG/R02450-60 02450-60 = 24 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
3 PORT WITH PLASTIC INTERFACE STRIP
2.6
Flow rate at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
P.S. 1: For body valve in zamak add the letter “A” to the type. E.G.: 3/2 N.C. with manual override, body in zamak ULCSV/RA + voltage. P.S. 2: For body valve in plastic and universal interface strip change the letter “R” of the type with the letter “U”. E.G.: 3/2 N.C. with manual override, body in plastic ULCSV/U + voltage.
3 PORT WITH ZAMAK INTERFACE STRIP
Direct acting solenoid valves series UL
UL
Accessories Bases
series
MULTI-STATION BOTTOM PORTED BASE G 1/8 - ULP8B N째 of stations
LA LB LC Weight (g) TYPE
2 68 59 85 ULP8B/2
3 102 93 34 130 ULP8B/3
5 170 161 34 220 ULP8B/5
2 68 59 85 ULP8S/2
3 102 93 130 ULP8S/3
5 170 161 220 ULP8S/5
G1/8 DEPTH 6
G1/8 DEPTH 6
MULTI-STATION SIDE PORTED BASE G 1/8 - ULP8S N째 of stations
LA LB Weight (g) TYPE
G1/8 DEPTH 6 G1/8 DEPTH 6
Direct acting solenoid valves series UL
2.7
2
UL
Accessories Bases
series
BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/UL
SINGLE BASE G 1/8 - XVB
2 WEIGHT 40 g
EXAMPLE OF BASES ASSEMBLY
P.S.: The connection nipple is supplied as standard with the multi-station base
2.8
Direct acting solenoid valves series UL
WEIGHT 10 g
C/
Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
DESCRIPTION The direct acting solenoid valves series "C/" are produced in conformity with the Directives EC 89/336, EC 92/31, EC 93/68, EC 73/23 in the 3/2 N.O. and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions. Using the same mechanic, it s possible to obtain four standard versions: side 22 mm - body ported, side 22 mm - body with interface, side 30 mm - body with ex CNOMO interface and body with interface for mounting on poppet and ex CETOP (with fixed position and rotatable coil) valves. All the solenoid valves with interface can be mounted on single modular bases. The version side 30 mm with ex CNOMO interface, in the 3/2 N.C. pneumatic function, has two different manual overrides as standard: bistable screwdriver and monostable push button.
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Fluid Sleeve Nominal diameter Max. operating frequency Coils Electric connectors
FLOW CHART - C/ 0 ÷ 10 bar N.C. 0 ÷ 8 bar N.O. 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Ø 9 mm 1,1 mm 13 Hz USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 Flow rate (Nl/min)
Operating pressure
2
MATERIALS Core Body ported G 1/8 - G 1/4 Body and manual override Springs Seals
IMRE Aluminium Acetal resin Stainless steel Viton®
Operating pressure (bar)
3 PORT G 1/8 - G 1/4 SIDE 22 mm Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate at 6 bar Manual ΔP = 1 bar override (NI/min)
Size
Weight (g)
TYPE*
G 1/8
-
46
C8/USASGG
48
G 1/4
-
46
C4/USASGG
20
36
G 1/8
-
65
C8/USCSGG
20
36
G 1/4
-
80
C4/USCSGG
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
20
48
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
20
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
Direct acting solenoid valves series C/
2.9
C/
Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
No. 2 holes Ø6
3 PORT G 1/4
No. 2 holes Ø6
3 PORT G 1/8
2
MANIFOLD BASE OF SOLENOID VALVES SIDE PORTED G 1/8 N.C. - C8/USCP AND N.O. - C8/USAP 4 6 8 LA 115 165 215 LB 105 155 205 Weight (g) 172 258 344 TYPE N.C. C8/USCP/4 C8/USCP/6 C8/USCP/8 TYPE N.O. C8/USAP/4 C8/USAP/6 C8/USAP/8 N°of stations
P.S.: MANIFOLD BASES OF SOLENOID VALVES WITH “MIXED” OPERATION (N.O./N.C.) ARE SUPPLIED UPON REQUEST
2.10
Direct acting solenoid valves series C/
C/
Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm - bases
series
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR MODULAR BASES AND SPOOL VALVES SIDE 22 mm Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
25
36
Manual monostable
45
C/USASVP
3/2 N.O.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
25
36
-
30
C/USASGP
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
25
36
Manual monostable
30
C/USCSVP
3/2 N.C.
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
25
36
-
30
C/USCSGP
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
C/USCSVP
C/USASVP - C/USASGP HA TYPE
57 55,5 C/USASVP C/USASGP
MODULAR BASE SIDE PORTED G 1/8 - ELPP8S
M3 DEPTH 8
24 x No. of stations
HOW TO ORDER A SOLENOID VALVE COMPLETE OF COIL AND BASE
Example: 3/2 N.C. solenoid valve base mounted (with manual override) + coil 24 V D.C. ELPP8S/P/USB/02400
WEIGHT 50 g
DESCRIPTION 3/2 N.O. + base + coil (with manual override) 3/2 N.O. + base + coil (without manual override) 3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with manual override)
Direct acting solenoid valves series C/
TYPE ELPP8S/PAV/USB/voltage ELPP8S/PAG/USB/voltage ELPP8S/P/USB/voltage
2.11
2
C/
Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm - bases
series
3 PORT WITH ex CNOMO INTERFACE FOR MODULAR BASES AND VALVES TO ISO 5599/1 Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O.
2
3/2 N.O.
3/2 N.C.
3/2 N.C.
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
36
Manual monostable
60
C/UEASVB
23
36
-
45
C/UEASGB
10
25
36
Bistable screw driver slot
45
C/UECSVB
10
25
36
Monostable push button
45
C/UECSPB
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
13
23
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
13
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
C/UECSVB - C/UECSPB
C/UEASVB - C/UEASGB HA 65 61 TYPE C/UEASVB C/UEASGB
ex CNOMO MODULAR BASE SIDE PORTED G 1/8 - ELPG8S
32 x No. of stations
WEIGHT 45 g
HOW TO ORDER A SOLENOID VALVE COMPLETE OF COIL AND BASE DESCRIPTION 3/2 N.O. + base + coil (with manual override) 3/2 N.O. + base + coil (without manual override) 3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with manual override) 3/2 N.C. + base + coil (with push button manual override)
TYPE ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/BAG/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/B/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/BP/USBG/voltage
Example: 3/2 N.O. solenoid valve base mounted (with manual override) + coil 24 V D.C. ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/02400
2.12
Direct acting solenoid valves series C/
C/
Direct acting solenoid valves with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
3 PORT WITH INTERFACE FOR POPPET AND ex CETOP (WITH FIXED POSITION AND ROTATABLE COIL) VALVES Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.C.
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
25
36
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
Manual bistable
30
C/USCSVG
2
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
C/USCSVG
3 PORT BODY PORTED G 1/8 FOR DIRECT MOUNTING This solenoid valve has been specifically designed to pilot single acting small cylinders and pneumatic valves. The input connection is M5 while the output has a male thread G1/8 that allows the direct assembling of the solenoid valve on the component. Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.C.
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
20
36
Manual override
Weight (g)
TYPE*
-
46
C/ELP8M
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
C/ELP8M
Direct acting solenoid valves series C/
2.13
USB
Coils for solenoid valves side 22 mm with sleeve Ø 9 mm
series
TECHNICAL DATA
USB
Voltages
2
DC: 24 V AC: 24 V - 110 V - 220 V Working temperature -30 ÷ +40 °C basic version -30 ÷ +70 °C low absorption version Power consumption Basic version DC: 5 W AC : 11 VA (inrush) Low absorption version DC: 2,5 W AC: 5,6 VA (inrush) Standard frequencies AC 50 - 60 Hz Voltage tolerance ± 10% of rated voltage Coil insulation class F Solenoid rating 100% ED Electrical connection Fit for connector to DIN 46244 standard See chapter Connectors series USR on page 2.15 Protection class IP 65 with connector
MATERIALS Body Coil winding
Glass stiffened polyamide Copper wire
USBG
series
TECHNICAL DATA
WEIGHT 50 g
DESCRIPTION Coil 22 mm 24 V DC Coil 22 mm 24 V AC Coil 22 mm 110 V AC Coil 22 mm 220 V AC Coil 22 mm 24 V DC - low absorption Coil 22 mm 24 V AC - low absorption Coil 22 mm 110 V AC - low absorption Coil 22 mm 220 V AC - low absorption OTHER VOLTAGES
TYPE USB/02400 USB/02450-60 USB/11050-60 USB/22050-60 USB-BA/02400 USB-BA/02450-60 USB-BA/11050-60 USB-BA/22050-60 USB/...
Coils for solenoid valves side 30 mm with sleeve Ø 9 mm to ex CNOMO standards USBG
Voltages
DC: 24 V AC: 24 V - 110 V - 220 V Working temperature -30 ÷ +40 °C basic version -30 ÷ +70 °C low absorption version Power consumption Basic version DC: 5 W AC : 11 VA (inrush) Low absorption version DC: 2,5 W AC: 5,6 VA (inrush) Standard frequencies AC 50 - 60 Hz Voltage tolerance ± 10% of rated voltage Coil insulation class H Solenoid rating 100% ED Electrical connection Fit for connector to DIN 43650 standard, shape “A” See chapter Connectors series ULR on page 2.13 Protection class IP 65 with connector
MATERIALS Body Coil winding
2.14
Glass stiffened polyamide Copper wire
WEIGHT 105 g
DESCRIPTION Coil 30 mm 24 V DC Coil 30 mm 24 V AC Coil 30 mm 110 V AC Coil 30 mm 220 V AC Coil 30 mm 24 V DC - low absorption Coil 30 mm 24 V AC - low absorption Coil 30 mm 110 V AC - low absorption Coil 30 mm 220 V AC - low absorption OTHER VOLTAGES
Coils for solenoid valves
TYPE USBG/02400 USBG/02450-60 USBG/11050-60 USBG/22050-60 USBG-BA/02400 USBG-BA/02450-60 USBG-BA/11050-60 USBG-BA/22050-60 USBG/...
MEK192/N
Connectors for solenoid valves side 15 mm series UM
series
MEK192/N
TECHNICAL DATA Voltages
DC: MAX. 300 V AC: MAX. 250 V Working temperature -40 ÷ + 90 °C Versions Basic With indicator light (LED) With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection Number of pins 2 + earthed Nominal current 6A Maximum current 10 A Contacts resistance ≤ 4 mOhm Protection class IP 65 EN 60529 Connector insulation class IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89
Connectors DIN 46244 for coils side 22 mm series USB and series WE (3A)
WEIGHT 10 g
DESCRIPTION Basic connector Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC Connector with led 24 V DC/AC Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC
TYPE MEK192/N MEK192/NVD 24V CC/CA MEK192/NVD 110V CC/CA MEK192/NVD 220V CC/CA MEK192/NLED 24V CC/CA MEK192/NLED 110/220VCC/CA
USR102/N9
series
USR102/N9
TECHNICAL DATA Voltages
DC: MAX. 300 V AC: MAX. 250 V Working temperature -40 ÷ +90 °C Versions Basic With indicator light (LED) With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection Number of pins 2 + earthed Nominal current 10 A Maximum current 16 A Contacts resistance ≤ 4 mOhm Protection class IP 65 EN 60529 Connector insulation class IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89
WEIGHT 20 g
DESCRIPTION Basic connector Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC Connector with led 24 V DC/AC Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC
Connectors DIN 43650 - form “A” for solenoid valves side 30 mm series UL and coils series USBG and series WE (2A, 5A)
Working temperature Versions Number of pins Nominal current Maximum current Contacts resistance Protection class Connector insulation class
ULR1B
series ULR1B
TECHNICAL DATA Voltages
TYPE USR102/N9 USR102/N9VD 24 V CC/CA USR102/N9VD 110 V CC/CA USR102/N9VD 220 V CC/CA USR102/N9LED 24 V CC/CA USR102/N9LED 110/220 V CC/CA
DC: MAX. 300V AC: MAX. 250V -40 ÷ + 90 °C Basic With indicator light (LED) With indicator light (LED) and varistat (VDR) as electrical protection 2 + earthed 6A 10 A ≤ 4 mOhm IP 65 EN 60529 IEC 664 / VDE 0110-1/89
WEIGHT 25 g
DESCRIPTION Basic connector Connector with led + VDR as protection 24 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 110 V DC/AC Connector with led + VDR as protection 220 V DC/AC Connector with led 24 V DC/AC Connector with led 110/220 V DC/AC
Connectors for solenoid valves
TYPE ULR1B ULR1B/VD 24 V CC/CA ULR1B/VD 110 V CC/CA ULR1B/VD 220 V CC/CA ULR1B/LED 24 V CC/CA ULR1B/LED 110/220 V CC/CA
2.15
2
MEV
series
Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated G 1/8 and to VDMA 24563 standards size 02
DESCRIPTION
MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Nominal diameter Piloting solenoid valve Electric connectors
Monostable 1,8 ÷ 8 bar Bistable 1 ÷ 8 bar 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 Size 02 = Interface to VDMA 24563 standard G 1/8 = M5 Size 02 = Interface to VDMA 24563 standard 5 mm UMCSV - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves page 2.3 MEK 192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 See Multi-pin connection on page 2.28
Plastic Anodized aluminium alloy treated with PTFE Stainless steel NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT 5/2 monostable and bistable 5/3 closed centre 5/3 open centre 5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic spring
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - MEV/18
Operating pressure (bar)
2.16
MEV/SG MEV/CC/SG MEV/CA/SG MEV/CP/SG
PILOTING CHART - MEV/8 - MEV/18
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - MEV/8
Bottoms Body Springs Seals Spool Piston
Flow rate (Nl/min)
2
Valves series "MEV" have been designed to satisfy the need of integration between pneumatics and electronics. Their main feature is the possibility to offer valve islands complete with the electrical connection. This series, realized in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions, is composed of two types of valves: “MEV 8”, body ported G 1/8, prearranged for both single use and for mounting on multiple base with fixed stations; “MEV 18” (size 02), to VDMA 24563 (UNI 10528) standards, prearranged for mounting on both single and manifold bases. Both the multiple bases (that convey the exhausts port of the solenoid actuated electropilots) and the manifold ones are fit for mounting onto rails according to DIN 46277/3. For the 24 V AC/DC solenoid actuated valves with coils toward the bottom (versions “MEVX”), are available modules with two or four stations to carry out a multi-pin connection through a 25-pin plug with protection class “IP 65” (see technical information on page 0.4).
Spool compact valves series MEV
MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - MEV 8 Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate
Weight (g)
TYPE
650
100
MEV8 KR/ZR
20
650
100
MEV8 KR/TQ
10
10
650
100
MEV8 KR/KR
Mechanical spring
10
10
510
100
MEV8 SR/SR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
10
510
100
MEV8 AR/AR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
10
650
100
MEV8 PR/PR
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
10
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
12
5/2 bistable
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
5/3 closed center
Solenoid
5/3 open center 5/3 pressure center
5/2 monostable
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
5 PORT - BISTABLE
2 HOLES Ø3.2
2 HOLES Ø3.2
2 HOLES Ø3.2
2 HOLES Ø3.2
5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS
2 HOLES Ø3.2
2 HOLES Ø3.2
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.17
2
MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - MEV 8 Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
30
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
10
20
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
30
Solenoid
Solenoid
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
MEV8 KUC/ZR
650
130
MEV8 KUC/TQ
MEV8 KUR/ZR
MEV8 KUC/KUC 10
10
650
160
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEV8 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV8 SUC/SUC 10
25
510
160
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEV8 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV8 AUC/AUC 10
25
510
160
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEV8 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV8 PUC/PUC 10
Solenoid pilot assisted
25
650
160
Mechanical spring
MEV8 PUR/PUR
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEV8 KUC/ZR 02400 TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
5 PORT - BISTABLE
2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 HOLES Ø3,2 2 HOLES Ø3,2
N.B.: Dado stelo di serie
2.18
TYPE*
Spool compact valves series MEV
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series 5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS
2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 2 HOLES Ø3,2
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.19
MEV
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COILS TOWARD THE BOTTOM G 1/8 - MEVX 8 SUITABLE FOR SINGLE USE OR MULTI-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
30
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
10
20
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
30
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEVX8 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX8 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEVX8 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX8 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEVX8 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX8 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
10
10
10
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
MEVX8 KUC/ZR
650
130
MEVX8 KUC/TQ
MEVX8 KUR/ZR
MEVX8 KUC/KUC 10
25
25
25
650
510
510
650
175
175
175
175 MEVX8 PUR/PUR
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEVX8 KUC/ZR 02400 (TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
5 PORT - BISTABLE AND 5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS
2 HOLES Ø3,2 2 HOLES Ø3,2
2 HOLES Ø3,2
2.20
TYPE*
Pilot
2 HOLES Ø3,2
Spool compact valves series MEV
MEV
Accessories Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/MEV8 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail
2
No. of stations 2 A 67 Weight (g) 324 TYPE* KB/MEV8/2
3 87 421 KB/MEV8/3
4 107 518 KB/MEV8/4
5 127 615 KB/MEV8/5
6 147 712 KB/MEV8/6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 187 227 267 307 347 387 427 905 1098 1292 1486 1680 1873 2067 KB/MEV8/8 KB/MEV8/10 KB/MEV8/12 KB/MEV8/14 KB/MEV8/16 KB/MEV8/18 KB/MEV8/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
FIXING PLATE FOR DIN 46277/3 RAIL - MEV8/PF
BLANKING PLATE - MEV8/PC
WEIGHT 20 g
BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
WEIGHT 7 g
FIXING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.21
MEV
Size 02
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEV 18 Controls Symbol
Function
TYPE
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
12
50
510
100
MEV18 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
35
510
100
MEV18 KR/TQ
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
12
12
510
100
MEV18 KR/KR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
15
15
420
100
MEV18 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
15
15
420
100
MEV18 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
15
15
500
100
MEV18 PR/PR
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
5 PORT - BISTABLE
5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS
2.22
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Pilot
5/2 monostable
2
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Spool compact valves series MEV
MEV
Size 02
series SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEV 18 Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
50
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
12
35
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
50
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEV18 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV18 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEV18 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV18 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEV18 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEV18 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEV18 KUC/ZR
510
130
MEV18 KUC/TQ
MEV18 KUR/ZR
MEV18 KUC/KUC 10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
510
420
420
500
160
160
160
160 MEV18 PUR/PUR
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEV18 KUC/ZR 02400 (TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” – SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar ΔP = 1 bar (NI/min)
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
5 PORT - BISTABLE
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.23
2
MEV
series
5 PORT - 3 POSITION
2
2.24
Spool compact valves series MEV
Size 02
MEV
Size 02
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COILS TOWARD THE BOTTOM TO VDMA 24563 STANDARD SIZE 02 - MEVX 18 SUITABLE FOR SINGLE USE OR MULTI-PIN PLUG CONNECTOR Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
50
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
12
35
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
50
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEVX18 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEVX18 KUC/ZR
510
130
MEVX18 KUC/TQ
MEVX18 KUR/ZR
MEVX18 KUC/KUC 10
10
10
10
10
30
30
30
510
420
420
500
175
175
175
175 MEVX18 PUR/PUR
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEVX18 KUC/ZR 02400 (TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
5 PORT - MONOSTABLE
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
5 PORT - BISTABLE AND 5 PORT - 3 POSITIONS
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.25
2
MEV
series
Accessories Single and manifold bases to VDMA 24563 standard size 02
INPUT PLATES (pair) - MEV18PE
2
END-PLATE, LEFT HAND WEIGHT 200 G
END-PLATE, RIGHT HAND WEIGHT 200 G
INPUT PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE PORTED - MEV18BM
INTERMEDIATE PLATE, TOP PORTED - MEV18PUS
WEIGHT 200 g
MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
SINGLE BASE SIDE PORTED - MEV18S BS
WEIGHT 200 g
INTERMEDIATE PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
BLANKING PLATE - MEV18PC
WEIGHT 20 g
BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
DIAPHRAGM - MEV18DG (No.3 PCS)
WEIGHT 100 g
2.26
Spool compact valves series MEV
DIAPHRAGM - MEV18DP (No.2 PCS)
MEV
Accessories Bases
series
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY - MEV 8 - MEVX 8
4 HOLES M5
2
27 + (20 x N째. of stations)
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY - MEV 18 - MEVX 18
40 + (20 x No. of stations)
* WITH THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES USE THE TWO DIAPHRAGMS (TYPE MEV18DP) TO EXCLUDE THE PILOTING EXHAUST (SEE ON PAGE 2.26)
Spool compact valves series MEV
2.27
MEV
Accessories Multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18
series
25-PIN PLUG, SINGLE - MEV/C1
25-PIN PLUG, DOUBLE - MEV/C2
2
WEIGHT 35 g
TWO STATIONS MODULE, LEFT - MEV/M2S/AC or DC (24 V)
SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P
WEIGHT 25 g
FOUR STATIONS MODULE, LEFT - MEV/M4S/AC or DC (24 V)
WEIGHT 45 g
SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P
BLANKING CAP - MEV/C
FIXING PLATE - MEV/P
WEIGHT 80 g
TWO STATIONS MODULE, RIGHT - MEV/M2D/AC or DC
SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P
WEIGHT 25 g
FOUR STATIONS MODULE, RIGHT - MEV/M4D/AC or DC (24 V)
SUPPLIED WITH A PLATE TYPE MEV/P
WEIGHT 45 g
PRE-ASSEMBLED MULTI-PIN CABLE “X” METERS LONG WITH 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG MEV/CF “X” (X= 3, 5, OR 10 m)
WEIGHT 10 g
BLANKING PLATE - MEV/PM
SUPPLIED WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
2.28
WEIGHT 4 g
SUPPLIED WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
WEIGHT 30 g
Multi-pin connection valves series MEV
WEIGHT 3 m = 170 g; 5 m = 410 g; 10 m = 760 g
MEV
Accessories Multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18
series
TECHNICAL INFORMATION CONNECTION WITH ONE DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG, FOR 2 รท 11 STATIONS VALVE ISLANDS Valve Pilot coil
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx)
PIN Number
1
12
2
Color
brown
green white
red
Valve Pilot coil
3
13
3
green orange chiaro
-
14
4
15
red black
yellow
5
orange green black
16
6
yellow black
blue
17
7
green purple black
18
8
19
grey black
grey
9
black white sky blue
20
10
21
11
22
rose black
black
brown black
rose
ornage white
-
GND* GND* GND*
-
PIN Number
23
24
25
-
Color
yellow green
sky blue
grey green
-
*Common cable P.S.: For monostable solenoid valves use left modules
SX
DX
CONNECTION WITH TWO SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUGS, FOR 2 รท 16 STATIONS VALVE ISLANDS Valve Pilot coil PIN Number
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 1
1
Color
brown brown
Valve
12
Pilot coil
3
2
2
red
red
3
3
4
4
orange orange yellow yellow
13
14
5
5
6
6
green
green
blue
blue
15
16
7
7
purple purple
-
12
12
13
13
14
14
Color
green white
green white
green chiaro
green chiaro
red black
red black
15
15
16
16
orange orange yellow yellow black black black black
17 green black
8
9
9
10
10
11
11
grey
grey
white
white
black
black
red
red
-
-
14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) 14(sx) 12(dx) GND* GND* GND* GND*
PIN Number
8
18
19
20
green black rose black sky blue black
-
-
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
-
21
22
23
24
25
-
brown orange yellow grey sky blue black white green green
-
*Common cable
Multi-pin connection valves series MEV
2.29
2
MEV
series
MEVX 8 WITH DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG
Assembling examples Multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 MEVX 8 WITH SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG
2
33.5 + (20 x N째 of stations)
31.5 + (20 x N째 of stations)
MEVX 18 WITH DOUBLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG
MEVX 18 SINGLE 25-PIN SUB-D PLUG
40 + (20 x N째 of stations)
40 + (20 x N째 of stations)
2.30
Multi-pin connection valves series MEV
Assembling examples Multi-pin connection with solenoid valves versions MEVX 8 and MEVX 18 Solenoid valves versions MEVX allow a multi-pin plug connection with the possibility of creating islands of pre-assembled solenoid valves with a number of positions chosen by the user during the assembling of the components.
MEV
series
The replacement of the solenoid valves can be easily made in every moment. Connection modules are at 2 or 4 positions that can operate with 24 V AC or DC voltage.
2 MEV/PM MEV/C2 Double 25-pin sub-d plug for batteries of bistable solenoid valves.
MEV/M4S/AC or DC (24 V) MEV/C
MEV/P
MEV8/PC
MEV/M2D/AC or DC (24 V)
KB/MEV8
Manifold base to VDMA 24563 size 02 MEV18BM
The bases are ďŹ t for mounting onto rails according to DIN 46277/3
MEV18PE
Possibility of assembling till No. 4 modules of 4 positions each, for a total of 16 solenoid valves and the 2 positions module as ďŹ nal element for manifolds of 2, 6, 10, 14 positions.
Multi-pin connection valves series MEV
MEV/C1 Single 25-pin sub-d plug for manifolds of monostable solenoid valves
2.31
MEK
Spool compact valves pilot and solenoid actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure
MATERIALS
Monostable: 2 ÷ 8 bar Bistable: 1,5 ÷ 8 bar 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 M5
Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Nominal diameter G 1/8 = 5 mm; G 1/4 = 6,5 mm Piloting solenoid valve UMCSV for G 1/8 and G 1/4 – see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.3; C/USCSVP for G 1/4 – see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 Coil USB for G 1/4 – see chapter Coils on page 2.14 Electric connectors MEK192/N for G 1/8 and G1/4 with UMCSV; USR102/N9 for G 1/4 with C/USCSVP See chapter Connectors on page 2.15
FLOW CHART - MEK G 1/8 - 5/2
Bottoms Body Springs Seals Spool Piston
Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy
SPARE PARTS Contact the commercial office
PILOTING CHART - MEK G 1/8
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
FLOW CHART - MEK G 1/4 - 5/2
Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOTING CHART - MEK G 1/4
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
Flow rate (Nl/min)
2
Valves series "MEK", in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions, have been realized with compact overall dimensions yet assuring high flow. The kind of construction is based on a balanced spool with dynamic seal thanks to antiglueing mix seals positioned on the same spool. In the solenoid control version, size G 1/8 supports 15 mm low absorption direct acting solenoid valve type UMCSV, while size G 1/4 supports both 15 than 22 mm direct acting solenoid valve type C/USCSVP with sleeve Ø 9 mm. This series of valves is prearranged for manifold mounting with fixed stations and with conveyed inlet and exhausts, by means of frontal screws. The bases are fit for mounting onto rails according to DIN 46277/3.
Operating pressure (bar)
2.32
Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Spool compact valves series MEK
MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
5
10
530
110
MEKCA8 KR/ZQ
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
7
5
530
110
MEKCA8 KR/TQ
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
3
3
530
120
MEKCA8 KR/KR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
4
8
450
135
MEKCA8 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
4
8
450
135
MEKCA8 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
4
8
450
135
MEKCA8 PR/PR
5/2 monostable
MEKCA8 KR/TQ
MEKCA8 KR/ZQ
2 HOLES Ø3,5
2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
MEKCA8 KR/KR
MEKCA8 SR/SR - MEKCA8 AR/AR - MEKCA8 PR/PR
2 HOLES Ø3,5
2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
Spool compact valves series MEK
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
2.33
2
MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Weight (g)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Pneumomechanical spring
12
15
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
12
15
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
10
20
Solenoid
Solenoid
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEKCA8 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ
530
150
MEKCA8 KUC/TQ
MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ
MEKCA8 KUC/KUC 9
10
10
10
9
25
25
25
530
450
450
450
195
210
210
210 MEKCA8 PUR/PUR
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ 02400 (TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
MEKCA8 KUC/TQ
MEKCA8 KUC/ZQ
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
2.34
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Spool compact valves series MEK
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
MEK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ
MEKCA8 KUC/KUC
2 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
MEKCA8 KUR/KUR
MEKCA8 SUC/SUC - MEKCA8 AUC/AUC - MEKCA8 PUC/PUC
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
MEKCA8 SUR/SUR - MEKCA8 AUR/AUR - MEKCA8 PUR/PUR
N° 2 HOLES Ø3,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø3,2
Spool compact valves series MEK
2.35
MEK
Accessories Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/MEK8 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail
NO. 4 HOLES M5
2
N° of stations 2 L 66 Weight (g) 175 TYPE* KB/MEK8/2
3 85 220 KB/MEK8/3
4 104 265 KB/MEK8/4
5 123 310 KB/MEK8/5
6 142 355 KB/MEK8/6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 180 218 256 294 332 370 408 445 535 625 715 805 895 985 KB/MEK8/8 KB/MEK8/10 KB/MEK8/12 KB/MEK8/14 KB/MEK8/16 KB/MEK8/18 KB/MEK8/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/MEK8
PLATE WITH PUSH-IN FITTING FOR PIPE Ø 6 mm - KIT/IR/MEK8
CARTRIDGE Ø6
BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
2.36
WEIGHT 15 g
Spool compact valves series MEK
WEIGHT 45 g
MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 Controls Symbol
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
5/2 monostable
Pneumatic
Pneumomechanical spring
7
3
900
190
MEKCA4 KR/ZQ
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
5
5
900
215
MEKCA4 KR/KR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
5
15
600
240
MEKCA4 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
5
15
600
240
MEKCA4 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
5
15
600
240
MEKCA4 PR/PR
Function
MEKCA4 KR/ZQ
Weight (g)
TYPE
MEKCA4 KR/KR
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
MEKCA4 SR/SR - MEKCA4 AR/AR - MEKCA4 PR/PR
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5 N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
Spool compact valves series MEK
2.37
2
MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH COIL SIZE 15 mm G 1/4 Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
2
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms) Energized
De-energized
TYPE*
Pilot
Solenoid
Pneumomechanical spring
Solenoid pilot assisted
Pneumomechanical spring pilot assisted
MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ
Solenoid
Solenoid
MEKCA4 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEKCA4 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ 15
10
15
12
10
20
10
30
30
30
900
900
600
600
600
225
290
315
315
315 MEKCA4 PUR/PUR
02400 = 24 V DC 02450-60 = 24 V AC
MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ
MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ
Weight (g)
Pilot
* SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER - E.G.: MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ 02450-60 TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3)
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
2.38
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Spool compact valves series MEK
11050-60 = 110 V AC 22050-60 = 220 V AC
MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series MEKCA4 KUR/KUR
MEKCA4 KUC/KUC
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
MEKCA4 SUC/SUC - MEKCA4 AUC/AUC - MEKCA4 PUC/PUC
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
2
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
MEKCA4 SUR/SUR - MEKCA4 AUR/AUR - MEKCA4 PUR/PUR
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
Spool compact valves series MEK
2.39
MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SLEEVE Ø 9 mm G 1/4 Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
2
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms) Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Solenoid
Pneumomechanical spring
Solenoid pilot assisted
Pneumomechanical spring pilot assisted
MEKCA4 KURG/ZQ
Solenoid
Solenoid
MEKCA4 KUCG/KUCG
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
MEKCA4 KURG/KURG
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 SUCG/SUCG
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 SURG/SURG
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 AUCG/AUCG
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 AURG/AURG
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 PUCG/PUCG
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
MEKCA4 KUCG/ZQ 22
16
21
18
15
24
16
30
30
30
900
900
600
600
600
210
260
280
280
280 MEKCA4 PURG/PURG
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
MEKCA4 KURG/ZQ
MEKCA4 KUCG/ZQ
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
2.40
Spool compact valves series MEK
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
MEK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series MEKCA4 KURG/KURG
MEKCA4 KUCG/KUCG
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
2
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
MEKCA4 SUCG/SUCG - MEKCA4 PUCG/PUCG - MEKCA4 AUCG/AUCG
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
MEKCA4 SURG/SURG - MEKCA4 PURG/PURG - MEKCA4 AURG/AURG
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,5
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
Spool compact valves series MEK
N° 2 HOLES Ø4,3
2.41
MEK
Accessories Bases G 1/4
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - KB/MEK4 - Fit for mounting onto DIN 46277/3 rail
NO. 4 HOLES M5
2
N° of stations 2 L 82 Weight (g) 370 TYPE* KB/MEK4/2
3 108 475 KB/MEK4/3
4 134 580 KB/MEK4/4
5 160 685 KB/MEK4/5
6 186 790 KB/MEK4/6
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 238 290 342 394 446 498 550 1000 1210 1220 1630 1840 2050 2260 KB/MEK4/8 KB/MEK4/10 KB/MEK4/12 KB/MEK4/14 KB/MEK4/16 KB/MEK4/18 KB/MEK4/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC /MEK4
PLATE WITH PUSH-IN FITTING FOR PIPE Ø 8 mm - KIT/IR/MEK4
CARTRIDGE Ø8
BLANKING PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
2.42
WEIGHT 50 g
Spool compact valves series MEK
WEIGHT 90 g
EK
Spool valves pilot and solenoid actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
DESCRIPTION Valves series "EK" are produced in the 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions. The piloting solenoid valve can be assembled perpendicular respect the body valve, thanks to a suitable bracket. The kind of construction is based on a balanced spool with static seal, being the seals supported by distance rings integral to the body. This series of valves, in the size G 1/8 and G 1/4, is prearranged for both manifold mounting (conveyed inlet and exhausts), or supply rail mounting (conveyed inlet), by means of rear notch screws. The versions size G 1/4 - 5 port are available even with “Namur” port pattern.
2 MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Nominal diameter Piloting solenoid valve Coils Electric connectors
Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Bistable: 2 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 G 1/8 G 1/8 = 5 mm; G 1/4 = 7 mm; G 1/2 = 12 mm C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14* USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15*
*Only for single valve (coil and connector overcome the overall dimensions of the valves)
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/8 - 5/2
Bottoms Body Distance rings
Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy G 1/8 - G 1/4: Acetal resin G 1/2: Brass Galvanized steel NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy
Springs Seals Spools Piston
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT 3 port G 1/8 3 port G 1/4 3 port G 1/2 5 port G 1/8 5 port G 1/4 5 port G 1/2 5 port G 1/4 Namur
EK/SG/8 EK/SG/4 EK/SG/2 EKCA/SG/8 EKCA/SG/4 EKCA/SG/2 ENCA/SG/4
PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/8
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
Operating pressure (bar)
Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/4
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/4 - 5/2
Mechanical spring
Operating pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring Mechanical spring Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Spool valves series EK
2.43
EK
G 1/8 - 3 PORT
series
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/2 - 5/2
PILOTING CHART - EK G 1/2
Mechanical spring Double pneumatic control
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
2
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
18
10
550
220
EKA8 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
26
16
550
215
EKA8 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
14
8
550
220
EKC8 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
30
28
550
215
EKC8 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
10
10
550
215
EK8 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
10
15
550
215
EK8 KR/TR
3/2 N.A. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 bistable
3 PORT
3 HOLES Ă˜5.2
2.44
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
10
550
270
EKCA8 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
25
15
550
260
EKCA8 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
10
10
550
230
EKCA8 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
12
15
550
230
EKCA8 KR/TR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
25
425
285
EKCA8 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
25
500
285
EKCA8 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
15
20
425
285
EKCA8 PR/PR
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
Weight (g)
TYPE
5 PORT
4 HOLES Ă˜5.2
Spool valves series EK
2.45
2
EK
G 1/8 - 3 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 bistable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE*
550
250
EKA8 KUC/ZR
27
550
245
EKA8 KUC/TQ
24
28
550
250
EKA8 KUR/ZR
Mechanical spring
32
31
550
250
EKC8 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
22
28
550
245
EKC8 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
32
31
550
250
EKC8 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
21
21
550
290
EK8 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
21
21
550
290
EK8 KUR/KUR
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
28
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
18
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
Solenoid
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKC8 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKC8 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
3 PORT MONOSTABLE
3 PORT BISTABLE
3 HOLES Ø5.2
2.46
3 HOLES Ø5.2
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/8 - 5 PORT
series SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
30
550
300
EKCA8 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
27
39
550
300
EKCA8 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
30
550
300
EKCA8 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
18
18
550
325
EKCA8 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
18
18
550
325
EKCA8 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
23
37
425
335
EKCA8 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
23
37
425
335
EKCA8 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
23
37
500
345
EKCA8 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
23
37
500
345
EKCA8 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
35
425
335
EKCA8 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
25
425
335
EKCA8 PUR/PUR
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA8 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA8 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
5 PORT MONOSTABLE
5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE
4 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
Spool valves series EK
2.47
2
EK
Accessories Bases G 1/8
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - KB/EK8
4 HOLES Ø4.2
2
No. of stations 2 L 74 Weight (g) 220 TYPE* KB/EK8/2
3 97 285 KB/EK8/3
4 120 350 KB/EK8/4
5 143 415 KB/EK8/5
6 166 480 KB/EK8/6
8 212 610 KB/EK8/8
10 12 14 16 18 20 258 304 350 396 442 488 740 870 1000 1130 1260 1390 KB/EK8/10 KB/EK8/12 KB/EK8/14 KB/EK8/16 KB/EK8/18 KB/EK8/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS
SUPPLY RAIL FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - CEK8
BLANKING PLATE - KIT /PC/EK8
WEIGHT 40 g
No. of stations 2 3 5 LA 83 105 150 LB 101 123 168 Weight (g) 135 170 240 TYPE* CEK8/2 CEK8/3 CEK8/5 * SUPPLY RAILS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS, SEALS AND FIXING BRACKETS
2.48
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/4 - 3 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
14
950
335
EKA4 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
28
10
950
325
EKA4 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
14
950
335
EKC4 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
25
11
950
325
EKC4 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
11
11
950
330
EK4 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
10
18
950
330
EK4 KR/TR
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 bistable
Weight (g)
TYPE
3 PORT
3 HOLES Ă˜5.2
Spool valves series EK
2.49
2
EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
900
385
EKCA4 KR/ZR
11
900
370
EKCA4 KR/TQ
11
11
900
370
EKCA4 KR/KR
Pneumatic differential
10
20
900
370
EKCA4 KR/TR
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
510
420
EKCA4 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
850
415
EKCA4 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
690
415
EKCA4 PR/PR
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
14
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
25
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
5/3 closed centre
5/2 bistable
5 PORT
4 HOLES Ă˜5.2
2.50
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE
Pilot
5/2 monostable
2
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Weight (g)
Function
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES “NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - G 1/4 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
14
900
390
ENCA4 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
25
11
900
375
ENCA4 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
11
11
900
375
ENCA4 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
10
20
900
375
ENCA4 KR/TR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
510
425
ENCA4 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
850
420
ENCA4 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
14
690
420
ENCA4 PR/PR
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
Weight (g)
TYPE
“NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT
Ø5.5 DEPTH 5
2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5
Spool valves series EK
2.51
2
EK
G 1/4 - 3 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 bistable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
22
60
950
385
EKA4 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
24
50
950
370
EKA4 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
22
60
950
385
EKA4 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
22
60
950
385
EKC4 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
24
50
950
370
EKC4 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
22
60
950
385
EKC4 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
23
23
950
405
EK4 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
23
23
950
405
EK4 KUR/KUR
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKC4 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKC4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
3 PORT MONOSTABLE
3 PORT BISTABLE
4 HOLES Ø5.2
2.52
Spool valves series EK
4 HOLES Ø5.2
EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
32
65
900
430
EKCA4 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
32
65
900
415
EKCA4 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
32
65
900
430
EKCA4 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
21
21
900
475
EKCA4 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
21
21
900
475
EKCA4 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
510
490
EKCA4 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
510
490
EKCA4 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
850
485
EKCA4 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
850
485
EKCA4 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
690
490
EKCA4 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
690
490
EKCA4 PUR/PUR
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA4 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
5 PORT MONOSTABLE
5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE
4 HOLES Ø5.2
Spool valves series EK
4 HOLES Ø5.2
2.53
2
EK
G 1/4 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES “NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - G 1/4 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
32
65
900
440
ENCA4 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
32
65
900
425
ENCA4 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
32
65
900
440
ENCA4 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
21
21
900
485
ENCA4 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
21
21
900
485
ENCA4 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
510
500
ENCA4 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
510
500
ENCA4 SUR/SUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
850
495
ENCA4 AUC/AUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
850
495
ENCA4 AUR/AUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
50
690
500
ENCA4 PUC/PUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
50
690
500
ENCA4 PUR/PUR
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: ENCA4 KUC/TQ BECOMES ENCA4 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
“NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT MONOSTABLE
“NAMUR” PORT PATTERN - 5 PORT AND 3 POSITION BISTABLE
Ø5.5 DEPTH 5 2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5
Ø5.5 DEPTH 5 2 THROUGH HOLES Ø5.5
2.54
Spool valves series EK
EK
Accessories Bases G 1/4
series
BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - KB/EK4
4 HOLES Ø5.5
2
No. of stations
2
L 83 Weight (g) 460 TYPE* KB/EK4/2
3
4
5
6
8
109 590 KB/EK4/3
135 720 KB/EK4/4
161 850 KB/EK4/5
187 980 KB/EK4/6
239 1240 KB/EK4/8
10
12
14
16
18
20
291 343 395 447 499 551 1500 1760 2020 2280 2540 2800 KB/EK4/10 KB/EK4/12 KB/EK4/14 KB/EK4/16 KB/EK4/18 KB/EK4/20
* BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS
SUPPLY RAIL FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - CEK4
BLANKING PLATE - KIT/PC/EK4
WEIGHT 65 g
No. of stations 2 3 5 LA 99 125 176 LB 119 145 196 Weight (g) 310 390 550 TYPE* CEK4/2 CEK4/3 CEK4/5
* SUPPLY RAILS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS, SEALS AND FIXING BRACKETS
Spool valves series EK
2.55
EK
G 1/2 - 3 and 5 PORT
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
3/2 N.O. monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
27
2400
770
EKA2 KR/ZR
3/2 N.O. monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
27
2400
760
EKA2 KR/TQ
3/2 N.C. monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
27
2200
770
EKC2 KR/ZR
3/2 N.C. monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
21
27
2200
760
EKC2 KR/TQ
3/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
20
20
2200
790
EK2 KR/KR
Weight (g)
TYPE
Function
Weight (g)
TYPE
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
21
27
2800
1010
EKCA2 KR/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
21
27
2800
1000
EKCA2 KR/TQ
5/2 bistable
Solenoid
Solenoid
20
20
2800
1000
EKCA2 KR/KR
5/3 closed centre
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
25
1700
1020
EKCA2 SR/SR
Function
5/2 monostable
3 PORT BISTABLE
5 PORT BISTABLE
4 HOLES Ø6,5
3 HOLES Ø6,5
2.56
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/2 - 3 PORT
series SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 3 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 bistable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
90
2400
800
EKA2 KUC/ZR
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
90
2400
800
EKA2 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
90
2400
790
EKA2 KUC/TQ
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
90
2200
800
EKC2 KUC/ZR
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
90
2200
800
EKC2 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
90
2200
790
EKC2 KUC/TQ
Solenoid
Solenoid
25
25
2200
850
EK2 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
25
25
2200
850
EK2 KUR/KUR
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKA2 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
3 PORT MONOSTABLE
3 PORT BISTABLE
3 HOLES Ø6.5
3 HOLES Ø6.5
Spool valves series EK
2.57
2
EK
G 1/2 - 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 5 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
90
2800
1025
EKCA2 KUC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
30
90
2800
1015
EKCA2 KUC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
90
2800
1025
EKCA2 KUR/ZR
Solenoid
Solenoid
25
25
2800
1075
EKCA2 KUC/KUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
25
25
2800
1075
EKCA2 KUR/KUR
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
25
80
1700
1085
EKCA2 SUC/SUC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
25
80
1700
1085
EKCA2 SUR/SUR
5/3 closed centre
Weight (g)
TYPE*
P.S.: SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA2 KLC/TQ (SEE ON PAGE 2.59 FOR THE MISSING DIMENSIONS) *THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
5 VIE MONOSTABLE
5 VIE BISTABLE
NO. 4 HOLES Ø 6.5
2.58
Spool valves series EK
EK
90° solenoid actuated valves
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “U” WITH THE LETTER “L” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES WITH SOLENOID AT 90° RESPECT THE BODY OF THE VALVE. E.G.: EKCA2 KUC/TQ BECOMES EKCA2 KLC/TQ
G 1/8
G 1/4
G 1/2
2
ACCESSORIES MOUNTING BRACKET FOR PILOT AND SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TYPES EK 4 - EK 8 ON CYLINDER SERIES “CPUI” (see from page 1.25)
Ø CYLINDER 32 40 50 63 80 100
L 50,5 57,5 69 79,5 95,5 113
TYPE* SQ32-40/EK
* BRACKETS ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH DOWELS AND SCREWS P.S.: PLEASE CHECK BEFORE ORDERING THE COUPLED DIMENSIONS OF THE CYLINDER WITH THE VALVE
SQ50-63/EK SQ80-100/EK
Spool valves series EK
2.59
UK
Poppet valves pilot and solenoid actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Nominal diameter
MATERIALS Solenoid actuated: 1,5 ÷ 10 bar Pilot actuated: 1,5 ÷ 12 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or lubricated compressed air - vacuum G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 1/8
Control rod Body Springs Seals Bush rod Piston Terminal strip Washer End plug Clamping screws
Hardened and nickel-plated steel Anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel NBR rubber Brass Acetal resin Acetal resin Brass Nickel-plated brass Steel
PILOTING CHART - UK G 1/8
Piloting pressure (bar)
G 1/8 = 6 mm; G 1/4 = 8,5 mm; G 1/2 = 12 mm; G 1 = 23 mm Piloting solenoid valves UMCSV - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.3 ULCSV/R - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.6 C/USCSVG - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.13 Pneumatic piloting XVF4 - see chapter Complementary valves valve on page 3.37 Coils USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 (only for C/USCSVG) USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 Electric connectors USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 MEK 192/N - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOTING CHART - UK G1/4
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - UK G 1/8 - 5/2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
2
Valves series "UK" are produced in the 2/2, 3/2 and 5/2 monostable pneumatic functions. In the 3 port solenoid control version with small pilot system, sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4, support the 15 mm direct acting solenoid valve (type UMCSV with fixed position). All the other electric versions can support the 32 mm direct acting solenoid valve, type ULCSV/R (with fixed position), type C/USCSVG with sleeve Ø 9 mm (with fixed position and rotatable coils series USB and USBG) or the amplifier valve XVF4 for a sensible pneumatic piloting (see page 3.36). The 3/2 N.C. pilot actuated valves can also be used to switch vacuum thanks to a suitably reinforced spring. The poppet design assures high flow and high life. This series of valves, in the sizes G 1/8, G 1/4 and G 1/2, is prearranged for base mounting with conveyed inlet by means of rear notch screws.
Operating pressure (bar)
2.60
Operating pressure (bar)
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1/8 - G1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1
series PILOTING CHART - UK G 1/2
2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - UK G 1/4 - 5/2
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART UK - G 1/2 - 5/2
PILOTING CHART - UK G 1
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - UK G 1 - 5/2
Operating pressure (bar)
SPARE PARTS
Flow rate (Nl/min)
SEALS KIT
Operating pressure (bar)
3/2 N.O. G 1/8 small pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/8 small pilot system 3/2 N.O. G 1/8 big pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/8 big pilot system 5/2 G 1/8 3/2 N.O. G 1/4 small pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/4 small pilot system 3/2 N.O. G 1/4 big pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/4 big pilot system 5/2 G 1/4 3/2 N.O. G 1/2 small pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/2 small pilot system 3/2 N.O. G 1/2 big pilot system 3/2 N.C. G 1/2 big pilot system 5/2 G 1/2 3/2 N.O. G 1 3/2 N.C. G 1
Poppet valves series UK
UKA/12/SG/8 UKC/12/SG/8 UKA/25/SG/8 UKC/25/SG/8 UKCA/SG/8 UKA/16/SG/4 UKC/16/SG/4 UKA/32/SG/4 UKC/32/SG/4 UKCA/SG/4 UKA/20/SG/2 UKC/20/SG/2 UKA/40/SG/2 UKC/40/SG/2 UKCA/SG/2 UKA/SG/1 UKC/SG/1
2.61
UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
2 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
5/2 monostable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
34
700
115
UKA 8/12
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
29
700
115
UKC 8/12
Servo fed small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
29
700
115
UKC 8/12/SA
Adjustable small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
–
–
700
180
UKC 8/12/T
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
38
700
135
UKA 8/25
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
38
700
135
UKC 8/25**
Servo fed big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
18
38
700
135
UKC 8/25/SA
Adjustable big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
–
–
700
200
UKC 8/25/T
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
19
40
650
195
UKCA8
Servo fed pneumatic
Mechanical spring
19
40
650
195
UKCA8/SA
Weight (g)
TYPE*
* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH XVF4 SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.64 ** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 8/12; UKHC 8/25
3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC
3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC
2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
2.62
L 23 18
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series UKC 8/12/T
UKC 8/25/T
2 2 HOLES Ø4.3
SPRING CALIBRATION UKC8/12/T
2 HOLES Ø4.3
SPRING CALIBRATION UKC8/25/T Operating pressure (bar)
Turns of the needle
Turns of the needle
Operating pressure (bar)
Piloting pressure (bar)
5 PORT
Piloting pressure (bar)
5 PORT WITH XVF4
2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3
Poppet valves series UK
2.63
UK
G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
2
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
type
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
28
700
108
UKA 8/12/U*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
28
700
108
UKC 8/12/U*
3/2 N.O. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
18
38
700
135
UKA 8/25/U**
3/2 N.C. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
18
38
700
135
UKC 8/25/U**
5/2 monostable
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
19
40
650
203
UKCA 8/U**
* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER) ** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37) P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 8/12/U; UKHC 8/25/U
3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R
2 HOLES Ø4.3 2 HOLES Ø4.3
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
2 HOLES Ø4.3
2.64
Poppet valves series UK
L 23 18
UK
Accessories Bases G 1/8
series
5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG
2 2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3
4 HOLES Ø4.5
FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/8 - CK8
No. of stations L Weight(g) TYPE*
2 86 140 CK8/2
3 119 200 CK8/3
5 183 320 CK8/5
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS
Poppet valves series UK
2.65
UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
2 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
5/2 monostable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
950
225
UKA 4/16
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
1100
225
UKC 4/16
Servo fed small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
16
30
1100
225
UKC 4/16/SA
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
950
280
UKA 4/32
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
1100
280
UKC 4/32**
Servo fed big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
28
1100
280
UKC 4/32/SA
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
45
1000
415
UKCA 4
Servo fed pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
45
1000
415
UKCA 4/SA
* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.67 ** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 4/16; UKHC 4/32
3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC
3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC
2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
2.66
L 30 25,5
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series 5 PORT
5 PORT WITH XVF4
2 2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
28
950
225
UKA 4/16/U*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
10
28
1100
230
UKC 4/16/U*
3/2 N.O. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
30
950
280
UKA 4/32/U**
3/2 N.C. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
30
1100
280
UKC 4/32/U**
5/2 monostable
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
45
1000
415
UKCA 4/U**
* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER) ** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37) P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 4/16/U; UKHC 4/32/U
3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R
2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3
Poppet valves series UK
2.67
UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Bases
series
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG
5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R
2 2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG
L 30 25,5
2 HOLES Ø5.3
4 HOLES Ø5.5
FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/4 - CK4
No. of stations 2 L 104 Weight (g) 335 TYPE* CK4/2
3 145 475 CK4/3
4 185 615 CK4/4
5 8 225 345 755 1175 CK4/5 CK4/8
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS
2.68
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1/4 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable
3/2 N.C. monostable
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
32
1900
420
UKA 2/20
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
32
2100
420
UKC 2/20
Servo fed small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
25
32
2100
520
UKC 2/20/SA
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
32
1900
520
UKA 2/40
Big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
32
2100
520
UKC 2/40**
Servo fed big pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
2100
520
UKC 2/40/SA
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
40
2000
800
UKCA 2
Servo fed pneumatic
Mechanical spring
24
40
2000
800
UKCA 2/SA
5/2 monostable
* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.70 ** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 2/20; UKHC 2/20
3 PORT SMALL PNEUMATIC
3 PORT BIG PNEUMATIC
2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
L 40 30
Poppet valves series UK
2.69
2
UK
G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
5 PORT WITH XVF4
5 PORT
2 2 HOLES Ø5.3
2 HOLES Ø5.3
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
32
1900
430
UKA 2/20/U*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
32
2100
440
UKC 2/20/U*
3/2 N.O. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
32
1900
530
UKA 2/40/U**
3/2 N.C. monostable
Big solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
32
2100
540
UKC 2/40/U**
5/2 monostable
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
24
32
2000
810
UKCA 2/U**
* TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES “UMCSV” - SEE ON PAGE 2.3 (SPECIFY THE VOLTAGE IN THE ORDER) ** TYPES OF THESE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/USCSVG”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37) P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES.
3 PORT SMALL SOLENOID
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH ULCSV/R
2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3
2.70
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1/2 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT Bases
series
3 PORT BIG SOLENOID WITH C/USCSVG
5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R
2 2 HOLES Ø5.3 2 HOLES Ø5.3
FUNCTION 3/2 N.O. 3/2 N.C.
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG
L 40 30
2 HOLES Ø5.3
4 HOLES Ø5.5
FIXED LENGHT BASE FOR MANIFOLD MOUNTING OF VALVES G 1/2 - CK2
No. of stations 2 L 132 Weight(g) 810 TYPE* CK2/2
3 183 1160 CK2/3
5 283 1860 CK2/5
* FIXED LENGHT BASES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH NOTCH SCREWS AND SEALS
Poppet valves series UK
2.71
UK
G 1 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* G 1 - 2, 3 AND 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
2
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE
11300
2550
UKA 1
65
7800
2550
UKC 1**
70
8050
5160
UKCA 1
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O. monostable
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
40
65
3/2 N.C. monostable
Small pneumatic
Mechanical spring
40
5/2 monostable
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
40
* FOR THE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.73 ** IF THE TYPE INCLUDES THE SUFFIX “/MR,” THIS VALVE CAN BE USED TO SWITCH VACUUM P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 1; UKHC 1
UKA 1 - UKC 1
UKCA 1
2 HOLES Ø10
3 PORT WITH XVF4
2 HOLES Ø10
5 PORT WITH XVF4
2 HOLES Ø10
2.72
2 HOLES Ø10
Poppet valves series UK
UK
G 1 - 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES G 1 - 2, 3 AND 5 PORT Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
3/2 N.O. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
40
65
11300
2600
UKA 1/U
3/2 N.C. monostable
Small solenoid
Mechanical spring
40
65
7800
2550
UKC 1/U
5/2 monostable
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
40
70
8050
5100
UKCA 1/U
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R” AND ON PAGE 2.13 FOR “C/ USCSVG”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37) P.S.: ADD AT THE TYPE OF THE VALVES 3/2 THE LETTER “H” BETWEEN THE LETTERS “K” AND “A” (OR “C”) TO ORDER 2/2 N.O. (OR 2/2 N.C.) VALVES. E.G.: UKHA 1/U; UKHC 1/U
3 PORT WITH ULCSV/R
3 PORT WITH C/USCSVG
2 HOLES Ø10
5 PORT WITH ULCSV/R
2 HOLES Ø10
5 PORT WITH C/USCSVG
2 HOLES Ø10
2 HOLES Ø10
Poppet valves series UK
2.73
2
UDS ISO
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard pilot and solenoid actuated sizes 1 - 2 - 3
series
DESCRIPTION Valves series “UDS ISO” are produced in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions according to the interface to ISO 5599/1 standard and they are mounted onto single or manifold bases, bottom or side ported. The ex CNOMO solenoid valve, with manual override (screwdriver type C/UECSVB or button type C/UECSPB), in the solenoid actuated version is mounted with coil type USBG side 30 mm (that allows a greater yield) or type USB side 22 mm.
2 TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Piloting solenoid valves Coils Electric connectors
MATERIALS Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Bistable: 1,5 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Interface to ISO 5599/1 Interface to ISO 5599/1 C/UECSVB - C/UECSPB - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves series ex CNOMO on page 2.12 USBG - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
FLOW CHART SIZE 1
Bottoms
Size 1 - 2: Techno-polymer Size 3: Aluminium alloy Size 1 -2: Techno-polymer Size 3: Aluminium alloy Acetal resin Galvanized steel NBR rubber + steel insert Aluminium alloy Aluminium alloy
Body Distance rings Springs Seals Spool Piston
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Size 1 Size 2 Size 3
UDS/SG/105 UDS/SG/212 UDSI/SG/3
PILOTING CHART SIZE 1
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART SIZE 2
Mechanical spring Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOTING CHART SIZE 2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
Operating pressure (bar)
2.74
Mechanical spring Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
UDS ISO
Size 1
series
PILOTING CHART SIZE 3
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART SIZE 3
Operating pressure (bar)
2
Pneumatic spring Mechanical spring Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 1 Controls Symbol
Function
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE
Actuation
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
30
960
230
UDS 105 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
20
14
960
230
UDS 105 KR/TQ
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
15
15
960
230
UDS 105 KR/KR
5/2 bistable with override on body valve
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
15
15
960
250
UDS 105 KRP/KRP
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
15
20
960
230
UDS 105 KR/TR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
25
580
275
UDS 105 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
25
800
275
UDS 105 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
20
25
1100
275
UDS 105 PR/PR
5/2 monostable
5 PORT SIZE 1
Response times at 6 bar (ms)
5 PORT SIZE 1 WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE ON BODY VALVE
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
2.75
Size 1
UDS ISO
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 1 Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
30
960
305
UDS 105 KUEC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
20
30
960
305
UDS 105 KUEC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
30
960
305
UDS 105 KUER/ZR
Solenoid
Small pneumatic
20
25
960
310
UDS 105 KUEC/TR
Solenoid pilot assisted
Small pneumatic
20
25
960
310
UDS 105 KUER/TR
Solenoid
Solenoid
15
15
960
375
UDS 105 KUEC/KUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
15
15
960
375
UDS 105 KUER/KUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
25
580
425
UDS 105 SUEC/SUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
25
580
425
UDS 105 SUER/SUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
25
800
425
UDS 105 AUEC/AUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
25
800
425
UDS 105 AUER/AUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
20
25
1100
425
UDS 105 PUEC/PUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
20
25
1100
425
UDS 105 PUER/PUER
* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 105 KUEC/TR BECOMES UDS 105 KUPC/TR - UDS 105 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDS 105 KUPC/KUPC - CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 105 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDS 105 KUC/ZR - THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
2.76
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
Size 2
UDS ISO
series 5 PORT SIZE 1 MONOSTABLE
5 PORT SIZE 1 BISTABLE AND 3 POSITIONS
2
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 2 Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
47
50
1500
515
UDS 212 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
47
50
1500
510
UDS 212 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
23
23
1500
515
UDS 212 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
20
40
1500
515
UDS 212 KR/TR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
30
35
1000
580
UDS 212 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
30
35
1200
580
UDS 212 AR/AR
5/3 pressure centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
30
35
1300
580
UDS 212 PR/PR
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5 PORT SIZE 2
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
2.77
Size 2
UDS ISO
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 2 Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
5/3 pressure centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE*
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
40
45
1500
580
UDS 212 KUEC/ZR
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
47
50
1500
580
UDS 212 KUEC/TQ
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
40
45
1500
580
UDS 212 KUER/ZR
Solenoid
Small pneumatic
40
45
1500
580
UDS 212 KUEC/TR
Solenoid pilot assisted
Small pneumatic
40
45
1500
580
UDS 212 KUER/TR
Solenoid
Solenoid
20
20
1500
635
UDS 212 KUEC/KUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
20
20
1500
635
UDS 212 KUER/KUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
35
1000
720
UDS 212 SUEC/SUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
35
1000
720
UDS 212 SUER/SUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
35
1200
720
UDS 212 AUEC/AUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
35
1200
720
UDS 212 AUER/AUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
30
35
1300
720
UDS 212 PUEC/PUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
30
35
1300
720
UDS 212 PUER/PUER
* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 212 KUEC/TR BECOMES UDS 212 KUPC/TR - UDS 212 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDS 212 KUPC/KUPC - CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDS 212 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDS 212 KUC/ZR - THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
2.78
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
Size 3
UDS ISO
series 5 PORT SIZE 2 MONOSTABLE
5 PORT SIZE 2 BISTABLE AND 3 POSITIONS
2
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 3 Controls Symbol
Function
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate Weight (g) at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
38
42
3000
1995
UDSI 3 KR/ZR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
38
42
3000
1985
UDSI 3 KR/TQ
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
28
28
3000
1965
UDSI 3 KR/KR
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
28
35
3000
1965
UDSI 3 KR/TR
5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
27
32
2900
2020
UDSI 3 SR/SR
5/3 open centre
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
27
32
3000
2020
UDSI 3 AR/AR
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5 PORT SIZE 3
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
2.79
UDS ISO
Size 3
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZE 3 Controls Symbol
2
Function
5/2 monostable
5/2 bistable
5/3 closed centre
5/3 open centre
Response time at 6 bar (ms)
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE*
3100
2120
UDSI 3 KUEC/ZR
42
3100
2120
UDSI 3 KUEC/TQ
40
42
3100
2120
UDSI 3 KUER/ZR
Small pneumatic
40
45
3100
2120
UDSI 3 KUEC/TR
Solenoid pilot assisted
Small pneumatic
40
45
3100
2120
UDSI 3 KUER/TR
Solenoid
Solenoid
28
28
3100
2180
UDSI 3 KUEC/KUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid pilot assisted
28
28
3100
2180
UDSI 3 KUER/KUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
27
32
2900
2180
UDSI 3 SUEC/SUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
27
32
2900
2180
UDSI 3 SUER/SUER
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
27
32
3000
2180
UDSI 3 AUEC/AUEC
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
27
32
3000
2180
UDSI 3 AUER/AUER
Pilot
Return
Energized
De-energized
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
40
42
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
40
Solenoid pilot assisted
Mechanical spring
Solenoid
* - SUBSTITUTE THE LETTER “E” WITH THE LETTER “P” IN EACH SOLENOID CONTROL TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITH MANUAL OVERRIDE (MONOSTABLE BUTTON) ON THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDSI 3 KUEC/TR BECOMES UDSI 3 KUPC/TR - UDS1 3 KUEC/KUEC BECOMES UDSI 3 KUPC/KUPC - CANCEL THE LETTER “E” FROM THE TYPE TO ORDER THE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES TO ISO STANDARD WITHOUT THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES, E.G.: UDSI 3 KUEC/ZR BECOMES UDSI 3 KUC/ZR - THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
5 PORT SIZE 3 MONOSTABLE
2.80
5 PORT SIZE 3 BISTABLE E 3 POSITIONS
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
Accessories Single bases to ISO 5599/1 standard sizes 1-2-3 obtained from drawn light alloy
UDS ISO
series
SINGLE BASE SIDE PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /S
SINGLE BASE BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /B
2
TYPE UDP/ISO1/S8 UDP/ISO1/S4 Weight (g) 205 240 SIZE 1 DA 10 10 DB 6 6 FA M5 M5 FB G 1/8 G 1/4 FC G 1/8 G 1/8 HA 40 40 HB 20 25 HC 8 14,5 HD 8 8 LA 105 105 LB 90 90 LC 36 40 LD 18 20 LE 58 58 PA 6,5 6,5 PB 6,5 6,5
UDP/ISO2/S4 UDP/ISO2/S3 485 455 2 12 12 7 7 M6 M6 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 55 55 28 28 13 15 8 8 130 130 110 110 48 52 24 26 68 70 10 10 8 8
UDP/ISO3/S2 1090 3 15 9 M8 G 1/2 G 1/8 70 32 16 8 208 180 64 32 90 10 11
TYPE UDP/ISO1/B8 UDP/ISO1/B4 Weight (g) 200 190 SIZE 1 DA 10 10 DB 6 6 FA M5 M5 FB G 1/8 G 1/4 FC G 1/8 G 1/8 HA 40 40 HB 20 20 HC 16 18 LA 105 105 LB 90 90 LC 36 40 LD 18 20 LE 58 58 PA 8 8 PB 6,5 6,5
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
UDP/ISO2/B4 UDP/ISO2/B3 495 470 2 12 12 7 7 M6 M6 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 55 55 28 28 22 23 130 130 110 110 48 52 24 26 68 70 10 10 8 8
UDP/ISO3/B2 1160 3 15 9 M8 G 1/2 G 1/8 70 32 27 208 180 64 32 90 10 11
2.81
UDS ISO
series
MANIFOLD BASE SIDE PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE /MS/Q
Accessories Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 standard sizes 1-2-3 obtained from drawn light alloy
MANIFOLD BASE BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO SIZE M/Q
2
TYPE Weight (g) SIZE FA FB FC HA HB HC HD HE HF LA LB LC LD PA
UDP/ISO1/8MS/Q UDP/ISO1/4MS/Q 320 310 ISO 1 M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/8 G 1/8 43 43 30 30 19 19 12 12 14 14 24,5 24,5 105 105 42 42 22 22 10 10 6,5 6,5
UDP/ISO2/3MS/Q 660 ISO 2 M6 G 3/8 G 1/8 55 40 24 17 17,5 30 130 54 30 12,5 8
TYPE Weight (g) SIZE FA FB FC HA HB HC HD HE HF HG LA LB LC LD PA
UDP/ISO1/8M/Q UDP/ISO1/4M/Q 320 315 ISO 1 M5 M5 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/8 G 1/8 43 43 30 30 19 19 12 12 21,5 21,5 12,5 12,5 24,5 24,5 105 105 42 42 60 60 18 18 6,5 6,5
INPUT PLATES (pair) - UDP/ISO SIZE /...M/L
TYPE Weight (g) SIZE DA FA HA HB HC HD HE LA LB LC
2.82
UDP/ISO1/3M/L 280 ISO 1 7 G 3/8 20 30 16 13 10 105 49 93
UDP/ISO2/2M/L 460 ISO 2 7 G 1/2 20 40 22 15 10 130 59 118
UDP/ISO3/1M/L 2355 ISO 3 9 G1 50 50 25 25 25 208 94 180
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
UDP/ISO2/3M/Q 665 ISO 2 M6 G 3/8 G 1/8 55 40 24 17 27,5 16,5 32,5 130 54 74 24 8
UDP/ISO3/2M/Q 1640 ISO 3 M8 G 1/2 G 1/8 70 50 27 27 35 23,5 42,5 208 88 125 42 10
Accessories Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 standard sizes 1-2-3 obtained from drawn light alloy
UDS ISO
series
BLANKING PLATE ISO 1 - UDP/ISO1/PC
BLANKING PLATE ISO 2 - UDP/ISO2/PC
2 WEIGHT 80 g
WEIGHT 115 g
SIZE ADAPTER ISO 1-2 AND ISO 2-3 - UDP/ISO SIZE TYPE Weight (g) SIZE DA HA HB HC HD HE HF HG LA LB LC LD
KIT ASSEMBLY BASES
UDP/ISO1-2 245 1-2 7 20 40 28 21 10 15 22 130 42 118 54
UDP/ISO2-3 1305 2-3 9 50 50 32 35 25 25 25 208 54 180 88
DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO SIZE /T
Kit assembly bases ISO 1 Kit assembly bases ISO 2 Kit assembly bases ISO 3
TYPE SIZE
KIT/UDP/ISO 1 KIT/UDP/ISO 2 KIT/UDP/ISO 3
UDP/ISO1/T 1
UDP/ISO2/T 2
UDP/ISO3/T 3
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY
40 + (55 x No. of stations)
40 + (43 x No. of stations) 100 + (70 x No. of stations)
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
2.83
UDS ISO
series
Accessories Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 standard size 1 obtained from die-cast light alloy
BLIND TERMINAL PLATE - UDP/ISO1PT
INPUT PLATE - UDP/ISO1PE
2 WEIGHT 80 g
WEIGHT 80 g
INPUT PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO1BM
UNIVERSAL PLATE
WEIGHT 150 g
DESCRIPTION Intermediate plate, bottom ported Intermediate plate, side ported Intermediate plate, top ported Intermediate plate with blind holes
A G 3/8 G 3/8
B G 3/8 G 3/8
C G 1/4 G 1/4
TYPE UDP/ISO1PUI UDP/ISO1PUL UDP/ISO1PUS UDP/ISO1PU
WEIGHT 250 g
MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS, SEALS AND PLUGS (USE A FLUID SEAL)
PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO1D
DIAPHRAGM - UDP/ISO2D
SIZE ADAPTER ISO 1-2 - UDP/ISODT1-2
WEIGHT 170 g
SIZE ADAPTER IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
2.84
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
Accessories Manifold bases to ISO 5599/1 standard size 2 obtained from die-cast light alloy
UDS ISO
series
BLIND TERMINAL PLATE - UDP/ISO2PT
INPUT PLATE - UDP/ISO2PE
2 WEIGHT 125 g
WEIGHT 125 g
INPUT PLATE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
MANIFOLD BASE, SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED - UDP/ISO2BM
UNIVERSAL PLATE
WEIGHT 205 g
DESCRIPTION Intermediate plate, bottom ported Intermediate plate, side ported Intermediate plate, top ported Intermediate plate with blind holes
A G 1/2 G 1/2
B G 1/2 G 1/2
C G 1/4 G 1/4
TYPE UDP/ISO2PUI UDP/ISO2PUL UDP/ISO2PUS UDP/ISO2PU
WEIGHT 315 g
MANIFOLD BASE IS SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS, SEALS AND PLUGS (USE A FLUID SEAL)
PLATES ARE SUPPLIED COMPLETE WITH SCREWS AND SEALS
EXAMPLE OF ASSEMBLY
Valves to ISO 5599/1 standard series UDS ISO
2.85
UDS CETOP
Valves to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard pilot and solenoid actuated sizes 05 - 12 - 35
series
DESCRIPTION Valves series "UDS CETOP" are produced in the 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions according to the interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard and they are mounted onto single bases, bottom or side ported, or onto manifold bases, bottom ported. All the solenoid actuated versions support the 32 mm direct acting solenoid valve type ULCSV/R (with fixed position) or the amplifier valve type XVF4 for a sensible pneumatic piloting (see page 3.36).
2 TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumatic piloting port size Piloting solenoid valve Pneumatic piloting valve Electric connector
MATERIALS Monostable: 2,5 ÷ 10 bar Bistable: 2 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard Interface to ex CETOP RP 32 P standard
Bottoms Body Distance rings Springs Seals Spool Piston
Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Acetal resin Galvanized steel NBR rubber + steel insert Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy
ULCSV/R - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.6 XVF4 - see chapter Complementary valves on page 3.37 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
FLOW CHART SIZE 05
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT Size 05 Size 12 Size 35
UDS/SG/05 UDS/SG/12 UDS/SG/35
PILOTING CHART SIZE 05
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Piloting pressure (bar)
Pneumatic spring
PILOTING CHART SIZE 12
Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
2.86
Double differential pneumatic control Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART SIZE 12
Mechanical spring
Mechanical spring Double differential pneumatic control Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP
Sizes 05 - 12 - 35
UDS CETOP
series
PILOTING CHART SIZE 35
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Operating pressure (bar)
2
Pneumatic spring
Piloting pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART SIZE 35
Mechanical spring Double differential pneumatic control Double pneumatic control
Operating pressure (bar)
PILOT ACTUATED VALVES* SIZES 05 - 12 - 35 Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable
Pilot
Return
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
Mechanical spring
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
Pneumatic
5/2 bistable
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential 5/3 closed centre
Pneumatic
Energized
De-energized
29
38
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min) 415
30
48
950
42
41
29
Response times at 6 bar (ms)
Pneumatic
Pneumatic spring
Pneumatic
Pneumatic
Pneumatic differential
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
Weight (g)
Size
310
05
UDS 05 KR/ZR
760
12
UDS 12 KR/ZR
2800
1945
35
UDS 35 KR/ZR
38
415
310
05
UDS 05 ZR/KR
30
48
950
760
12
UDS 12 ZR/KR
42
41
2800
1945
35
UDS 35 ZR/KR
42
34
415
325
05
UDS 05 KR/TQ
44
59
950
770
12
UDS 12 KR/TQ
69
71
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 KR/TQ
42
34
415
325
05
UDS 05 TQ/KR
44
59
950
770
12
UDS 12 TQ/KR
69
71
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 TQ/KR
27
27
415
305
05
UDS 05 KR/KR
28
28
950
745
12
UDS 12 KR/KR
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KR/KR
27
27
415
310
05
UDS 05 KR/TR
28
28
950
770
12
UDS 12 KR/TR
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 KR/TR
27
27
415
310
05
UDS 05 TR/KR
28
28
950
770
12
UDS 12 TR/KR
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 TR/KR
30
34
315
325
05
UDS 05 SR/SR
42
33
815
790
12
UDS 12 SR/SR
TYPE
UDS 35 SR/SR 27 31 2650 1980 35 * FOR THE LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVES OBTAINABLE WITH “XVF4” SEE THE TABLE SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES ON PAGE 2.88
5 PORT SIZE 05 12 35
A 104 130 208
C 38 53 68
D 30 42 52
E 9 11 20
F 26 40 48
Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP
G 24 30 54
M M4 M5 M8
2.87
Sizes 05 - 12 - 35
UDS CETOP
series
SOLENOID ACTUATED VALVES SIZES 05 - 12 - 35 Controls Symbol
Function
2
Actuation
Return
Solenoid
Mechanical spring
Mechanical spring
5/2 monostable
Solenoid pilot assisted Mechanical spring
Solenoid
Pneumatic spring
Solenoid
Pneumatic
Solenoid pilot assisted
Pneumatic
Solenoid 5/2 bistable
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid
Small pneumatic Solenoid pilot assisted Small pneumatic
Solenoid 5/3 closed centre
Response times at 6 bar (ms)
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid
Mechanical spring Solenoid pilot assisted Pneumatic spring
Solenoid
Pneumatic
Solenoid
Pneumatic
Solenoid pilot assisted
Solenoid
Solenoid pilot assisted Small pneumatic
Solenoid
Small pneumatic Solenoid pilot assisted Mechanical spring Mechanical spring
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Weight (g)
Size
TYPE*
Energized
De-energized
29
38
415
310
05
UDS 05 KUC/ZR
30
48
950
765
12
UDS 12 KUC/ZR
47
39
2800
1970
35
UDS 35 KUC/ZR
29
38
415
310
05
UDS 05 ZR/KUC
30
48
950
765
12
UDS 12 ZR/KUC
47
39
2800
1970
35
UDS 35 ZR/KUC
29
38
415
310
05
UDS 05 KUR/ZR
30
48
950
765
12
UDS 12 KUR/ZR
47
39
2800
1970
35
UDS 35 KUR/ZR
29
38
415
310
05
UDS 05 ZR/KUR
30
48
950
765
12
UDS 12 ZR/KUR
47
39
2800
1970
35
UDS 35 ZR/KUR
42
34
415
325
05
UDS 05 KUC/TQ
44
59
950
785
12
UDS 12 KUC/TQ
76
49
2800
1940
35
UDS 35 KUC/TQ
42
34
415
325
05
UDS 05 TQ/KUC
44
59
950
785
12
UDS 12 TQ/KUC
76
49
2800
1940
35
UDS 35 TQ/KUC
27
27
415
305
05
UDS 05 KUC/KR
28
28
950
745
12
UDS 12 KUC/KR
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KUC/KR
27
27
415
310
05
UDS 05 KR/KUC
28
28
950
765
12
UDS 12 KR/KUC
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KR/KUC
27
27
415
310
05
UDS 05 KUR/KR
28
28
950
765
12
UDS 12 KUR/KR
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KUR/KR
27
27
415
310
05
UDS 05 KR/KUR
28
28
950
765
12
UDS 12 KR/KUR
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KR/KUR
27
27
415
305
05
UDS 05 KUC/KUC
28
28
950
745
12
UDS 12 KUC/KUC
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KUC/KUC
27
27
415
305
05
UDS 05 KUR/KUR
28
28
950
745
12
UDS 12 KUR/KUR
36
36
2800
1910
35
UDS 35 KUR/KUR
27
27
415
315
05
UDS 05 KUC/TR
28
28
950
775
12
UDS 12 KUC/TR
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 KUC/TR
27
27
415
315
05
UDS 05 TR/KUC
28
28
950
775
12
UDS 12 TR/KUC
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 TR/KUC
27
27
415
315
05
UDS 05 KUR/TR
28
28
950
775
12
UDS 12 KUR/TR
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 KUR/TR
27
27
415
315
05
UDS 05 TR/KUR
28
28
950
775
12
UDS 12 TR/KUR
36
36
2800
1900
35
UDS 35 TR/KUR
30
34
315
325
05
UDS 05 SUC/SUC
42
33
815
795
12
UDS 12 SUC/SUC
34
38
2650
1980
35
UDS 35 SUC/SUC
30
34
315
325
05
UDS 05 SUR/SUR
42
33
815
795
12
UDS 12 SUR/SUR
34
38
2650
1980
35
UDS 35 SUR/SUR
* THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE THE PILOTING SOLENOID VALVES (SEE ON PAGE 2.6 FOR “ULCSV/R”) WHEREAS USING AS PILOT THE VALVE “XVF4” THE RESULT IS A LOW PRESSURE PILOT ACTUATED VALVE (FOR “XVF4” - SEE ON PAGE 3.37)
2.88
Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP
Sizes 05 - 12 - 35 and single bases
UDS CETOP
series
5 PORT MONOSTABLE
5 PORT AND 3 POSITIONS BISTABLE
2
SIZE 05 12 35
A 104 130 208
B 105 117 127
C 38 53 68
D 30 42 52
E 9 11 20
F 26 40 58
G 24 30 54
H 135 158 233
H1 120 144 221
SINGLE BASE, BOTTOM PORTED - UDP...B
SIZE Weight (g) UDP8B 170 UDP4B 365 UDP2B 1170
TYPE Weight (g) UDP8S 160 UDP4S 340 UDP2S 1125
SIZE 05 12 35
E 30 39 65
K 40 55 70
M M4 M5 M8
SINGLE BASE, SIDE PORTED - UDP...S
L 105 130 208
N 6 7 9
O 90 110 180
Q G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
R 16 20 32
S 6,5 8 11
T 10 12 15
Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP
U G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
2.89
Sizes 05 - 12 - 35 and manifold bases
UDS CETOP
series
MANIFOLD BASES, BOTTOM PORTED - UDP...M/
2
SIZE 05 12 35
A 110 136 210
No. of stations B C Weight (g) TYPE Size 05 B C Weight (g) TYPE Size 12 B C Weight (g) TYPE Size 35
2.90
D 30 40 50
F 130 160 240 2 115 150 1165 UDP8M/2 155 197 2340 UDP4M/2 170 236 5680 UDP2M/2
H 6 7 9
Q G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
3 155 190 1480 UDP8M/3 210 252 3040 UDP4M/3 240 306 7240 UDP2M/3
U G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2 4 195 230 1795 UDP8M/4 265 307 3740 UDP4M/4 310 376 9000 UDP2M/4
V G 1/4 G 1/2 G 3/4 5 235 270 2110 UDP8M/5 320 362 4440 UDP4M/5 380 446 10760 UDP2M/5
6 275 310 2425 UDP8M/6 375 417 5140 UDP4M/6 -
7 315 350 2740 UDP8M/7 430 472 5840 UDP4M/7 -
8 355 390 3055 UDP8M/8 485 527 6540 UDP4M/8 -
9 395 430 3370 UDP8M/9 540 582 7240 UDP4M/9 -
10 435 470 3685 UDP8M/10 595 63 7940 UDP4M/10 -
-
-
-
-
-
Valves to ex Cetop RP 32 P standard series UDS CETOP
Solenoid valves for industrial media G 1/8 ÷ G 2
W
series
DESCRIPTION The solenoid valves series "W" can be directly actuated, servoassisted or with mixed actuation. These solenoid valves, produced in the 2/2 N.C. pneumatic function, are used in several industrial fields, thanks to their compatibility with a large range of fluids.
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure (See tables below) Working temperature range NBR -10 ÷ +90 °C EPDM < +140 °C FPM -10 ÷ +130 °C Fluid (See technical information) Port size G 1/8 ÷ G 2 Coils WE3A - see on page 2.93 WE2A - see on page 2.93 WE5A - see on page 2.93 Electric connectors USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
2
TECHNICAL INFORMATION Seal type NBR
MATERIALS Body Sleeve Moving core Springs Seals
EPDM
Brass Brass Stainless steel Stainless steel NBR EPDM FPM
FPM (Viton®)
Duty field Water max. 70 °C, air max. 90 °C, mineral oils and derivates - hydrocarbons (methane, ethane, propane, butane, kerosene and gas oil) Hot water and steam max. 140 °C, detergents, solutions of sodium and potassium, hydraulic fluids and polar solvents (not to be used with mineral oils and grease) For general purpose max. 130 °C
Calculation of the flow rate For liquids
Q = Kv
For gases Kv = Q = m3/h Qn = m3/h P = bar p = bar
Qn = 26 Kv pP Flow coefficient Flow rate Normal flow rate (20 °C and 760 mm Hg) Absolute downstream pressure Pressure drop (differential pressure between the upstream and downstream pressure) Specific gravity (ratio of density of the substance to the density of water at 4°C )
p = Kg/dm3
p
2 PORT G 1/8 - DIRECTLY ACTUATED 2 HOLES M3x5
WEIGHT 70 g
Symbol
Function
2/2 N.C.
Differential pressure (bar) MIN. MAX. 0 0 0 0 0
AC 25 16 12 8 5
DC 25 16 10 5,5 2
Kv
Nominal orifice (mm)
Port size
0,04 0,06 0,09 0,14 0,19
1,2 1,5 2 2,5 3,1
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
TYPE**
W 105 1 * E3A W 105 2 * E3A W 105 3 * E3A W 105 4 * E3A W 105 5 * E3A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM ** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE3A” ON PAGE 2.93)
Solenoid valves for industrial media series W
2.91
W
G 1/8 ÷ G 2
series
2 PORT G 1/8 - G 1/4 DIRECTLY ACTUATED WEIGHT 300 g
2 HOLES M4x5
Symbol
Function
2 2/2 N.C.
Differential pressure (bar) MIN. MAX. AC DC 0 30 26 0 22 20 0 16 14 0 10 8 0 30 26 0 22 20 0 16 14 0 10 8 0 6,5 3,5 0 4 1,8 0 1
Kv
Nominal orifice (mm)
Port size (GA)
TYPE**
0,07 0,1 0,15 0,32 0,07 0,1 0,15 0,32 0,41 0,47 0,64
1,5 2 2,5 3,5 1,5 2 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,2 6,4
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/4
W106 1 * E2A W106 2 * E2A W 106 3 * E2A W 106 4 * E2A W 106 5 * E2A W 106 6 * E2A W 106 7 * E2A W 106 8 * E2A W 106 9 * E2A W 106 10 * E2A W 106 11 * E2A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM ** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” ON PAGE 2.93)
2 PORT G 3/8 - G 2 SERVO ASSISTED
Symbol
Function
2/2 N.C.
Differential pressure (bar) MIN. MAX. AC 15 15 13 10 10 10 10
0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15
DC 15 15 13 10 10 10 10
Kv
Nominal orifice (mm)
Port size (GA)
2 2,2 5,2 10,2 18 21 36
12 12 18 24 37 37 50
G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
TYPE**
W 107 1 * E3A W 107 2 * E3A W 107 3 * E3A W 107 4 * E3A W 107 5 * E2A W 107 6 * E2A W 107 7 * E2A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR, V = FPM, E = EPDM ** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” AND “WE3A” ON PAGE 2.93) THAT HAVE PREFERABLY TO BE MOUNTED TOWARD THE HIGH GA
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
L
M
N
G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1 1/4 G 1 1/2 G2
60 60 75 96 144 144 152
70 70 74 85 107 107 116,5
14 14 18 20 28 28 35
45 45 55 72 102 102 119
16 16 20 32 45 45 48
6 6 8,5 -
22 22 22 22 30 30 30
27,5 27,5 27,5 27,5 42 42 42
39 39 39 39 39,5 39,5 39,5
102 102 108 120 128 128 159
53,5 53,5 59,5 71,5 79,5 79,5 110,5
62,5 62,5 66 64,5 75,5 75,5 76,5
2.92
WEIGHT (g) 450 450 660 1200 3200 2900 4500
Solenoid valves for industrial media series W
G 1/8 ÷ G 2 - Coils
W
series 2 PORT G 3/8 - G 1 WITH MIXED ACTUATION
Symbol
Function
2/2 N.C.
Differential pressure (bar) MIN. MAX. AC DC 0 10 0 10 0 12 10 0 12 10 0 9 0 7 -
GA
A
B
C
D
G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
59 59 79 96
83 83 90 101
14 14 18 20
G WE2A 39,5 39,5 -
G WE5A 42,5 42,5 42,5 42,5
H WE2A 58,5 58,5 -
H WE5A 58 58 69 82
Kv
Nominal orifice (mm)
Port size (GA)
2 2,2 2 2,2 4,5 8,5
12 12 12 12 18 24
G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/8 G 1/2 G 3/4 G1
45 45 55 72
E WE2A 30 30 -
E WE5A 36 36 36 36
F WE2A 42 42 -
F WE5A 47,5 47,5 47,5 47,5
I WE2A 106 106 -
I WE5A 105,5 105,5 116,5 129,5
L WE2A 79 79 -
L WEIGHT WE5A (g) 82 580 82 530 89,5 750 100 1200
TYPE**
W 108 1 * E2A W 108 2 * E2A W 108 1 * E5A W 108 2 * E5A W 108 3 * E5A W 108 4 * E5A
* SPECIFY THE SEALING TYPE: B = NBR; V = FPM; E = EPDM ** THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS (SEE “WE2A” AND “WE3A”) THAT HAVE PREFERABLY TO BE MOUNTED TOWARD THE HIGH
COIL TYPE WE3A Power consumption
DC: 5,5 W AC: 11 VA (inrush)
DESCRIPTION COIL 22 mm 24 V DC COIL 22 mm 24 V AC COIL 22 mm 110 V AC COIL 22 mm 220 V AC WEIGHT 50 g
TYPE WE3A/02400 WE3A/02450-60 WE3A/11050-60 WE3A/22050-60
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “USR 102/N9” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)
COIL TYPE WE2A Power consumption
DC: 8 W AC: 20 VA (inrush)
DESCRIPTION COIL 30 mm 24 V DC COIL 30 mm 24 V AC COIL 30 mm 110 V AC COIL 30 mm 220 V AC WEIGHT 120 g
TYPE WE2A/02400 WE2A/02450-60 WE2A/11050-60 WE2A/22050-60
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “ULR1B ” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)
COIL TYPE WE5A Power consumption
DC: 23 W AC: 40 VA (inrush)
DESCRIPTION COIL 36 mm 24 V DC COIL 36 mm 24 V AC COIL 36 mm 110 V AC COIL 36 mm 220 V AC WEIGHT 210 g
TYPE WE5A/02400 WE5A/02450-60 WE5A/11050-60 WE5A/22050-60
ELECTRIC CONNECTOR “ULR1B ” (SEE ON PAGE 2.15)
Solenoid valves for industrial media series W
2.93
2
EV
Valves for vacuum solenoid pilot assisted actuated G 1/8 ÷ G 2
series
DESCRIPTION Valves for vacuum series "EV" are produced only in the 3/2 N.O. and 3/2 N.C. pneumatic functions with solenoid pilot assisted actuation.
2 TECHNICAL DATA Maximum vacuum Pneumatic piloting pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Coils Electric connectors
755 mm Hg 3 ÷ 10 bar
MATERIALS
-20 ÷ +40°C Vacuum G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 3/4 - G 1 - G 1 ½ - G 2 G 1/8: WE3A - see Coils on page 2.93 G 1/4 - G 3/8: USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 G 1/2 ÷ G 2: WE2A - see Coils on page 2.93 USR102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15 ULR1B - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
Bottoms Body Springs Sleeve Core Piston Diaphragm and plunger
Anodized aluminium Anodized aluminium Stainless steel Nickel-plated brass Stainless steel Aluminium Polyurethane
3 PORT SOLENOID PILOT ASSISTED ACTUATED VALVES Response times at 6 bar (ms)
Controls Symbol
Energized
De-energized
Maximum flow rate pump (m3/h)
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
15
25
1,5
G 1/8
163
EV8
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
18
28
4
G 1/4
462
EV4
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
18
28
10
G 3/8
451
EV3
20
40
20
G 1/2
780
EV2
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
20
40
20
G 3/4
750
EV6
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
20
45
90
G1
1212
EV1
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
60
40
180
G 1½
3300
EV12
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.*
80
50
250
G2
9800
EV16
Function
Actuation
Return
3/2 N.C. - 3/2 N.O.* Solenoid pilot assisted
Size
TYPE**
Mechanical spring
* FOR VERSION N.O. ARRANGE THE CONNECTIONS AS INDICATED: 1 = EXHAUST 2 = OUTPUT 3 = PUMP **THE TYPES OF THE SOLENOID VALVES DO NOT INCLUDE COILS
2.94
Port size
Valves for vacuum series EV
EV
G 1/8 ÷ G 2
series EV8 - EV4 - EV3
EV2 - EV6 - EV1 - EV12 - EV16
2 2 HOLES Ø 4,5
TYPE EV8 EV4 EV3
A 25 32 32
B 11 24 24
C 17.5 23.5 23.5
D 35 59 59
E 19.7 36 36
F 21.7 36 36
GA G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8
H 112.7 136 136
I L M 7 52.7 9.2 - 74.5 24.5 - 74.5 24.5
N 28 40 40
P 65 89 89
TYPE A EV2 75 EV6 75 EV1 94 EV12 138 EV16 183.5
B C D E 47 35 78.5 63 47 35 78.5 63 55 45 101 78 84 59 158 113 113.5 78.5 210 150
Valves for vacuum series EV
F 54.5 54.5 62.5 113 152
GA G 1/2 G 3/4 G1 G 1½ G2
H 152 152 168 240 310
I M 30 21 30 21 38 25.5 68 34 92 48
N O P 41 50.5 85.5 41 50.5 85.5 51 64 95 68 96 92 129 -
2.95
VM
Vacuum generators G 1/8 ÷ G 1
series
DESCRIZIONE Valves series “VM” generate vacuum using the Venturi effect. These valves found a specific employment in the aspiration from single work points with a suction cap.
2 TECHNICAL DATA 1 ÷ 10 bar Vacuum Compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 3/4 - G 1 1,5 mm 0,7 bar Suction (bar)
Operating pressure Fluid Feeding fluid Port size Nominal diameter Max. vacuum capability
SUCTION CHART
MATERIALS Body Nozzle Seals
Anodized aluminium alloy Brass NBR rubber Operating pressure (bar)
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT VM
No. 2 HOLES ØG
1 = FEEDING FLUID 2 = SUCTION 3 = EXHAUST
Symbol
2.96
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
I
H
L
WEIGHT (g)
TYPE
50.5
25
58
30
38
15
19.2
4
4.2
15
G 1/8
G 1/8
50
VM8
38
19.5
23
4
4.2
25
G 1/4
G 1/4
90
71.5
VM4
30
52
18.5
31
4.5
5.2
25
G 3/8
G 3/8
146
VM3
75
35
56
21
33
4.5
5.2
30
G 1/2
G 1/2
203
VM2
90.5
50
61.5
28.5
49.4
4.5
5.2
50
G 3/4
G 1/4
692
VM15
97
50
68
28.5
52.4
4.5
5.2
50
G1
G 1/4
643
VM1
Vacuum generator series VM
2
2.97
Index chapter 3
VALVES
manually and mechanically actuated and complementary valves
Series M General features - Minivalves manually and mechanically actuated ........................................................................................................ page Accessories: actuators for panel mounting ............................................................................................................................................... page
3.3 3.6
Series EK General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page Spool valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 ........................................................................................................................ page Spool valves manually actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8.............................................................................................................................. page Spool valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ....................................................................................................................... page Spool valves manually actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................... page Spool valves manually actuated 5 port - G 1/2 - G 1/2 ............................................................................................................................ page
3.8 3.9 3.12 3.14 3.16 3.18
Series CA General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page Poppet valves mechanically actuated 3 and 5 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ............................................................................................ page Poppet valves manually actuated 2 and 3 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ................................................................................................... page Poppet valves manually actuated 3 port / 3 positions and 5 port - G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 ..................................................................... page
3.19 3.20 3.22 3.24
Series PC General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.27 Valves pedal actuated 3 and 5 port G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................... page 3.28
Complementary valves General features ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.30
Series DS
Shuttle valves ............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.30
Series D3/
Quick exhaust valves ................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.30
Series U
Check valves .............................................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.31
Series VC
Slide valves ................................................................................................................................................................................................ page 3.31
Series RX
Distribution frames ..................................................................................................................................................................................... page 3.31
Series EL
General features - Pneumatic logic elements ............................................................................................................................................ page 3.32
Series UR
General features ........................................................................................................................................................................................ page In-line precision flow regulators type URG - URF ..................................................................................................................................... page In-line standard flow regulators type URE ................................................................................................................................................. page Silenced exhaust flow regulators type URS .............................................................................................................................................. page
3.34 3.34 3.35 3.35
Series WB
General features - Block valves ................................................................................................................................................................. page 3.36
Series XVF
General features - Amplifier valves ............................................................................................................................................................ page 3.37
Valves manually and mechanically actuated and complementary valves
3.1
Waircom complementary and manually/mechanically actuated valves: overview As already described in the overview
As inferable by their definition, these
of the previous chapter, even for this
valves can be actuated or by a
series of valves we can find both
mechanical device or by an operator,
poppet and spool construction,
and they can be used together
in order to satisfy the different
with some complementary valves,
applications.
that, in spite of their definition, are of great importance for the proper and efficiency functioning of each pneumatic circuits.
3.2
Valves manually and mechanically actuated and complementary valves
M
Minivalves manually and mechanically actuated
series
DESCRIPTION Minivalves series "M" are produced in the 2/2 and 3/2 pneumatic functions in both side and bottom ported versions, with push-in fittings on body valve for pipe Ø 4 mm or M5 threaded connections; the version G 1/8 bottom ported is also available. Thanks to the suitable adapter types MCS-SA and MCS-SAD these minivalves support the "BRETER" Ø 22 mm actuators for panel mounting. The same actuators can control 1 or 2 minivalves, thus it's possible to obtain the 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 open centre and the 5/3 pressure centre pneumatic functions.
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Nominal diameter Controls Mechanical Manual
2 ÷ 10 bar 0 ÷ +60 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm - M5 - G 1/8 2,5 mm
3
FLOW CHART - M
Plunger; roller lever; unidirectional roller lever Tapper; actuators for panel mounting
MATERIALS Anodized aluminium alloy Nickel - plated brass Stainless steel NBR rubber Nickel - plated brass, plastic material
Flow Flowrate rate(Nl/min) (Nl/min)
Body Bushing and guide Springs Seals Connections Controls Tapper; Swivel Plunger; Roller Lever
Glass stiffened polyamide Nickel - plated brass Steel
Operating pressure (bar) Operating pressure (bar)
2 AND 3 PORT N.C. - N.O. Controls Symbol
Function
Actuation force at 6 bar (N)
Flow rate Weight at 6 bar (g) P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Port size
TYPE
40
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHAS4 MHAS4/L MHASM5 MHASM5/L MHAS1/8
40
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHCS4 MHCS4/L MHCSM5 MHCSM5/L MHCS1/8
40
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MAS4 MAS4/L MASM5 MASM5/L MAS1/8
83
40
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MCS4 MCS4/L MCSM5 MCSM5/L MCS1/8
83
60
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHAP4 MHAP4/L MHAPM5 MHAPM5/L MHAP1/8
83
60
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHCP4 MHCP4/L MHCPM5 MHCPM5/L MHCP1/8
83
60
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MAP4 MAP4/L MAPM5 MAPM5/L MAP1/8
Pilot
Return
2/2 N.O. monostable
Plunger
Mechanical spring
13
83
2/2 N.C. monostable
Plunger
Mechanical spring
13
83
Plunger
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.C. monostable
Plunger
Mechanical spring
13
2/2 N.O. monostable
Plunger for panel mounting
Mechanical spring
13
2/2 N.C. monostable
Plunger for panel mounting
Mechanical spring
13
3/2 N.O. monostable
Plunger for panel mounting
Mechanical spring
13
3/2 N.O. monostable
13
Minivalves series M
83
3.3
M
Minivalves manually and mechanically actuated
series
2 AND 3 PORT N.C. - N.O. Controls Symbol
Function
3.4
Flow rate Weight at 6 bar (g) P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Port size
TYPE
60
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MCP4 MCP4/L MCPM5 MCPM5/L MCP1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported MHALR4 Ø4 side ported MHALR4/L M5 bottom threaded MHALRM5 M5 side threaded MHALRM5/L G 1/8 bottom ported MHALR1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported MHCLR4 Ø4 side ported MHCLR4/L M5 bottom threaded MHCLRM5 M5 side threaded MHCLRM5/L G 1/8 bottom ported MHCLR1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MALR4 MALR4/L MALRM5 MALRM5/L MALR1/8
7
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MCLR4 MCLR4/L MCLRM5 MCLRM5/L MCLR1/8
7
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHALRU4 MHALRU4/L MHALRUM5 MHALRUM5/L MHALRU1/8
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHCLRU4 MHCLRU4/L MHCLRUM5 MHCLRUM5/L MHCLRU1/8
50
Ø4 bottom ported MALRU4 Ø4 side ported MALRU4/L M5 bottom threaded MALRUM5 M5 side threaded MALRUM5/L G 1/8 bottom ported MALRU1/8
50
Ø4 bottom ported MCLRU4 Ø4 side ported MCLRU4/L M5 bottom threaded MCLRUM5 M5 side threaded MCLRUM5/L G 1/8 bottom ported MCLRU1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHAT4 MHAT4/L MHATM5 MHATM5/L MHAT1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MHCT4 MHCT4/L MHCTM5 MHCTM5/L MHCT1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MAT4 MAT4/L MATM5 MATM5/L MAT1/8
83
50
Ø4 bottom ported Ø4 side ported M5 bottom threaded M5 side threaded G 1/8 bottom ported
MCT4 MCT4/L MCTM5 MCTM5/L MCT1/8
Pilot
Return
Plunger for panel mounting
Mechanical spring
2/2 N.O. monostable
Roller lever
Mechanical spring
7
2/2 N.C. monostable
Roller lever
Mechanical spring
7
2/2 N.O. monostable
Roller lever
Mechanical spring
7
3/2 N.C. monostable
Unidiretional Roller lever
Mechanical spring
2/2 N.O. monostable
Unidiretional Roller lever
Mechanical spring
2/2 N.C. monostable
Unidiretional Roller lever
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.O. monostable
Unidiretional Roller lever
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.C. monostable
Unidiretional Roller lever
Mechanical spring
2/2 N.O. monostable
Tapper
Mechanical spring
7
2/2 N.C. monostable
Tapper
Mechanical spring
7
3/2 N.O. monostable
Tapper
Mechanical spring
7
3/2 N.C. monostable
Tapper
Mechanical spring
7
3/2 N.C. monostable
3
Actuation force at 6 bar (N)
13
7
7
7
Minivalves series M
83
83
83
83
M
Minivalves manually and mechanically actuated PLUNGER - Ø 4 mm SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED
series
PLUNGER - M5 THREADED CONNECTIONS SIDE AND BOTTOM PORTED - G 1/8 BOTTOM PORTED
3
CONTROLS PLUNGER FOR PANEL MOUNTING
ROLLER LEVER
UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER
TAPPER
Minivalves series M
3.5
M
Accessories Actuators for panel mounting
series
ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING Symbol
3
Description
Function
TYPE
Symbol
Description
TYPE
Function
Protected monostable push-button BLACK RED GREEN
0← 1
MCS - PMN MCS - PMR MCS - PMV
Red monostable mushroom
0← 1
MCS - FMR
Black monostable short-lever switch, 1→0← 2 3 position with return to the centre
MCS - LCSM
Red bistable mushroom (rotate to unlock)
0
1
MCS - FBR
Black short-lever switch, 3 stable positions
MCS - LCSB
Black monostable short-lever switch
0← 1
MCS - LCM
Bistable key (extractable in both the 2 positions)
0
Black bistable short-lever switch
1
1
0 0
MCS - LCB
2 1
MCS - CB2
ADAPTER TYPE MCS-SA FOR ACTUATORS
DOUBLE ADAPTER TYPE MCS-SAD FOR ACTUATORS
PUSH-BUTTON
MUSHROOM
SHORT-LEVER SWITCH
BISTABLE KEY
3.6
Minivalves series M
3
3.7
EK
Spool valves manually and mechanically actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
series
DESCRIPTION Valves series "EK" are produced in the 3/2, 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions; the kind of construction is based on a balanced spool. In the mechanically actuated version these valves are available only for the size G 1/8 and G 1/4, while the manually actuated versions are available in the different sizes and they are suitable for panel mounting (except for size G 1/2).
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure
Controls Mechanical Manual
Plunger; roller lever; whisker; released pressure key Drawer; front lever; lateral knob; actuators for panel mounting (see on page 3.6)
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT 3 port G 1/8 5 port G 1/8 3 port G 1/4 5 port G 1/4 5 port G 1/2
EK/M/SG/8 EKCA/M/SG/8 EK/M/SG/4 EKCA/M/SG/4 EKCA/M/SG/2
Steel Stainless steel Anodized aluminium alloy Brass Elastomer Plastic material Ball bearing (plastic material upon request)
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/4 - 5/2
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/2 - 5/2
Operating pressure (bar)
3.8
Front: aluminium alloy or plastic - Rear: aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Acetal resin Galvanized steel NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - EK G 1/8 - 5/2
MATERIALS Bottoms Body Distance rings Springs Seals Spool Controls Lever; Ball Whisker Released pressure key Plunger Bellows Knobs; Handgrips Roller
Flow rate (Nl/min)
3
Working temperature Fluid Port size Nominal diameter
0 ÷10 bar 3 ÷10 bar 0 ÷ +60 °C (con aria secca -20 °C) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 G 1/8 = 5 mm G 1/4 = 8 mm G 1/2 = 12 mm
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT
series MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 Controls Symbol
Flow rate at
Weight (g)
TYPE
390
135
EK8/PS
32
390
140
EK8/PSS
Mechanical spring
32
490
165
EKCA8/PS
Plunger
Plunger
32
490
170
EKCA8/PSS
Roller lever
Mechanical spring
15
390
160
EK8/LR*
3/2 bistable
Roller lever
Roller lever
15
390
200
EK8/LRLR*
5/2 monostable
Roller lever
Mechanical spring
15
490
190
EKCA8/LR*
5/2 bistable
Roller lever
Roller lever
15
490
225
EKCA8/LRLR*
Piloted whisker (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
Function
Actuation force at 6 bar (N)
Pilot
Return
Plunger
Mechanical spring
32
3/2 bistable
Plunger
Plunger
5/2 monostable
Plunger
5/2 bistable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable 5/2 monostable 3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable 5/2 monostable 3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable 5/2 monostable
6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
EKA8/A 1,5
420
230 EKC8/A
Piloted whisker (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
Piloted released pressure key (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
Piloted released pressure key (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
Piloted plunger for panel mounting (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
Piloted plunger for panel mounting (sensitive)
Mechanical spring
1,5
490
260
EKCA8/A
EKA8/TD 1,5
420
210 EKC8/TD
1,5
490
230
EKCA8/TD
EKA8/Q 1,5
420
230 EKC8/Q
1,5
490
260
EKCA8/Q
* - ADD THE LETTER “U” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER VALVES - E.G.: EKCA8/LRLRU - ADD THE LETTER “N” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK8/LRN
Spool valves series EK
3.9
3
EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT
series EK8/PS
EK8/PSS
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3 EKCA8/PS
EKCA8/PSS
4 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
EK8/LR*
EK8/LRLR*
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
EKCA8/LR*
EKCA8/LRLR*
4 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
* - ADD THE LETTER “U” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER VALVES - E.G.: EKCA8/LRLRU - ADD THE LETTER “N” TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK8/LRN
3.10
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT
series EKA8/A - EKC8/A
EKCA8/A
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3
EKA8/TD - EKC8/TD*
EKCA8/TD*
3 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
* IT IS POSSIBLE TO INCREASE THE SENSITIVITY OF THE KEY USING A Ø 3 mm EXTENSION ON THE SAME KEY
EKC8/Q - EKA8/Q
* IT IS POSSIBLE TO INCREASE THE SENSITIVITY OF THE KEY USING A Ø 3 mm EXTENSION ON THE SAME KEY
EKCA8/Q
4 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2
P.S.: SEE ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING ON PAGE 3.6
P.S.: SEE ACTUATORS FOR PANEL MOUNTING ON PAGE 3.6
Spool valves series EK
3.11
EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT
series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 Controls Symbol
Function
TYPE
Return
Drawer
Mechanical spring
480
155
EK8/T
3/2 bistable
Drawer
Drawer
480
155
EK8/TF
5/2 monostable
Drawer
Mechanical spring
480
185
EKCA8/T
5/2 bistable
Drawer
Drawer
480
185
EKCA8/TF
Front lever
Mechanical spring
480
150
EK8/MV
3/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
480
150
EK8/MVF
5/2 monostable
Front lever
Mechanical spring
480
185
EKCA8/MV
5/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
480
185
EKCA8/MVF
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
480
155
EK8/M
3/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
480
185
EK8/MF
5/2 monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
480
205
EKCA8/M
5/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
480
205
EKCA8/MF
5/3 monostable closed centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
300
205
EKCA8/MS
5/3 stable closed centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
300
205
EKCA8/MSF
5/3 monostable open centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
300
205
EKCA8/MA
5/3 stable open centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
300
205
EKCA8/MAF
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3.12
Weight (g)
Pilot
3/2 N.O. monostable
3
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/8 - 3 and 5 PORT
series EK8/T - EK8/TF
EKCA8/T - EKCA8/TF
NO. 3 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3
EK8/MV - EK8/MVF
EKCA8/MV - EKCA8/MVF
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
EK8/M - EK8/MF
5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
FUNCTION 5/2 5/3
A 89 92
Spool valves series EK
3.13
EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT
series
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 Controls Symbol
TYPE
900
205
EK4/PS
9,5
900
200
EK4/PSS
Mechanical spring
51
900
250
EKCA4/PS
Drawer
Drawer
9,5
900
250
EKCA4/PSS
Front lever
Mechanical spring
21
900
270
EK4/LR*
3/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
16
900
325
EK4/LRLR*
5/2 monostable
Front lever
Mechanical spring
21
900
320
EKCA4/LR*
5/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
16
900
380
EKCA4/LRLR*
Actuation force at 6 bar (N)
Pilot
Return
Drawer
Mechanical spring
51
3/2 bistable
Drawer
Drawer
5/2 monostable
Drawer
5/2 bistable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3
Flow rate at
Weight (g)
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
* ADD THE LETTER “N“ TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK4/LRN
EK4/PS
EK4/PSS
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3.14
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT
series EKCA4/PS
EKCA4/PSS
4 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3
EK4/LR*
EK4/LRLR*
3 HOLES Ø5.2
EKCA4/LR*
3 HOLES Ø5.2
EKCA4/LRLR*
4 HOLES Ø5.2
4 HOLES Ø5.2
* ADD THE LETTER “N“ TO THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER - E.G.: EK4/LRN
Spool valves series EK
3.15
EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT
series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/4 Controls Symbol
Function
TYPE
Return
Drawer
Mechanical spring
900
240
EK4/T
3/2 bistable
Drawer
Drawer
900
240
EK4/TF
5/2 monostable
Drawer
Mechanical spring
900
305
EKCA4/T
5/2 bistable
Drawer
Drawer
900
305
EKCA4/TF
Front lever
Mechanical spring
920
230
EK4/MV
3/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
920
230
EK4/MVF
5/2 monostable
Front lever
Mechanical spring
920
185
EKCA4/MV
5/2 bistable
Front lever
Front lever
920
185
EKCA4/MVF
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
920
255
EK4/M
3/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
920
250
EK4/MF
5/2 monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
920
310
EKCA4/M
5/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
920
310
EKCA4/MF
5/3 monostable closed centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
780
310
EKCA4/MS
5/3 stable closed centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
780
310
EKCA4/MSF
5/3 monostable open centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
780
310
EKCA4/MA
5/3 stable open centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
780
310
EKCA4/MAF
3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable
3.16
Weight (g)
Pilot
3/2 N.O. monostable
3
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Spool valves series EK
EK
G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT
series EK4/T - EK4/TF
EKCA4/T - EKCA4/TF
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
3
EK4/MV - EK4/MVF
EKCA4/MV - EKCA4/MVF
4 HOLES Ø5.2 3 HOLES Ø5.2
EK4/M - EK4/MF
5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB
4 HOLES Ø5.2
3 HOLES Ø5.2
FUNCTION 5/2 5/3
A 107 110
Spool valves series EK
3.17
EK
G 1/2 - 5 PORT
series
MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/2 Controls Symbol
3
Function
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Weight (g)
TYPE
Pilot
Return
5/2 monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
2250
1200
EKCA2/M
5/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
2250
1200
EKCA2/MF
5/3 monostable closed centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
2000
1200
EKCA2/MS
5/3 stable closed centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
2000
1200
EKCA2/MSF
5/3 monostable open centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
2000
1200
EKCA2/MA
5/3 stable open centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
2000
1200
EKCA2/MAF
5/2 - 5/3 LATERAL KNOB
4 HOLES Ă&#x2DC;6.5
FUNCTION A 5/2 194,5 5/3 198
3.18
Spool valves series EK
CA
Poppet valves manually and mechanically actuated
series
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 DESCRIPTION
Valves series "CA" are produced in the 2/2, 3/2, 3/3, 5/2 and 5/3 pneumatic functions. The poppet kind of construction and the very rugged control allow the valve to stand high stress. The push-button and mushroom controls are available only in the 3/2 monostable pneumatic functions for the size G 1/8.
Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Nominal diameter Controls Mechanical Manual
3
MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA 0 ÷ 12 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 G 1/8 = 6 mm G 1/4 = 8 mm G 1/2 =12 mm Plunger; roller lever; short roller lever; unidirectional roller lever Tapper; push-button; mushroom; vertical knob; lateral knob; lateral hand-wheel
Control rod Body Springs Seals Piston Guide bushing Bottom plug Controls Lever Plunger Knobs; handgrips; push-buttons Roller
Hardened and nickel - plated steel Anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel NBR rubber Acetal resin Brass Nickel - plated brass Steel Nickel - plated brass Plastic material Ball bearing (plastic material upon request)
FLOW CHART - CA G 1/8 - 5/2
SPARE PARTS SEALS KIT A/SG/8 C/SG/8 CA/SG/8 A/SG/4 C/SG/4 CA/SG/4 A/SG/2 C/SG/2 CA/SG/2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
3/2 N.O. G 1/8 3/2 N.C. G 1/8 5/2 G 1/8 3/2 N.O. G 1/4 3/2 N.C. G 1/4 5/2 G 1/4 3/2 N.O. G 1/2 3/2 N.C. G 1/2 5/2 G 1/2
Operating pressure (bar)
FLOW CHART - CA G 1/4 - 5/2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - CA G 1/2 - 5/2
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
Poppet valves series CA
3.19
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
MECHANICALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable 3/2 N.O. monostable
3
3/2 N.C. monostable 3/2 N.O. monostable
Pilot
Return
Plunger
Mechanical spring
Plunger
Roller lever
Roller lever
Unidirectional roller lever
Mechanical spring Mechanical spring Mechanical spring Mechanical spring
Actuation force at 6 bar (N)
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
38 60
Weight (g)
Port size
TYPE
740
70
G 1/8
AS 8
950
150
G 1/4
AS4
88
2200
300
G 1/2
AS2
36
815
70
G 1/8
CS8
64
950
150
G 1/4
CS4
85
2250
300
G 1/2
CS2
23
740
95
G 1/8
ALR8
35
950
215
G 1/4
ALR4
53
2200
415
G 1/2
ALR2
24
815
95
G 1/8
CLR8
34
950
215
G 1/4
CLR4
52
2250
415
G 1/2
CLR2
30
740
100
G 1/8
ALRU8
53
950
200
G 1/4
ALRU4
64
2200
405
G 1/2
ALRU2
26
815
100
G 1/8
CLRU8
50
950
200
G 1/4
CLRU4
63
2250
405
G 1/2
CLRU2
3/2 N.C. monostable
Unidirectional roller lever
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.O. monostable
Short roller lever
Mechanical spring
35
740
110
G 1/8
AR8
3/2 N.C. monostable
Short roller lever
Mechanical spring
33
815
110
G 1/8
CR8
3/2 N.C. monostable
Mechanical spring
48
815
70
G 1/8
FCS8*
Plunger
162
950
150
G 1/4
FCS4*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Mechanical spring
25
815
95
G 1/8
FCLR8*
Roller lever
70
950
215
G 1/4
FCLR4*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Unidirectional roller lever
Mechanical spring
27
815
95
G 1/8
FCLRU8*
80
950
215
G 1/4
FCLRU4*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Short roller lever
Mechanical spring
69
815
110
G 1/8
FCR8*
5/2 monostable
Mechanical spring
62
650
140
G 1/8
CASS8
Plunger
103
1040
305
G 1/4
CASS4
120
2050
600
G 1/2
CASS2
38
650
190
G 1/8
CALR8
64
1040
405
G 1/4
CALR4
45
2050
765
G 1/2
CALR2
43
650
190
G 1/8
CALRU8
68
1040
405
G 1/4
CALRU4
94
2050
775
G 1/2
CALRU2
5/2 monostable 5/2 monostable
Roller lever
Unidirectional roller lever
Mechanical spring Mechanical spring
P.S.: ADD THE LETTER “N” AFTER THE LETTER “R” IN THE TYPE TO ORDER THE VALVES WITH PLASTIC ROLLER (AVAILABLE ONLY FOR THE SIZES G 1/8 AND G 1/4). E.G.: CLRN8 PUT THE LETTER “H” BEFORE THE TYPE OF 3/2 VALVES TO ORDER THE 2/2 N.O. AND 2/2 N.C. VALVES. E.G.: HCS8; HAR8
3/2 SHORT ROLLER LEVER
2 HOLES Ø4.3
* THE WAYS AREN’T COMMUNICATING IN THE INTERMEDIATE PHASE OF ACTUATION
3.20
Poppet valves series CA
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 2, 3 and 5 PORT
series
3/2 PLUNGER
3/2 ROLLER LEVER
3 3/2 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER
5/2 PLUNGER
5/2 ROLLER LEVER
5/2 UNIDIRECTIONAL ROLLER LEVER
GA
A
A1
A2
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
59 75 100
74 95 123
88 111 142
GA
G
H
I
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
8,8 11,5 15
23 30 38
GA
U
V
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
16 20 25
46 54 70
6 8 10
B
C min 1,5 2 3
46 60 80 L N.O. 23 30 40
N.C. 18 25,5 30
C3
D
E
F
max 3 4 5,5
min 5,5 7,5 10,5
C1 max 10 13,5 15,5
min 5 5 7
C2 max 8 8 10
10 12 14
27 35 42,5
4,3 5,3 6,4
28 35 49
M
N
N1
O
P
Q
S
T
T2
31 40 50
19 26 32
16 19 24
6,9 9 12
53 69 80,5
36 46 63,3
23 30 40
16 20 25
32 40 50
Poppet valves series CA
3.21
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 2 and 3 PORT
series
2 AND 3 PORT MANUALLY ACTUATED G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Controls Symbol
Function
3/2 N.O. monostable
3
Pilot
Return
Tapper
Mechanical spring
3/2 N.C. monostable
Tapper
3/2 N.O. monostable
Push-button
3/2 N.C. monostable
Mechanical spring
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Weight (g)
Port size
TYPE
740
90
G 1/8
AT8
950
195
G 1/4
AT4
2200
415
G 1/2
AT2
815
90
G 1/8
CT8
950
205
G 1/4
CT4
2250
425
G 1/2
CT2
Mechanical spring
740
125
G 1/8
AQB8*
Push-button
Mechanical spring
815
125
G 1/8
CQB8*
3/2 N.O. monostable
Mushroom
Mechanical spring
740
125
G 1/8
AQF8*
3/2 N.C. monostable
Mushroom
Mechanical spring
815
125
G 1/8
CQF8*
3/2 N.O. monostable
Vertical knob
Mechanical spring
740
185
G 1/8
AM8
950
355
G 1/4
AM4
2200
655
G 1/2
AM2
815
185
G 1/8
CM8 CM4
3/2 N.C. monostable 3/2 N.O. bistable 3/2 N.C. bistable
Vertical knob Vertical knob Vertical knob
Mechanical spring Vertical knob Vertical knob
950
355
G 1/4
2250
655
G 1/2
CM2
740
180
G 1/8
AM8F AM4F
950
345
G 1/4
2200
645
G 1/2
AM2F
815
180
G 1/8
CM8F
950
345
G 1/4
CM4F
2250
645
G 1/2
CM2F
240
G 1/8
AML8
3/2 N.O. monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
740 950
400
G 1/4
AML4
3/2 N.C. monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
815
240
G 1/8
CML8
950
400
G 1/4
CML4
3/2 N.O. bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
740
245
G 1/8
AML8F
950
390
G 1/4
AML4F
3/2 N.C. bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
815
245
G 1/8
CML8F
950
390
G 1/4
CML4F
3/2 N.O. monostable
Lateral hand-wheel
Mechanical spring
740
270
G 1/8
AVL8
950
415
G 1/4
AVL4
3/2 N.C. monostable
Lateral hand-wheel
Mechanical spring
815
270
G 1/8
CVL8
950
415
G 1/4
CVL4
3/2 N.O. bistable
Lateral hand-wheel
Lateral hand-wheel
740
265
G 1/8
AVL8F
950
405
G 1/4
AVL4F
3/2 N.C. bistable
Lateral hand-wheel
Lateral hand-wheel
815
265
G 1/8
CVL8F
950
405
G 1/4
CVL4F
* PUSH-BUTTON COLOUR: N = BLACK; R = RED; V = GREEN P.S.: THE VERSION WITH BLACK VERTICAL KNOB IS AVAILABLE ONLY IN THE SIZES G 1/8 AND G 1/4; TO ORDER THIS VERSION ADD THE SUFFIX “/E” TO THE TYPE. E.G.: CM8/E; AM8/E PUT THE LETTER “H” BEFORE THE TYPE OF 3/2 VALVES TO ORDER THE 2/2 N.O. AND 2/2 N.C. VALVES. E.G.: HCM4; HAT2
3.22
Poppet valves series CA
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 2 and 3 PORT
series 3/2 PUSH-BUTTON
2 HOLES Ø4.3
2 HOLES Ø4.3
3/2 MUSHROOM
3 3/2 TAPPER
3/2 VERTICAL KNOB
3/2 LATERAL KNOB
3/2 LATERAL HAND-WHEEL
GA
A
A1
A2
B
C
C1
C2
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
80 100 130
77 95 124
78 98 100
46 60 80
20 20 -
42 42 -
min 8 11 28
GA
I
L
L1
L2
M
N
O
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
6 8 10
162 188 238
100 100 -
112 130 -
31 40 50
10 10 -
9 9 -
D
D1
E
F
G
H
max 15,5 22,5 35
36 36 -
70 70 -
4,3 5,3 6,4
28 35 49
8,8 11,5 15
23 30 38
P
P2
Q
124 152 180
Poppet valves series CA
60 83 145
36 46 63,3
R N.O. 23 30 40
T N.C. 18 25,5 30
16 20 25
3.23
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 3 and 5 PORT
series
3 PORT, 3 POSITIONS AND 5 PORT MANUALLY ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 Controls Symbol
Function
5/2 monostable 5/2 monostable 5/2 bistable
3
Return
Tapper
Mechanical spring
Vertical knob Vertical knob
Mechanical spring Vertical knob
5/2 monostable
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
5/2 bistable
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
5/2 monostable
Hand-wheel
Mechanical spring
5/2 bistable
Lateral hand-wheel
Lateral hand-wheel
5/3 monostable open centre
Vertical knob
Mechanical spring
5/3 stable open centre
Vertical knob
Vertical knob
5/3 monostable open centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
5/3 stable open centre
Lateral knob
Lateral knob
5/3 monostable open centre
Lateral hand-wheel
Mechanical spring
5/3 stable open centre
Lateral hand-wheel
Lateral hand-wheel
3/3 monostable closed centre
Vertical knob
Mechanical spring
3/3 stable closed centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
3/3 monostable closed centre
Lateral knob
Mechanical spring
3/3 stable closed centre
Vertical knob
Mechanical spring
5/3 monostable closed centre
Vertical knob
Mechanical spring
5/3 stable closed centre
3.24
Pilot
Vertical knob
Vertical knob
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (Nl/min)
Weight (g)
Port size
TYPE
650
180
G 1/8
CAT8
1040
405
G 1/4
CAT4
2050
790
G 1/2
CAT2
650
315
G 1/8
CAM8
1040
600
G 1/4
CAM4
2050
1160
G 1/2
CAM2
650
290
G 1/8
CAM8F
1040
570
G 1/4
CAM4F
2050
1065
G 1/2
CAM2F
650
375
G 1/8
CAML8
1040
650
G 1/4
CAML4
650
365
G 1/8
CAML8F
1040
635
G 1/4
CAML4F
650
395
G 1/8
CAVL8
1040
665
G 1/4
CAVL4
650
380
G 1/8
CAVL8F
1040
650
G 1/4
CAVL4F
815
315
G 1/8
CCM8
950
605
G 1/4
CCM4
2250
1165
G 1/2
CCM2
815
290
G 1/8
CCM8F
950
575
G 1/4
CCM4F
2250
1095
G 1/2
CCM2F
815
385
G 1/8
CCML8
950
675
G 1/4
CCML4
815
370
G 1/8
CCML8F
950
650
G 1/4
CCML4F
815
405
G 1/8
CCVL8
950
690
G 1/4
CCVL4
815
385
G 1/8
CCVL8F
950
660
G 1/4
CCVL4F
815
310
G 1/8
HCCM8
950
600
G 1/4
HCCM4
815
310
G 1/8
HCCM8F
950
600
G 1/4
HCCM4F
815
310
G 1/8
HCCML8
950
600
G 1/4
HCCML4
815
310
G 1/8
HCCML8F
950
600
G 1/4
HCCML4F
815
740
G 1/8
XH4CM8
950
1605
G 1/4
XH4CM4
2250
3185
G 1/2
XH4CM2
815
680
G 1/8
XH4CM8F
1400
1555
G 1/4
XH4CM4F
2250
3080
G 1/2
XH4CM2F
Poppet valves series CA
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 3 and 5 PORT
series
5/2 TAPPER ????????????? ?????????? ????????
5/2 - 5/3 C.A. - 3/3 VERTICAL KNOB
3
5/2 - 5/3 C.A. - 3/3 C.C. LATERAL KNOB
GA
A
A1
A2
B
5/2 LATERAL HAND-WHEEL
C
C1
C2
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
80 100 130
77 95 124
75,5 95 83
46 60 80
20 20 -
42 42 -
min 8 11 28
GA
I
L
L1
L2
M
N
O
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
6 8 10
GA
U
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
16 20 25
162 188 238
100 100 -
112 130 -
31 40 50
10 10 -
9 9 -
D
D1
E
F
G
H
max 15,5 22,5 35
36 36 -
70 70 -
4,3 5,3 6,4
28 35 49
8,8 11,5 15
23 30 38
P
P2
Q
S
T
23 30 40
32 40 50
124 152 180
60 83 145
36 46 63,3
R N.O. 23 30 40
N.C. 18 25,5 30
P.S.: THE VERSION WITH BLACK VERTICAL KNOB IS AVAILABLE ONLY IN THE SIZES G 1/8 AND G 1/4; TO ORDER THIS VERSION ADD THE SUFFIX “/E” TO THE TYPE. E.G.: CAM8/E; CCM8/E
Poppet valves series CA
3.25
CA
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 5 PORT
series
5/3 C.C. VERTICAL KNOB G 1/8
3
5/3 C.C. VERTICAL KNOB G 1/4 - G 1/2
GA G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
3.26
A 81 100 130
E 4,3 5,3 6,4
F 28 35 49
G 8,8 11,5 15
H 23 30 38
I 6 8 10
L 157,5 185 235
M 31 40 50
M1
P with catch
without catch
111 132 162
70 84 60
15 24 29
Poppet valves series CA
Q
T
U
18 25,5 30
64 80 100
48 60 75
PC
Valves pedal actuated G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION Pedal actuated valves series "PC" are produced in the 3/2 and 5/2 pneumatic functions, with or without protection, and they are based on direct acting poppet valves and direct acting or pilot assisted spool valves in the sizes G 1/8 and G 1/4. The catch on the pedal allows obtaining the bistable pneumatic functions, while the safety device avoids the accidental actuation of the same pedal.
3 TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Nominal diameter
MATERIALS 0 ÷ 10 bar (with direct acting valves) 2,5 ÷ 10 bar (with pilot assisted valves) 0 ÷ +50 °C (-10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 G 1/8 = 6 mm G 1/4 = 8,5 mm
Hardened and nickel - plated steel – nickel - plated brass Anodized aluminium alloy Aluminium alloy Stainless steel NBR rubber Die - cast aluminium - Plastic material Plastic material Plastic material Press-forged aluminium - Plastic material
FLOW CHART - PC G 1/4 - 5/2
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - PC G 1/8 - 5/2
Control rod Body Spool Springs Seals Protection cover Safety device Catch Control lever
Operating pressure (bar)
Operating pressure (bar)
Valves pedal actuated series PC
3.27
PC
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - 3 and 5 PORT
series
PEDAL ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 Symbol
3
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
Port size
TYPE
740
565
G 1/8
AP8�
950
700
G 1/4
AP4�
740
1020
G 1/8
AP8F�
815
570
G 1/8
CP8�
950
700
G 1/4
CP4�
Direct acting
815
570
G 1/8
FCP8*�
_
Direct acting
815
1015
G 1/8
CP8F�
5/2 monostable
_
Direct acting
650
915
G 1/8
CAP8�
5/2 bistable
_
Direct acting
650
1025
G 1/8
CAP8F�
_
Direct acting
900
970
G 1/4
PNP4
_
Direct acting
900
970
G 1/4
PNP4/F
5/2 monostable
_
Direct acting
900
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4
5/2 bistable
_
Direct acting
900
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4/F
5/3 monostable closed centre
_
Direct acting
780
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4/S
5/3 stable closed centre
_
Direct acting
780
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4/SF
5/3 monostable open centre
_
Direct acting
780
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4/A
5/3 stable open centre
_
Direct acting
780
1020
G 1/4
PNPCA4/AF
5/2 with safety device monostable
Plastic
900
1350
G 1/4
PCA4
Function
Protection
Actuation
3/2 N.O. monostable
_
Direct acting
3/2 N.O. bistable
_
Direct acting
3/2 N.C. monostable
_
Direct acting
3/2 N.C. monostable
_
3/2 N.C. bistable
3/2 N.O. monostable 3/2 N.C. monostable 3/2 N.O. bistable 3/2 N.C. bistable
Pilot assisted
* THE WAYS AREN’T COMMUNICATING IN THE INTERMEDIATE PHASE OF ACTUATION
3.28
Valves pedal actuated series PC
PC
Pedal actuated valves G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
PEDAL ACTUATED VALVES G 1/8 - G 1/4 Function
Protection
Actuation
Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar (NI/min)
Weight (g)
Port size
TYPE
5/2 with safety device bistable
Plastic
Pilot assisted
900
1350
G 1/4
PCA4/F
5/2 with safety device monostable
Metallic
Pilot assisted
900
1750
G 1/4
PCA4M
5/2 with safety device bistable
Metallic
Pilot assisted
900
1750
G 1/4
PCA4M/F
Symbol
AP8 - AP4 - CP8 - CP4 - FCP8
G G 1/8 G 1/4
A1 193 193
H1 70 70
I1 83 83
3
AP8F - CP8F - CAP8 - CAP8F
L1 11 13
3/2 - 5/2 - 5/3 BALANCING WITHOUT PROTECTION - PNP
5 PORT PLASTIC AND METALLIC PROTECTION - PCA
Valves pedal actuated series PC
3.29
Complementary valves: shuttle, quick exhaust and check valves DESCRIPTION
3
Complementary valves are very important components of the pneumatic circuits. This group includes the: SHUTTLE VALVES: these valves are used when there is the necessity to convey, in one pipeline, two pneumatic flows coming from two different pipelines without any interference; in fact the compressed air flows from one of the two inlet ports to the working port while the second inlet port is excluded. QUICK EXHAUST VALVES: air flows from the inlet port to the working port while the exhaust port is closed. By shutting off the inlet port, the compressed air from the working port is exhausted through the exhaust port. CHECK VALVES: these valves are used to prevent loss of pressure in a pipeline when the inlet is connected to the exhaust; the compressed air can flow freely from the inlet to the working port while the opposite direction is blocked.
SHUTTLE VALVES SERIES DS DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS DS
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size
12 bar 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2
MATERIALS Body Seals
Aluminium alloy NBR rubber
Symbol
B
I
L
M
N
O
P
4,2 5,2 6,4 6,4
6 8 10 12
16 20 25 30
46 60 80 100
31 40 50 60
13 17,5 22 26
22 27 38 48
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar (Nl/min) 700 1700 3400 5000
Pmin (bar) 0,2 0,4 0,3 0,6
Weight (g) 60 125 235 435
G
TYPE
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
DS8 DS4 DS3 DS2
QUICK EXHAUST VALVES SERIES D3/ DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS D3/
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size
12 bar 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 3/4
MATERIALS Body Seals Bottom
Aluminium alloy NBR rubber Aluminium alloy
Symbol
1
3 2
3.30
A
B
E
R
Flow rate from 1 to 2 at 6 bar P=1 bar (Nl/min)
Flow rate from 2 to 3 at 6 bar free exhaust (Nl/min)
Pmin (bar)
38 43 54 58 82
35 35 50 50 82
19,5 19,5 27,5 27,5 44
27 27 41 41 70
520 610 1520 2220 4400
2300 2300 4300 4300 6000
0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2 0,2
Weight (g) 70 75 135 140 510
Complementary valves: shuttle, quick exhaust and check valves
GA
GB
GC
TYPE
G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4
G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 1/2 G 3/4
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 1/2
D3/4 D3/4B D3/2 D3/2B D3/15
Complementary valves: check and slide valves, distribution frames CHECK VALVES SERIES U
Symbol
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS U
MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA
Body Piston Seals Spring
Maximum pressure 12 bar Working temperature 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air) Fluid: Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 - G 1 CH
A
Q
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar (Nl/min)
13 19 19 27 50
15 21 21 30 50
34 48 48 66 110
19
21
48
Anodized aluminium Brass NBR rubber Stainless steel Weight (g) 25 75 75 170 1000
G
TYPE
70 700 725 2750 5100
Pmin (bar) 0,2 0,7 0,2 0,2 0,2
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/4 G 1/2 G1
U8 U4 U4/SM U2 U1
800
0,2
75
G 1/4
U4/SM2
3
SLIDE VALVES SERIES VC TECHNICAL DATA
MATERIALS Body Slide Seals
Operating pressure 1 ÷ 10 bar Working temperature 1 ÷ +60°C Fluid: Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Port size G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2 CH
B
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar (Nl/min)
D
14 17 22 27
25 30 35 40
700 1500 2200 3400
48 58 68 80
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS VC
Weight (g) 54 102 153 204
Nickel-plated brass Anodized aluminium NBR rubber G
TYPE
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
VC-01 VC-02 VC-03 VC-04
DISTRIBUTION FRAMES SERIES RX DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS RX
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size
12 bar 0 ÷ +80°C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2
MATERIALS Body B 31 40 50 50
Anodized aluminium alloy C 23 30 38 38
D 22 27 39 39
E 4,5 6,5 5,5 5,5
F 4 5 6 6
G 4,3 5,3 6,3 6,3
H 16 20 25 25
A G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
Weight (g) 35 70 130 115
TYPE RX8 RX4 RX3 RX2
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT RX8/6
2 HOLES Ø5.5
Complementary valves: check and slide valves, distribution frames
WEIGHT 110 g
3.31
EL
Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements
series
DESCRIPTION Pneumatic logic elements series "EL" are produced in the following No.5 basic functions: OR, AND, YES, NOT and MEMORY, with push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm, and the pressure indicator is on body valve as standard. These elements can be mounted both separately (line mounted thanks to the No.2 holes on body valve) than on manifold bracket. The pneumatic logic element NOT is a threshold component and the pressure triggering value is 0,6 bar (at 6 bar).
TECHNICAL DATA
3
Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Rated flow rate
1,5 ÷10 bar (OR, AND, YES, NOT0, MEMORY) 0 ÷ +60 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Push-in fittings for pipe Ø 4 mm 90 Nl/min
MATERIALS Body Bushing and guide Springs Seals Spool Connections
Anodized aluminium alloy Nickel - plated brass Stainless steel NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy Nickel - plated brass, plastic material
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELO4 (OR - logical sum)
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELA4 (AND - logical multiplication)
WEIGHT 40 g
3.32
Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements series EL
WEIGHT 40 g
EL
Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements
series
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELY4 (YES - affirmation)
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELN4 (NOT - negation)
3
WEIGHT 82 g
LOGIC ELEMENT - ELM4 (memory)
WEIGHT 82 g
BRACKET - ELSQ
No. 2 THROUGH HOLES Ă&#x2DC;4.5
WEIGHT 110 g
Complementary valves: pneumatic logic elements series EL
WEIGHT 30 g
3.33
UR
series
Complementary valves: flow regulators G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
DESCRIPTION Flow regulators series "UR" are produced in three different versions, unidirectional (type "URG") - bi-directional (type "URF"), to have a precision in-line regulation; unidirectional (type “URE”), when it’s necessary a standard in-line regulation with reduced dimensions, and in the silenced exhaust version (type “URS”). In-line precision flow regulators type “URG”-”URF” are available in different adjustment scale in the size G 1/8 (see the flow charts).
3 IN-LINE PRECISION FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URG - URF TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size
MATERIALS 12 bar 0 ÷ +80° C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/2
Turns of the needle
Turns of the needle
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 4/10
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/5
Turns of the needle
3.34
Anodized aluminium alloy NBR rubber Aluminium (stainless steel for “URG” - “URF 8/1”) Brass Brass
Flow rate (Nl/min)
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 8/1
Body Seals Regulation needle Needle guide Nuts
Turns of the needle
Complementary valves: flow regulators series UR
UR
Complementary valves: flow regulators G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS URG - URF
Flow rate (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART AT 6 BAR - UR 2/25
series
3 Turns of the needle
Symbol
ACC-SIM5
ACC-SIM6
Nominal diameter (mm) 0,9 2 5 7,2 12 0,9 2 5 7,2 12
Port size
TYPE
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
URG8/1 URG8/2 URG8/5 URG4/10 URG2/25 URF8/1 URF8/2 URF8/5 URF4/10 URF2/25
A 6 8,5 13
B M12x0,75 M15x0,75 M25x1,5
C 4 5,5 7
CH 14 17 30
D 12,5 17 22
E 31 40 65
F 4,5 6,5 8,5
I 4,3 5,25 6,25
L 34 42 69
N 16 20 35
O 15,5 20 32,5
S 65 84,5 127
Weight (g) 60 120 540
G G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
H 5,5 6 12,5
IN LINE STANDARD FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URE DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS URE Symbol
A 10 6,8
B M12x0.75 M12x0.75
I 4,5 4,3
L 31 40
N 16 26
C 3 3.5
CH 14 15
O1 8,5 14,5
O2 17 13,5
D 11 11
E 25 35
F1 7
F2 5 5
* S Weight (g) G 55 55 G 1/8 58,7 101 G 1/2
H 4 5 TYPE URE8 URE2
* THE NO. 2 FIXING HOLES FOR THESE SIZES ARE ALIGNED (SEE DIMENSION “F2”)
SILENCED EXHAUST FLOW REGULATORS TYPE URS TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS - URS 12 bar 0 ÷ +80 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 3/8 - G 1/2
MATERIALS Body Silencer Symbol
Brass Sintered bronze B 15,5 17,5 20 22,5
C 6 8 9 10,5
CH 12 16 20 26
Weight (g) 15 25 40 70
G G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8 G 1/2
TYPE URS8/3 URS4/5 URS3/7 URS2/9
Complementary valves: flow regulators series UR
3.35
WB
series
Complementary valves: block valves G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2
DESCRIPTION Block valves series “WB” are produced in the 2/2 - G 1/8, G 1/4 and G 1/2 monostable pneumatic functions in both the uni- and bi-directional versions. The working of the block valve consists in avoiding unexpected depressurisation of the cylinder’s chamber due to lack of compressed air at the piloting port. For a correct functioning of the block valves we suggest to mount them directly on the cylinder.
3
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure Minimum piloting pressure (at 10 bar ) Working temperature Fluid Port size Pneumating piloting port size Nominal diameter Flow rate at 6 bar (with ΔP = 1 bar )
MATERIALS
0 ÷ 10 bar G 1/8 = 2,5 bar G 1/4 = 4 bar G 1/2 = 5 bar 0 ÷ +70°C (with dry air -10°C) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
Control rod Body Spring End plug Seals Washer
Anodized aluminium alloy Anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel Nick-plated brass NBR rubber Brass
G 1/8 - G 1/4 - G 1/2 G 1/8 G 1/8 = 7 mm G 1/4 = 7 mm G 1/2 = 12 mm G 1/8 = 700 Nl/min G 1/4 = 700 Nl/min G 1/2 = 1900 Nl/min
WB8U - WB8B - WB4U - WB4B - WB2U - WB2B
UNIDIRECTIONAL
Symbol
A
B
C
H
I
31 40 50 31 40 50
16 20 25 16 20 25
47 57 69 47 57 69
21,5 26,5 34,5 21,5 26,5 34,5
11,5 15 18 11,5 15 18
BIDIRECTIONAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONNECTION 1 = INPUT 2 = CYLINDER 12 = PILOTING
3.36
Complementary valves: block valves series WB
P
Weight (g)
G
TYPE
G 1/8
61 120 220 61 120 220
G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 1/2
WB8U WB4U WB2U WB8B WB4B WB2B
XVF
Complementary valves: amplifier valves
series
DESCRIPTION The type “XVF4” identifies a 3/2 N.C. amplifier valve that changes low pressure signals into pneumatic signals (1 ÷ 8 bar). Valve type “XVF5” is instead a 3/2 N.O. amplifier valve that changes negative pneumatic signals into pneumatic signals (1 ÷ 7 bar). Both of them are suitable to pilot directly the valves series “UDS” and “UK” with the same mounting than solenoid valves series “UL”. For single mounting there is the sub-base type “XVB” (see on page 2.8) while for manifold mounting there are the bases type “ULP” (see on page 2.7).
TECHNICAL DATA Operating pressure
XVF4: 1 ÷ 8 bar XVF5: 1 ÷ 7 bar 0 ÷ +60 °C (-10 °C with dry air)
Working temperature Fluid Piloting pressure
3
MATERIALS
Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air
XVF4: 500 mbar XVF5: -500 mbar Maximum frequency 50 Hz Flow rate 500 Nl/min at 6 bar Controlled leakage consumption 1,4 Nl/min at 7 bar Piloting hole M5
Control rod Body Springs Seals Washer Fixing screws
Aluminium Anodized aluminium alloy Phosphor bronze NBR rubber Aluminium White galvanized steel
SPARE PARTS DIMENSIONS XVF
SEALS KIT XVF
XVF/SG/4-5
FLOW CHART XVF
Flow rate (Nl/min)
No. 4 HOLES FOR CONTROLLED LEAKAGE
Operating pressure (bar)
3 PORT Symbol
Function
Controls
Response times at 6 bar (ms) Actuation
Weight (g)
TYPE
Return
Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar (Nl/min)
Actuation
Return
3/2 N.C.
Pneumatic
Mechanical spring
26,64
38,42
500
10,5
XVF4
3/2 N.O.
Vacuum
Mechanical spring
21,14
32,66
500
10,5
XVF5
Complementary valves: amplifier valves series XVF
3.37
Index chapter 4
AIR TREATMENT
Series UZ Filter UZF G 1/8 - G 1/4 ............................................................................................................................................................................. page 4.3 Pressure reducer UZRR G 1/8 - G 1/4....................................................................................................................................................... page 4.4 Filter reducer UZRRM /F G 1/8 - G 1/4 ..................................................................................................................................................... page 4.5 Lubricator UZL G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.6 Soft - start valve UZAP G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.7 Shut - off valve UZVL G 1/4 ....................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.8 Accessories for series UZ .......................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.8 Filter reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4 .................................................................................................................................................... page 4.9 Filter + reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4 ................................................................................................................................................. page 4.10 Example of assembly UZ ........................................................................................................................................................................... page 4.11
Series EZ Filter EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .................................................................................................................................................................... page Pressure reducer EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................. page Filter reducer EZRR /F G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................... page Lubricator EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .......................................................................................................................................................... page Soft - start valve EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ............................................................................................................................................... page Shut - off valve EZVL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ................................................................................................................................................. page Accessories for series EZ.......................................................................................................................................................................... page Filter reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 .......................................................................................................................................... page Filter + reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 ....................................................................................................................................... page Example of assembly EZ ........................................................................................................................................................................... page
4.12 4.14 4.16 4.18 4.20 4.22 4.22 4.23 4.24 4.25
Series MA Air treatment accessories: pressure gauges .............................................................................................................................................. page 4.26
Series PR Air treatment accessories: digital/analog pressure switch series PRDA ................................................................................................... page 4.27 Air treatment accessories: diaphragm pressure switch series PRC-PRA ................................................................................................. page 4.28 Air treatment accessories: contacts exchange pressure switch series PRCA .......................................................................................... page 4.29
Air treatment
4.1
Waircom air treatment: overview Before using the air as fluid for
Besides these leading articles,
the majority of the components
the f-r-l can be assembled with
mentioned in the previous chapters,
soft start and shut-off valves.
this must be properly treated;
Even the f-r-l units have their own
for this reason Waircom offers these
accessories (pressure gauges and
two series of f-r-l (filters, regulators
switches) that fulfil Waircom offer.
and lubricators) with a range of sizes that goes from G 1/8” to G 1”.
4.2
Air treatment
UZ
Air treatment: filter UZF G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION Filters series "UZF" are produced with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4; they are available with various degrees of filtration and with manual or semi-automatic condensate drainage system. The techno-polymer bowls can carry a metallic protection or being entirely metallic (without visualization of level).
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Void fraction Condensate drainage system Max. condensate capacity Type of mounting Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request Manual or semi-automatic 9 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) Modular, in-line and wall-mounting M4x50
MATERIALS Body Bowl
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZF TYPE UZF8 UZF4
FA G 1/8 G 1/4
WEIGHT (g) 190
Filtering element Seals Baffle
Aluminium alloy Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request. Sintered polyethylene NBR rubber Acetal resin
Pressure Pressure drop drop (bar) (bar)
FLOW CHART - UZF
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
ORDER KEY UZF
SIZE
8
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
/20
20 µm
PM
Metallic protection
DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 /40
5 µm 40 µm
BOWL Transparent
Series Size Degree of filtration
TM
Metallic
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM Manual
/SS
Semi-automatic
Bowl Condensate drainage
SPARE PARTS Metallic protection Metallic bowl with manual drain Metallic bowl with semi-automatic drain Techno-polymer bowl with manual drain Techno-polymer bowl with semi-automatic drain Filter cartridge 5 µm Filter cartridge 20 µm Filter cartridge 40 µm
Air treatment: filter UZF
UZ/PM UZ/TM/R UZ/TM/R/SS UZF/SG/3 UZF/SG/3/SS UZF/SG/1 UZF/SG/2 UZF/SG/4
4.3
4
UZ
Air treatment: pressure reducer UZRR G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION Reducers series "UZRR" are produced in two different models: type UZRRH, fit for in-line or panel mounting and type UZRRM, fit for panel mounting or modular assembly (with filter and lubricator). Both the two models are available with different scales of regulation and with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Adjusting range (bar) Type of mounting Wall clamping screws
MATERIALS
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRM TYPE FA UZRRM8 G 1/8 UZRRM4 G 1/4
WEIGHT (g) 195
Body Bowl
Aluminium alloy Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request Sintered porous bronze NBR rubber Acetal resin
Filtering element Seals Baffle
FLOW CHART - UZRR
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRH TYPE UZRRH8 UZRRH4
FA G 1/8 G 1/4
Pressure drop (bar)
4
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 G 1/8 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 9 - 1,5 ÷ 12 Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting M4x50
WEIGHT (g) 120
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
ORDER KEY UZRR
MOUNTING TAPE
H
For panel mounting
M
Modular
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
/5 /12
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
SIZE
8
ADJUSTING RAGE
/3 /7 Series Mounting type Size Adjusting range
4.4
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 9 bar
1,5 ÷ 12 bar
P.S.: Reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes UZR...
SPARE PARTS Relieving kit adjustment Non-relieving kit adjustment
Air treatment: pressure reducer UZRR
UZRR/SG/6 UZR/SG/5
UZ
Air treatment: filter reducer UZRRM /F G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION Filter reducer series "UZRRM /F", produced with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4, combine the characteristics of the filters and of the pressure reducers series "UZ", thus optimising the overall dimensions.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Void fraction Condensate drainage system Max. condensate capacity Adjusting range (bar) Type of mounting Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 G 1/8 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request Manual or semi-automatic 9 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 9 - 1,5 ÷ 12 Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting M4x50
MATERIALS Body Bowl
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZRRM /F TYPE FA UZRRM8/F G 1/8 UZRRM4/F G 1/4
WEIGHT (g) 220
Filtering element Seals Baffle Closing plug Spring Knob Adjusting screw Diaphragm
Aluminium alloy Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request Sintered polyethylene NBR rubber Acetal resin Brass, NBR rubber Stainless steel Acetal resin Brass Brass, NBR rubber
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - UZRRM /F
SEMI-AUTOMATIC
SPARE PARTS See series “UZF” (on page 4.3) and “UZRR” (on page 4.4)
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
ORDER KEY UZRRM
SIZE
8
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
/5 /12
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
F20
20 µm
PM
Metallic protection
ADJUSTING RAGE
/3 /7
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 9 bar
1,5 ÷ 12 bar
DEGREE OF FILTRATION Series Size Adjusting range Degree of filtration Bowl Condensate drainage system
F5 F40
5 µm 40 µm
BOWL Trasparent
TM
Metallic
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM Manual
/SS
Semi-automatic
P.S.: Filters reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes UZRM...
Air treatment: filter reducer UZRRM /F
4.5
4
UZ
Air treatment: lubricator UZL G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION Lubricators series "UZL" are produced with connections G 1/8 and G 1/4; the techno-polymer bowls can carry a metallic protection or being entirely metallic (without visualization of level). For a correct lubrication it is advisable to set the drip rate in order to have a drop of oil (WAIRSOL class ISO22) every 300 - 500 Nl/min.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Bowl capacity Type of mounting Wall clamping screws Minimum striking flow rate
MATERIALS Body Bowl
Aluminium alloy Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection or entirely metallic bowl (without visualization of level) on request NBR rubber Acetal resin
Seals Conduits
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZL TYPE UZL8 UZL4
FA WEIGHT (g) G 1/8 175 G 1/4
FLOW CHART - UZL
Pressure drop (bar)
4
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 20 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) Modular, in-line and wall-mounting M4x50 20 Nl/min
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
ORDER KEY UZL
SIZE
8
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
M
Micro-oil mist
PM
Metallic protection
LUBRICATION Oil mist
BOWL Transparent
TM
Metallic
Series Size Lubrication Bowl
4.6
SPARE PARTS Metallic protection Metallic bowl Techno-polymer bowl Clear flow indicator
Air treatment: lubricator UZL
UZ/PM UZL/TM UZL/SG/3 UZL/SG/4
UZ
Air treatment: soft-start valve UZAP G 1/4
series
DESCRIPTION SOFT-START VALVE: soft-start valves series "UZAP" are produced with connection G 1/4 in the pneumatic and solenoid actuated versions. The working of the soft-start valve consists in feeding gradually air into the circuit with adjustable flow. When the pressure in the circuit reaches the 50 ÷ 60% of the upstream set pressure, the valve switches to full capacity, supplying the circuit with the maximum flow rate. AUTOMATIC SOFT-START VALVE: this valve, produced with connection G 1/4 in the 2/2 pneumatic version, even if cannot be modular assembled with the F-R-L of series “UZ”*, yet assures the same functionality of the soft-start valve above mentioned, and with the peculiarity of being “automatic”, not needing any kind of external pilot.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Piloting port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar Max. flow rate of the adjusting screw ot the filling time Type of mounting Wall clamping screws Piloting solenoid valve Coil Electric connector
10 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/4 G 1/8 500 Nl/min ( 750 Nl/min for type UZAP/A4) 300 Nl/min Modular*, in-line and wall-mounting M4x50 C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
4 MATERIALS Body Springs Pistons Seals
Anodized aluminium alloy Stainless steel Anodized aluminium alloy NBR rubber
ORDER KEY PILOT SYSTEM
UZAP
/R /A
/U
Pneumatic
Solenoid
Automatic
SIZE
4
G 1/4
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/A4 Series Pilot system Size
WEIGHT 170 g
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/R4
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZAP/U4
2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES 4.3
2 HOLES 4.3
ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES 4.2 2 HOLES 4.2
WEIGHT 365 g
Air treatment: soft-start valve UZAP
WEIGHT 400 g
4.7
UZ
series
Air treatment: shut - off valve UZVL G 1/4 and accessories
DESCRIPTION Shut - off valves series "UZVL" are produced with connection G 1/4 and they are fit to be locked in the exhaust position by means of a standard padlock.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar Type of mounting
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 1/4 1300 Nl/min Modular and in-line
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT UZVL/4 MATERIALS
4
Body Seals Slider
Anodized aluminium alloy NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy
2 HOLES 5.1
WEIGHT 150 g
ACCESSORIES MOUNTING BRACKET UZRHS
INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE UZPR4 (screws included)
2 HOLES 5.2
WEIGHT 20 g
ASSEMBLY SCREWS Assembly screws F+R+L Assembly screws FR+L Assembly screws F+L Assembly screws FR+L+AP - R+L+AP Assembly screws FR+AP - R+AP Assembly screws VL+F+R Assembly screws VL+FR - VL+R
4.8
WEIGHT 90 g
WALL CLAMPING SCREWS UZ/SVG UZ/SVG/1 UZ/SVG/2 UZAP/SVG UZAP/SVG/1 UZVL/SVG UZVL/SVG/1
Clamping screws F-FR-R-L-AP
Air treatment: shut - off valve UZVL and accessories
UZ/SVG/P
UZ
Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4
series
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 G 1/8 260 Nl/min M4x50
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT FR+L
4
WEIGHT 415 g
ORDER KEY UZRRM
SIZE
8
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
/5 /12
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
F20
20 µm
LM
Micro-oil mist
/PM
Metallic protection
ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 /7
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 9 bar
1,5 ÷ 12 bar
DEGREE OF FILTRATION Series Size Adjusting range Degree of filtration Lubrication Bowl Condensate drainage system
F5 F40
5 µm 40 µm
LUBRICATION
L
Oil mist (standard)
BOWL Transparent
/TM
Metallic
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM Manual
/SS
Semi-automatic
P.S.: Filters reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes UZRM...
Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator series UZ
4.9
UZ
series
Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator G 1/8 - G 1/4
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 1/8 - G 1/4 G 1/8 220 Nl/min M4x50
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT F+R+L
4
WEIGHT 610 g
ORDER KEY UZF
SIZE
8
G 1/8
4
G 1/4
/20
20 µm
DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 /40
5 µm 40 µm
ADJUSTING RANGE Series Size Adjusting range Degree of filtration Lubrication Bowl Condensate drainage system
RR3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar RR7 0,8 ÷ 9 bar
RR5 0,4 ÷ 4 bar RR12 1,5 ÷ 12 bar
LUBRICATION
L
Oil mist (standard)
LM
Micro-oil mist
/PM
Metallic protection
BOWL Trasparente
/TM
Metallica
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM Manual
/SS
Semi-automatic
P.S.: Filters + reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the adjusting range becomes “R” (rather than “RR”)
4.10
Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator series UZ
UZ
Air treatment: example of assembly
series
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE
4
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER + REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE
Air treatment: example of assembly series UZ
4.11
EZ
Air treatment: filter EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION Filters series "EZF" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1; they are available with various degrees of filtration and with manual, semi-automatic or automatic condensate drainage system (except the size G 3/8). The techno-polymer bowls have a metallic protection as standard for the sizes G 1/2 and G 1, and made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for the size G 3/8.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Void fraction
Max. condensate capacity
Type of mounting Wall clamping screws
Filtering element Seals Baffle
FLOW CHART - EZF G 1/2
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - EZF G 1
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
4.12
Aluminium alloy G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of glass stiffened polyamide on request) G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection as standard G 3/8 - G 1/2: Sintered polyethylene G 1: Sintered porus bronze NBR rubber Acetal resin
Pressure drop (bar)
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - EZF G 3/8
MATERIALS Body Bowl
Pressure drop (bar)
4
Condensate drainage system
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 3/8 - G 1/2: 20 µm standard; 5 µm or 40 µm on request G 1: 40 µm standard G 3/8: Manual or semi-automatic G 1/2 - G 1: Manual, semi-automatic or automatic G 3/8 = 23 cm3 G 1/2 = 58 cm3 G 1 = 105 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) Modular, in-line and wall-mounting G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90
Air treatment: filter EZF
EZ
EZF G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series ORDER KEY SIZE
EZF
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
/20
20 µm
PM
Protection**
G1
DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 /40
5 µm* 40 µm
BOWL Transparent
Series Size
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Degree of filtration
/SM Manual /SA Automatic***
Bowl Condensate drainage system
/SS
Semi-automatic
* Available only for sizes 3 and 2 ** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3 *** Available only for sizes 2 and 1
SPARE PARTS DESCRIPTION Bowl protection Techno-polymer bowl with manual drainage system* Techno-polymer bowl with semi-automatic drainage system* Techno-polymer bowl with automatic drainage system* Filter cartridge 5 µm Filter cartridge 20 µm Filter cartridge 40 µm
SIZE 2 EZT/F2/PM/SM EZT/F2/PM/SS EZT/F2/PM/SA EZ2/5 EZ2/20 EZ2/40
3 EZ3/PM EZT/F3/SM EZT/F3/SS EZ3/5 EZ3/20 EZ3/40
1 EZ1/PM EZT/F1/SM EZT/F1/SS EZT/F1/SA EZ1/20 EZ1/40
* The bowls size 2 are supplied with metallic protection as standard
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZF
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL - SEMI-AUTOMATIC - AUTOMATIC
SIZE
DA
DB
DC
FA
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
LA
LB
LC
3 2 1
4,5 5,5 6,6
G 1/8 Ø 4,3 G 1/8
Ø 6,5 Ø 6,5
G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
142 159 218
21 26 31
52 55 76
6 8,5 9
146 170 222
168 213
55 65 85
50 65 82
40 49 60
Air treatment: filter EZF
WEIGHT (g) 390 415 1815
4.13
4
EZ
series
Air treatment: pressure reducer EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
DESCRIPTION Pressure reducers series "EZRR" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1; they are available with different scales of regulation and can be supplied without the relieving seal on request.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Adjusting range (bar) Type of mounting Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G1 G 1/8 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 8 Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90
MATERIALS
4
Body Closing plug Spring Knob Adjusting screw Diaphragm
FLOW CHART - EZRR G 1/2
Pressure drop (bar)
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - EZRR G 3/8
Aluminium alloy Brass, NBR rubber Stainless steel Acetal resin Brass Brass, friction
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - EZRR G 1
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
4.14
Air treatment: pressure reducer EZRR
EZ
EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series ORDER KEY SIZE
EZRR
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
/5
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
G1
ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 /7
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 8 bar
P.S.: Reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes “EZR...”
Series
SPARE PARTS
Size
Relieving kit adjustment size 3 Relieving kit adjustment size 2 Relieving kit adjustment size 1
Adjusting range
EZRR3/SG/6 EZRR2/SG/6 EZRR1/SG/6
4
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZRR
SIZE
DA
FA
FB
FC
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
LA
LB
LC
3 2 1
4,5 5,5 6,6
G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
M30x1,5 M40x1,5 -
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
99 127 194,5
21 26 31
48 55 76
6 8,5 9
4 7 -
6 10,5 14
55 65 85
50 65 82
40 49 60
Air treatment: pressure reducer EZRR
WEIGHT (g) 450 465 2385
4.15
EZ
series
Air treatment: filter reducer EZRR /F G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
DESCRIPTION Filters reducers series "EZRR/F", produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1, combine the characteristics of the filters and of the pressure reducers series "EZ", thus optimizing the overall dimensions.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Void fraction
MATERIALS Body Bowl
Aluminium alloy G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of glass stiffened polyamide on request) G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection as standard G 3/8 - G 1/2: Sintered polyethylene G 1: Sintered porus bronze NBR rubber Acetal resin Brass, NBR rubber Stainless steel Acetal resin Brass Brass, friction
Filtering element Seals Baffle Closing plug Spring Knob Adjusting screw Diaphragm
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 3/8
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 1/2
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
4.16
FLOW CHART - EZRR /F G 1
Pressure drop (bar)
Pressure drop (bar)
4
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 1/8 G 3/8 - G 1/2: 20 µm standard, 5 µm and 40 µm on request G 1: 40 µm standard Condensate drainage G 3/8: Manual or semi-automatic system G 1/2 - G 1: Manual, semi-automatic or automatic Max. condensate capacity G 3/8 = 23 cm3 G 1/2 = 58 cm3 G 1 = 105 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) Adjusting range (bar) 0,2 ÷ 2 - 0,4 ÷ 4 - 0,8 ÷ 8 Type of mounting Modular, in-line, wall and panel mounting Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
Air treatment: filter reducer EZRR /F
EZ
EZRR G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series ORDER KEY SIZE
EZRR
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
/5
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
F20
20 µm
PM
Protection**
G1
ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 /7
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 8 bar
DEGREE OF FILTRATION Size
F5 F40
Adjusting range
BOWL
Series
5 µm* 40 µm
Trasparent
Degree of filtation Bowl
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
Condensate drainage system
/SM Manuale /SA Automatic***
/SS
4
Semi-automatic
* Available only for sizes 3 and 2 ** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3 *** Available only for sizes 2 and 1 P.S.: Filters reducers can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes “EZR...”
SPARE PARTS See series “EZF” (on page 4.13) and “EZRR” (on page 4.15)
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZRR /F
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM: MANUAL - SEMI-AUTOMATIC - AUTOMATIC
SIZE 3 2 1
DA 4,5 5,5 6,6
DB G 1/8 Ø 4,3 G 1/8
DC Ø 6,5 Ø 6,5
FA G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
FB M30x1,5 M40x1,5 -
FC G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/8
HA 193 231 337
HB 21 26 31
HC 52 55 76
SIZE
HE
HF
HG
HH
HI
LA
LB
LC
3 2 1
4 7 -
6 10,5 14
99 127 194,5
197 242 341
240 332
55 65 85
50 65 82
40 42 60
WEIGHT (g) 550 610 2790
Air treatment: filter reducer EZRR /F
HD 6 8,5 9
4.17
EZ
Air treatment: lubricator EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
DESCRIPTION Lubricators series "EZL" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1; the techno-polymer bowls have a metallic protection as standard for the sizes G 1/2 and G 1, and made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for the size G 3/8. For a correct lubrication it is advisable to set the drip rate in order to have a drop (WAIRSOL class ISO22) every 300 - 500 Nl/min. (oil mist lubrication).
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Bowl capacity
Aluminium alloy G 3/8: Transparent techno-polymer (protection made of glass stiffened polyamide on request) G 1/2 - G 1: Transparent techno-polymer with metallic protection as standard NBR rubber Acetal resin
Seals Conduits
FLOW CHART - EZL G 1/2
Pressure drop (bar)
Pressure drop (bar)
FLOW CHART - EZL G 3/8
MATERIALS Body Bowl
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
FLOW CHART - EZL G 1
Pressure drop (bar)
4
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 3/8 = 32 cm3 G 1/2 = 76 cm3 G 1 = 160 cm3 (do not exceed the level gauge) Type of mounting Modular, in-line and wall-mounting Wall clamping screws G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90 Minimum striking flow rate G 3/8 = 25 Nl/min G 1/2 = 25 Nl/min G 1 = 50 Nl/min
Flow rate at 8 bar (Nl/min)
4.18
Air treatment: lubricator EZL
EZ
EZL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series ORDER KEY SIZE
EZL
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
PM
Protection*
G1
BOWL Transparent
LEVEL GAUGE Series Size
/CA
Open electric contact when oil is present with 2 wires cable 0,5 m length
/CC
Closed electric contact when oil is present with 2 wires cable 0,5 m length
* Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3 P.S.: Level gauge, in both the open and closed electric contact, is fed with a voltage range from 6 V to 50 V
Bowl Level gauge
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZL
4
SPARE PARTS Lubricator bowl size 3 Lubricator bowl size 2* Lubricator bowl size 1 Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 3 Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 2* Lubricator bowl for level gauge size 1 Protection made of glass stiffened nylon size 3 Metallic protection size 1 Lubricator clear cover size 3 Lubricator clear cover size 2 Lubricator clear cover size 1 Level gauge with open electric contact size 3 Level gauge with open electric contact size 2* Level gauge with open electric contact size 1
EZT/L3 EZT/L2/PM EZT/L1 EZT/L3/SLC EZT/L2/PM/SLC EZT/L1/SLC EZ3/PM EZ1/PM EZL3/C EZL2/C EZL1/C EZT/L3/SLA EZT/L2/PM/SLA EZT/L1/SLA
* Bowls size 2 are supplied with the metallic protection as standard
SIZE
DA
FA
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
LA
LB
LC
3 2 1
4,5 5,5 6,6
G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
157,5 186,7 243,5
21 26 31
52 55 76
6 8,5 9
121 149,7 201
55 65 85
50 65 82
40 49 60
Air treatment: lubricator EZL
WEIGHT (g) 370 400 1780
4.19
EZ
series
Air treatment: soft-start valve EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
DESCRIPTION Soft - start valves series "EZAP" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1 in the pneumatic and solenoid actuated versions. The working of the soft-start valves consists in feeding gradually air into the circuit with adjustable flow. When the pressure in the circuit reaches the 50 ÷ 60% of the upstream set pressure, the valve switches to full capacity, supplying the circuit with the maximum flow rate.
TECHNICAL DATA
4
Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar Max. flow rate of the adjusting screw of the filling time Type of mounting Wall clamping screws Piloting solenoid valve Coil Electric connector
10 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10°C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 3/8 = 1000 Nl/min G 1/2 = 1650 Nl/min G 1 = 4000 Nl/min G 3/8 = 400 Nl/min G 1/2 = 500 Nl/min G 1 = 500 Nl/min Modular, in-line and wall-mounting G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 M6x90 G 1: C/USCSVP - see chapter Direct acting solenoid valves on page 2.11 USB - see chapter Coils on page 2.14 USR 102/N9 - see chapter Connectors on page 2.15
MATERIALS Body Springs Pistons Seals
Aluminium alloy Stainless steel Aluminium alloy NBR rubber
ORDER KEY EZAP
PILOT SYSTEM
/R
Pneumatic
/U
Solenoid
SIZE
3 1
G 3/8 G1
Series Pilot system Size
4.20
Air treatment: soft-start valve EZAP
2
G 1/2
EZ
EZAP G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /R
2 HOLES DB
2 HOLES FC
2 HOLES FD
ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES DA
SIZE
DA
DB
FA
FB
FC
FD
FE
HA
HB
HC
3 2
4,5 5,5
5,1 6,5
G 3/8 G 1/2
G 1/8 G 3/8
M6
M6 M6
G 1/8 G 1/8
68 82,5
28,8 35
56,5 71
SIZE
HD
HE
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
3 2
28,8 27,5
15
70 85
50 65
51,5 62
35 46
20 23,5
12 17
WEIGHT (g) 505 985
4
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /U
2 HOLES DB
2 HOLES FC
2 HOLES FD
ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES DA
SIZE
DA
DB
FA
FB
FC
FD
HA
HB
HC
HD
3 2
4,5 5,5
5,1 6,5
G 3/8 G 1/2
G 1/8 G 3/8
M6
M6 M6
122,5 137
28,8 35
56,5 71
28,8 27,5
SIZE
HE
HF
LA
LB
LC
LD
LE
LF
LG
3 2
15
115,5 126
70 85
50 65
51,5 62
35 46
20 23,5
12 17
79,5 87
WEIGHT (g) 540 1020
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /R1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZAP /U1
2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES Ø6
2 HOLES M5
2 HOLES Ø6
ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING ADJUSTING SCREW OF THE PROGRESSIVE FILLING
2 HOLES Ø6.5
2 HOLES Ø6.5
WEIGHT 2450 g
Air treatment: soft-start valve EZAP
WEIGHT 2550 g
4.21
EZ
Air treatment: shut-off valve EZVL G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 and accessories
series
DESCRIPTION Shut - off valves series "EZVL" are produced with connections G 3/8, G 1/2 and G 1 and they are fit to be locked in the exhaust position by means of a standard padlock.
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Flow rate at 6 bar P=1 bar
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Filtered, lubricated and unlubricated compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 3/8 = 2400 Nl/min G 1/2 = 3150 Nl/min G 1/2 = 4250 Nl/min Modular and in-line
Type of mounting
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS EZVL
MATERIALS
4
Body Seals Slider
Anodized aluminium alloy NBR rubber Anodized aluminium alloy
2 HOLES DA
TYPE
DA
DB
FA
HA
HB
HC
HD
HE
HF
LA
LB
LC
LD
EZVL/3 EZVL/2 EZVL/1
5,5 6,5 6,1
4,2 4,2 4,2
G 3/8 G 1/2 G1
50 50 60
25 28 30
15 -
36 32 34
15 15 15
21 20 22
50 65 80
39 43 60
35 46 60
25 25 25
WEIGHT (g) 260 370 700
ACCESSORIES MOUNTING BRACKET G 3/8 - UZRHS (see drawing on page 4.8)
INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 3/8 - EZPA3/3 (screws included)
MOUNTING BRACKET G 1/2 - EZS2/3
2 HOLES 5.5
WEIGHT 110 g
INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 1/2 - EZPA2/3
(screws included)
WEIGHT 105 g
ASSEMBLY SCREWS DESCRIPTION Assembly screws F+R+L Assembly screws FR+L Assembly screws F+L Assembly screws FR+L+AP - R+L+AP Assembly screws FR+AP - R+AP Assembly screws VL+F+R Assembly screws VL+FR - VL+R
3 EZ3/SVG EZ3/SVG/1 EZ3/SVG/2 EZAP3/SVG EZAP3/SVG/1 EZVL3/SVG EZVL3/SVG/1
SIZE 2 EZ2/SVG
EZAP2/SVG EZAP2/SVG/1 EZVL2/SVG EZVL2/SVG/1
1 EZ1/SVG EZ1/SVG/1 EZ1/SVG/2 EZAP1/SVG EZAP1/SVG/1 EZVL1/SVG EZVL1/SVG/1
SIZE 2 EZ/SVG/P2
1 EZ/SVG/P1
EZ2/SVG/1
2 HOLES 6.5
WEIGHT 160 g
INTERMEDIATE AIR INTAKE G 1 - EZPA1/3 (screws included)
WALL CLAMPING SCREWS DESCRIPTION Clamping screws F-FR-R-L-AP
3 EZ/SVG/P3
2 HOLES 6.5
4.22
Air treatment: shut-off valve EZVL and accessories
WEIGHT 420 g
EZ
Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar
Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 1/8 G 3/8 = 680 Nl/min G 1/2 = 1200 Nl/min G 1/2 = 2300 Nl/min G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90 1
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS FR+L
4
SIZE
HA
HB
LA
LB
3 2 1
193 231 337
52 55 76
107 130 167
50 65 82
WEIGHT (g) 940 1065 4695
ORDER KEY EZRR
SIZE
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
/5
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
F20
20 µm
LCA
Oil mist, N.O. electric contact
/PM
Protection**
G1
ADJUSTING RANGE
/3 /7
0,2 ÷ 2 bar 0,8 ÷ 8 bar
DEGREE OF FILTRATION Series Size Adjusting range Degree of filtration Lubrication Bowl Condensate drainage system
F5 F40
5 µm* 40 µm
LUBRICATION
L Oil mist (standard) LCC Oil mist, N.C. electric contact BOWL Transparent
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
/SM Manual /SA Automatic***
/SS
Semi-automatic
*** Available only for sizes 3 and 2 *** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3 *** Available only for sizes 2 and 1 P.S.: Filters reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the series becomes “EZR...”
Air treatment: filter reducer + lubricator
4.23
EZ
Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1
series
TECHNICAL DATA Maximum pressure Working temperature Fluid Port size Pressure gauge port size Flow rate at 6 bar P = 1 bar Wall clamping screws
16 bar 0 ÷ +50 °C (–10 °C with dry air) Compressed air G 3/8 - G 1/2 - G 1 G 1/8 G 3/8 = 680 Nl/min G 1/2 = 1200 Nl/min G 1/2 = 2300 Nl/min G 3/8: M4x60 G 1/2: M5x70 G 1: M6x90
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS F+R+L
4
SIZE
HA
HB
LA
LB
3 2 1
193 231 337
52 55 76
159 195 249
50 65 82
WEIGHT (g) 1260 1345 6080
ORDER KEY EZF
SIZE
3 1
G 3/8
2
G 1/2
/20
20 µm
RR5
0,4 ÷ 4 bar
LCA
Oil mist, N.O. electric contact
/PM
Protection**
G1
DEGREE OF FILTRATION
/5 /40
5 µm* 40 µm
ADJUSTING RANGE Series Size Degree of filtration Adjusting range Lubrication Bowl Condensate drainage system
RR3 0,2 ÷ 2 bar RR7 0,8 ÷ 8 bar LUBRICATION
L Oil mist (standard) LCC Oil mist, N.C. electric contact BOWL Transparent
CONDENSATE DRAINAGE SYSTEM
/SM Manual /SA Automatic***
/SS
Semi-automatic
*** Available only for sizes 3 and 2 *** Metallic as standard for sizes 2 and 1, made of glass stiffened polyamide on request for size 3 *** Available only for sizes 2 and 1 P.S.: Filters + reducers + lubricators can be supplied without the relieving seal on request; the adjusting range becomes “R” (rather than “RR”)
4.24
Air treatment: filter + reducer + lubricator
EZ
Air treatment: example of assembly
series
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE
4
SHUT-OFF VALVE + FILTER + REDUCER + LUBRICATOR + SOFT-START VALVE
Air treatment: example of assembly series EZ
4.25
MA
Air treatment accessories: pressure gauges Ø 40 - 50 - 63 - 100
series
DESCRIPTION Pressure gauges allow sensing the pressure in the pneumatic circuits. They are suitable to be applied directly on the pressure regulator or for panel mounting and they are avalailable in the versions: axial (MA), radial (MR), with flange (MF) and with bracket (MP), in the bore 40 - 50 - 63 - 100.
TECHNICAL DATA
4
Operating pressure Working temperature Fluid Accuracy Dial Port size Fixing
0 ÷ 1 bar - 0 ÷ 4 bar - 0 ÷ 6 bar - 0 ÷ 12 bar 0 ÷ +70 °C (-20 °C with dry air) Filtered, unlubricated or continuous lubricated compressed air Cl. 1.6 (DIN 16005 EN 837-1) Ø 40 - 50 - 63 - 100 G 1/8 - G 1/4 Type MA - Direct axial mounting Type MR - Direct radial mounting Type MF - Panel mounting with flange Type MP - Panel mounting with bracket
AXIAL GAUGES TYPE MA
G G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8
A 40 52 63 100
C Ch 24 12 28 14 29,5 14 36 17
E 40 52 54 65
G G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8
4.26
A 40,5 45 46,5 61 D 61 74,5 84,7 132
B 25,5 29 30 30
0 ÷ 1 bar MA 4/1 MA 5/1 MA 6/1 -
0 ÷ 1 bar MF 4/1 MF 5/1 MF 6/1 -
C 4 4 5,5 5
Type MA - Black ABS Type MR - Black ABS Type MF - Black painted steel Type MP - Galvanized steel Kostil Brass Copper Brass White ABS
Gauge crystal Port Spring Movement Dial
RADIAL GAUGES TYPE MR
TYPE 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar MA 4/4 MA 4/6 MA 5/4 MA 5/6 MA 6/4 MA 6/6 -
0 ÷ 12 bar MA 4/12 MA 5/12 MA 6/12 MA 10/12
AXIAL GAUGES WITH FLANGE TYPE MF
G G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4 G 3/8
MATERIALS Case
Ch 11 14 14 17
D 61 74,5 84,7 132
TYPE 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar MF 4/4 MF 4/6 MF 5/4 MF 5/6 MF 6/4 MF 6/6 -
E 51 60 75 118
WEIGHT (g) 48 75 90 230
G A G 1/8 40 G 1/8 51 G 1/4 63 G 3/8 100
C Ch 24 12 28 14 29,5 14 36 17
E 37 48 54 78
0 ÷ 1 bar MR 4/1 MR 5/1 MR 6/1 -
TYPE 0 ÷ 4 bar 0 ÷ 6 bar MR 4/4 MR 4/6 MR 5/4 MR 5/6 MR 6/4 MR 6/6 -
0 ÷ 12 bar MR 4/12 MR 5/12 MR 6/12 MR 10/12
AXIAL GAUGES WITH BRACKET TYPE MP
F 40,5 52,5 63,7 100,5
0 ÷ 12 bar MF 4/12 MF 5/12 MF 6/12 MF 10/12
H 3,6 3,6 3,6 6 WEIGHT (g) 82 120 150 250
G
A
B
C
Ch
D
E
F
G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4
43 46 48
21 23 23
5 6 6
12 14 14
43 55,5 63,8
28 35 43
39 49 59
G G 1/8 G 1/8 G 1/4
D 43 55,5 63,8
0 ÷ 1 bar MP 4/1 MP 5/1 MP 6/1
TYPE 0 ÷ 4 bar MP 4/4 MP 5/4 MP 6/4
Air treatment accessories: pressure gauges series MA
0 ÷ 6 bar MP 4/6 MP 5/6 MP 6/6
0 ÷ 12 bar MP 4/12 MP 5/12 MP 6/12
WEIGHT (g) 82 120 150
WEIGHT (g) 42 68 84 230
PR
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches
series
DIGITAL/ANALOG PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRDA This series of switches has been expressly designed for the pressure detection of a wide range of fluids with elevate accuracy and resolution. This series has both digital and/or analog outputs and an integrated display with a frontal interface including three buttons to programme different functions (all described in the documentation that goes with the item) among which: - setting the unit of measurement of the pressure; - managing the outputs No.1 and No.2, depending on the set pressures. This pressure switch, thanks to the very compact dimensions and to the 3 1⁄2 digit led display, is a very versatile item and suitable for the majority of the applications with not corrosive and incombustible gases, and with air. It is supplied completed with front protection cover and panel mounting system type SFPR.
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Operating/setting pressure Power supply voltage Fluid Max. load current Average current consumption Protection class Response time Display accuracy Analog output Linearity analog output Display resolution Switch output Unit of measurement Hysteresis
0 ÷ +50 °C -1 ÷ 10 bar (0 ÷ 10 bar recommended) 12 ÷ 24 V DC, ripple (P-P) 10% or less air; not corrosive and incombustible gases 80 mA 55 mA IP 50 < 2.5 ms < ± 2% F.S. ± 1 digit with ambient temperature of 25 ± 3 °C 1 ÷ 5 V < ± 2.5% ± 1% F.S. 3 1⁄2 digit 7 segments LED (sampling frequency: 5 Hz) PNP; (NPN on request) kPa, MPa, Bar, Psi Manually adjustable between the 1 to 10% of the rated pressure, or automatically arranged approximately to the 3% F.S.
MATERIALS Parts in contact with measured fluid Lead wire Electric connections
Carbon steel 5-conductors oil-proof cable Brown: DC + Blue: DC Black: OUT 1 White: OUT 2 Orange: Analog output
INTERNAL CIRCUIT AND WIRING PNP
MAIN CIRCUIT
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT PRDA
4
Orange Black White Blue
WEIGHT 135 g
PROTECTION COVER AND PANEL MOUNTING SYSTEM SFPR*
Brown Analog Output
TOTAL DIMENSIONS WITH SFPR
FRONTAL INTERFACE PRDA
* SUPPLIED AS STANDARD WITH PRESSURE SWITCHES SERIES PRDA
3½ DIGIT LED
RED LED
Displays: current pressure current mode error mode
Displays OUT 2 switch output status Lights up when ON
GREEN LED
SET BUTTON
Displays OUT 1 switch output status Lights up when ON
Use this button to change the mode or set value
UP BUTTON
DOWN BUTTON
Use this button to change the mode or set value
Use this button to change the mode or set value
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR
4.27
PR
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches
series
FIXING BRACKETS STPR (pair)
4
DIAPHRAGM PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRC-PRA TECHNICAL DATA Max. switched voltage Max. switched current Max. fluid temperature Adjusting range Static overpressure Tolerance at 20°C Max. number of insertions
MATERIALS Body Diaphragm Fixed contact Moving contact
48 V AC - DC 0,5 A 80 ÷ 120 °C 1 ÷ 10 bar 80 bar 0,5 200 per minute
PRC - PRA
CONNECTOR (protection class IP54) - CN/PR54
WEIGHT 70 g
Symbol N.C.
Symbol N.O.
4.28
Brass FPM (Viton®) Silver Phosphorous bronze with silver contact
CONNECTOR (protection class IP65) - CN/PR65
WEIGHT 15 g
Size
L1
L2
TYPE
G 1/8 G 1/4
10 12
51 53
PRC8 PRC4
Size
L1
L2
TYPE
G 1/8 G 1/4
10 12
51 53
PRA8 PRA4
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR
WEIGHT 15 g
PR
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches
series
CONTACTS EXCHANGE PRESSURE SWITCH SERIES PRCA PRCA
TECHNICAL DATA Max. switched voltage Max. switched current Max. fluid temperature Protection class Adjusting range Static overpressure Tolerance at 20°C Differential Max. number of insertion Connector (included)
250 V AC - DC 5A 100 °C IP 65 0,5 ÷ 10 bar 150 bar 0,2 15 - 30% of setting value 200 per minute ULR4P
MATERIALS Body Electric box Diaphragm
Passivated steel Anodized aluminium alloy FPM (Viton®)
4 WEIGHT 180 g
Symbol N.C. / N.O.
Size
L1
L2
L3
TYPE*
G 1/8 G 1/4
10 12
56 53
74 76
PRCA8 PRCA4
* These switches can rotate of 360°
Air treatment accessories: pressure switches series PR
4.29
FITTINGS AND TUBES
Index chapter 5 Series RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings ................................................................................................................................................................. page
5.3
Series RO Push-in brass fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................. page 5.12
Series RS Standard fittings ......................................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.25
Series RC Push-on brass fittings ................................................................................................................................................................................ page 5.36
Series VS Mini ball valves ........................................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.46
Silencers............................................................................................................................................................................................ page
5.48
Series T Polyurethane tubes (PU 98 ShA)................................................................................................................................................................ page 5.49 Polyamide tubes (PA12) ............................................................................................................................................................................. page 5.50 Polyethylene tubes (LDPE) ......................................................................................................................................................................... page 5.51
Fittings and tubes
5.1
Waircom tubes & ďŹ ttings: overview Tubes and ďŹ ttings: these were
Similarly extensive is the Waircom
missing to supply an actual complete
offer for the tubes, referring to both
service to all our customers. Now
the sizes and the materials used,
they are here too and they are able
in order to covering the widest
to satisfy the different needs of a
possible pneumatic applications.
more and more dynamic market. So, together with the push-in ďŹ ttings (made in both techno-polymer or brass), Waircom offers the push-on and the standard ones, the mini-ball valves and a family of silencers.
5.2
Fittings
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA Body material Thread Seal Clamp Size Fluid Working temperature Operating pressure Negative pressure Max. pressure Recommended tubes materials
Acetal resin Metric and parallel NBR rubber Stainless steel M5 ÷ G 1/2 Air, vacuum 0 ÷ 60 °C 0 - 10 bar -750 mmHg (-1 bar) 15 bar Polyamide and Polyurethane
5
STRAIGHT MALE TYPE RT-DM-4/M5 RT-DM-6/M5 RT-DM-4/01 RT-DM-4/02 RT-DM-6/01 RT-DM-6/02 RT-DM-8/01 RT-DM-8/02 RT-DM-8/03 RT-DM-8/04 RT-DM-10/02 RT-DM-10/03 RT-DM-10/04 RT-DM-12/03 RT-DM-12/04 RT-DM-14/03 RT-DM-16/04
L 19,3 20,7 19,5 18,1 20,7 22,1 25,1 23,5 21,1 25,1 29,3 26,8 25,1 29,6 30,6 37,5 40
A 14 15 14,6 14,6 15,2 15,2 16,2 16,2 16,2 16,2 18,7 18,7 18,7 21,7 21,7 24,5 24,5
B 4 4 5,5 7,5 5,5 7,5 5,5 7,5 8,5 11 7,5 8,5 11 8,5 11 8,5 11
ØD 4 6 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 16 16
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 M5 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
CH 10 12 14 17 14 17 14 17 20 24 17 20 24 21 24 24 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
A 14,6 15,2 15,2 16,2 16,2 16,2 18,7 18,7 21,7 21,7
B 7 7 10 7 10 11 10 11 11 13
ØD 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
G G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 10 12 12 14 14 14 17 17 20 20
CH 14 14 17 14 17 21 17 21 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
STRAIGHT FEMALE TYPE RT-DF-4/01 RT-DF-6/01 RT-DF-6/02 RT-DF-8/01 RT-DF-8/02 RT-DF-8/03 RT-DF-10/02 RT-DF-10/03 RT-DF-12/03 RT-DF-12/04
L 23,5 24,4 27,4 25,1 28,1 29,1 30,5 31,5 34,6 36,6
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
5.3
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
series
SWIVELLING ELBOW MALE TYPE RT-G-4/M5 RT-G-6/M5 RT-G-4/01 RT-G-4/02 RT-G-6/01 RT-G-6/02 RT-G-8/01 RT-G-8/02 RT-G-8/03 RT-G-8/04 RT-G-10/02 RT-G-10/03 RT-G-10/04 RT-G-12/03 RT-G-12/04 RT-G-16/04
5
L 18 18 24,5 27 25,7 28,2 29 31,5 33 37 35,8 37,3 41,3 39 45,5 45,5
A 16 20 17,7 17,7 19,3 19,3 22,8 22,8 22,8 22,8 27,6 27,6 27,6 29,6 33 33
B 4 4 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 8,5 11 7.5 8.5 11 8.5 11 11
C 13 16 15,1 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 24.5 24,6
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 5,1 5,1
ØD 4 6 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 17
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2
CH 8 8 14 17 14 17 14 17 20 24 17 20 24 21 24 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
A 18 20 17,7 17,7 19,3 19,3 19,3 22,8 22,8 22,8 27,6 27,6 27,6 29,6 29,6
B 4 4 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5 11 8.5 11
C 17 19 15,1 15,1 16 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
Ød 6 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2
ØD 4 6 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 11 13 11 11 13 13 13 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21
CH 10 12 14 17 14 17 20 14 17 20 17 20 24 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
ØD 4 6 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
E 23,5 24,5 25,5 26 28,5 29 31,5 33 36,5 38 42 39 43
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 11 13 11 13 13 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21
CH 10 12 14 14 17 14 17 20 17 20 24 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
SWIVELLING LONG ELBOW MALE TYPE RT-GL-4/M5 RT-GL-6/M5 RT-GL-4/01 RT-GL-4/02 RT-GL-6/01 RT-GL-6/02 RT-GL-6/03 RT-GL-8/01 RT-GL-8/02 RT-GL-8/03 RT-GL-10/02 RT-GL-10/03 RT-GL-10/04 RT-GL-12/03 RT-GL-12/04
L 35 37 35,5 39 39,2 42,2 43,7 44,3 46,8 48,4 56,3 57,3 60,8 62,5 65,5
SWIVELLING CENTRAL TEE TYPE RT-TC-4/M5 RT-TC-6/M5 RT-TC-4/01 RT-TC-6/01 RT-TC-6/02 RT-TC-8/01 RT-TC-8/02 RT-TC-8/03 RT-TC-10/02 RT-TC-10/03 RT-TC-10/04 RT-TC-12/03 RT-TC-12/04
5.4
L 37 39 37,4 39,2 39,2 45,5 45,5 45,5 56,3 56,3 56,3 59,2 59,2
A 15 16 14 16 16 18 18 18 24 24 24 27 27
B 4 4 5,5 5,5 7,5 5,5 7,5 8,5 7,5 8,5 11 8,5 11
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
C Ød 15 5 16 6 15,1 3,2 16 3,2 16 3,2 18,1 3,2 18,1 3,2 18,1 3,2 20,4 4,2 20,4 4,2 20,4 4,2 23,2 4,2 23,2 4,2
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
serie
SWIVELLING LATERAL TEE TYPE RT-TL-4/M5 RT-TL-6/M5 RT-TL-4/01 RT-TL-6/01 RT-TL-6/02 RT-TL-8/01 RT-TL-8/02 RT-TL-8/03 RT-TL-10/02 RT-TL-10/03 RT-TL-10/04 RT-TL-12/03 RT-TL-12/04
L 41 42,3 44,2 45,6 48,1 51,7 54,2 55,7 64,8 66,3 70,3 68,6 72,6
A 14 16 14 16 16 18 18 18 24 24 24 27 27
B 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5 11 8.5 11
C 12 15 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
E 18 18,5 18,7 19,6 19,6 22,8 22,8 22,8 28,3 28,3 28,3 29,6 29,6
Ød 5 6 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2
ØD 4 6 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 11 13 11 13 13 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21
CH 10 12 14 14 17 14 17 20 17 20 24 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
SWIVELLING MALE Y TYPE RT-YM-4/M5 RT-YM-6/M5 RT-YM-4/01 RT-YM-6/01 RT-YM-6/02 RT-YM-8/01 RT-YM-8/02 RT-YM-8/03 RT-YM-10/02 RT-YM-10/03 RT-YM-10/04 RT-YM-12/03 RT-YM-12/04
L 40 41 35,5 39,2 42,2 44,3 46,8 48,4 56,3 57,3 60,8 62,5 65,5
A 14 14 10 10,5 10,5 13,4 13,4 13,4 15,5 15,5 15,5 15,5 15,5
B 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 7.5 8.5 11 8.5 11
C 14 14 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
Ød 6 6 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2
ØD 4 6 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 11 13 11 13 13 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21
CH 10 12 14 14 17 14 17 20 17 20 24 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
ØD 4 6 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
E 12 17 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØK 10 10 14,4 14,4 18,3 14,4 18,3 22 18,3 22 28 22 28
ØP 11 13 11 13 13 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21
CH 8 8 14 14 17 14 17 21 17 21 24 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
SWIVELLING LOW ELBOW TYPE RT-GG-4/M5 RT-GG-6/M5 RT-GG-4/01 RT-GG-6/01 RT-GG-6/02 RT-GG-8/01 RT-GG-8/02 RT-GG-8/03 RT-GG-10/02 RT-GG-10/03 RT-GG-10/04 RT-GG-12/03 RT-GG-12/04
L 17 17 23,5 23,5 27 23,5 27 32,7 27 32,7 38,1 32,7 38,1
A B 22,5 4 23,4 4 22,5 5,7 23,4 5,7 25,5 8,3 25,6 5,7 28,7 8,3 29,6 13,9 33,1 8,3 32,9 13,9 35,9 11 35,6 13,9 36,6 11
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
C 3 3 3 3 4 3 4 4,5 4 4,5 5,5 4,5 5,5
5.5
5
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
series
SWIVELLING LATERAL MULTI-TEE TYPE RT-MTL-4/01 RT-MTL-4/02 RT-MTL-6/01 RT-MTL-6/02 RT-MTL-6/03 RT-MTL-8/01 RT-MTL-8/02 RT-MTL-8/03
5
L 64,2 66,7 68,6 71,1 72,6 87,8 90,3 91,8
A 36 36 42 42 42 48 48 48
B 5.5 7.5 5.5 7.5 8.5 5.5 7.5 8.5
C 15,1 15,1 16 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2
ØD 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8
G G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8
CH 14 17 14 17 20 14 17 20
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
SWIVELLING DIFFERENT Ø LATERAL MULTI-TEE TYPE RT-MDL6/4/01 RT-MDL8/4/02 RT-MDL8/6/02 RT-MDL10/8/03
L 64,2 70,7 71,1 91,8
A 36 42 42 48
B 5.5 7.5 7.5 8.5
C 16 18,1 18,1 20,4
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 3,2
ØD1 4 4 6 8
ØD2 E G 6 15,1 G1/8 8 15,1 G1/4 8 16 G1/4 10 18.1 G3/8
CH 14 17 17 20
q.ty 10 10 10 10
UNION STRAIGHT TYPE RT-DI-4 RT-DI-6 RT-DI-8 RT-DI-10 RT-DI-12 RT-DI-16
5.6
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
L 33 35,2 39,1 47,8 49,2 51
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 16
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
RT
series
REDUCED UNION STRAIGHT TYPE RT-DIR-6/4 RT-DIR-8/6 RT-DIR-10/8 RT-DIR-12/10 RT-DIR-16/12
L 34,9 38,6 47,3 48,9 51
ØD1 6 8 10 12 16
ØD2 4 6 8 10 12
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
TYPE RT-GI-4 RT-GI-6 RT-GI-8 RT-GI-10 RT-GI-12 RT-GI-16
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 16
Ød 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,3 5,1
E 17,5 19 22,8 27,6 29,6 33
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10
TYPE RT-TI-4 RT-TI-6 RT-TI-8 RT-TI-10 RT-TI-12
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,3
E 18,5 19,3 22,75 28,3 29,6
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
UNION ELBOW
UNION TEE
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
5.7
5
RT
series
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
UNION Y TYPE RT-YI-4 RT-YI-6 RT-YI-8 RT-YI-10 RT-YI-12
5
L 35,5 37,1 40,4 49,7 53,2
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
F 14 14,8 18,2 20,8 21,6
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
ØD1 6 8 10 12 16
ØD2 4 6 8 10 12
F 14,5 17,7 20,3 21,3 24,5
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
Ød 3,2 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,3
E 17,5 19,3 22,75 28,3 29,6
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
REDUCED UNION Y TYPE RT-YIR-6/4 RT-YIR-8/6 RT-YIR-10/8 RT-YIR-12/10 RT-YIR-16/12
L 36,8 39,9 49,2 52,9 62
Ød 3,2 3,2 4,2 4,2 5,1
CROSS JUNCTION TYPE RT-C-4 RT-C-6 RT-C-8 RT-C-10 RT-C-12
5.8
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
serie
MULTI-TEE TYPE RT-MT-4 RT-MT-6 RT-MT-8
L 57 61 81,6
Ød ØD1 3,2 4 3,2 6 3,2 8
E 19 20,3 24,3
F 36 42 48
q.ty 10 10 10
DIFFERENT Ø MULTI-TEE TYPE RT-MTD-6/4 RT-MTD-8/4 RT-MTD-8/6 RT-MTD-10/6 RT-MTD-10/8
L 57,6 62,6 62,6 77,3 77,3
Ød ØD1 ØD2 3,2 6 4 3,2 8 4 3,2 8 6 3,2 10 6 3,2 10 8
E 19 20 20,3 23,8 24,3
F 36 42 42 48 48
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
ØD2 4 8 8 10 10 12 12
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
REDUCER TYPE RT-RC-6/4 RT-RC-8/4 RT-RC-8/6 RT-RC-10/6 RT-RC-10/8 RT-RC-12/8 RT-RC-12/10
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
L 42 44,5 45 47 47 54 54,5
C 17 18 18 20 20 23,5 23,5
ØD1 6 8 8 10 10 12 12
5.9
5
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
series
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR TYPE RT-P-4 RT-P-6 RT-P-8 RT-P-10 RT-P-12
5
L 30,1 31,8 35,3 41,6 45,3
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
E 9,7 7,5 6,8 11,5 12,8
M M12 M14 M16 M20 M22
CH 14 17 19 24 27
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
L 28 33 37 42 44
C 15 17 18 20,5 23
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
ØP1 5 7 9 11 13
ØP2 3 3 4 5 6
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
MALE PLUG TYPE RT-TM-4 RT-TM-6 RT-TM-8 RT-TM-10 RT-TM-12
SWIVELLING MALE/FEMALE ELBOW TYPE RT-GMF-4/01 RT-GMF-4/02 RT-GMF-6/01 RT-GMF-6/02 RT-GMF-8/01 RT-GMF-8/02 RT-GMF-8/03 RT-GMF-8/04 RT-GMF-10/02 RT-GMF-10/03 RT-GMF-10/04 RT-GMF-12/02 RT-GMF-12/03 RT-GMF-12/04
5.10
L 29,5 35 29,5 35 29,5 35 41,2 47 35 41,2 47 35 41,2 47
A 22,5 23,6 23,4 25,5 25,6 28,7 29,6 32,6 33,1 32,9 35,9 33,5 35,6 36,6
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
B C ØD E 5,7 9 4 7 8,3 12 4 10 5,7 9 6 7 8,3 12 6 10 5,7 9 8 7 8,3 12 8 10 13,9 13 8 11 11 14,4 8 13 8,3 12 10 10 13,9 13 10 11 11 14,4 10 13 8,3 12 12 10 13,9 13 12 11 11 14,4 12 13
G G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
ØK 14,4 18,3 14,4 18,3 14,4 18,3 22 28 18,3 22 28 18,3 22 28
ØP 11 11 13 11 14,8 14,8 14,8 14,8 18,4 18,4 18,4 21 21 21
CH 14 17 14 17 14 17 21 24 17 21 24 21 21 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
RT
Push-in techno-polymer fittings
series
INLINE UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR TYPE RT-RFL-4 RT-RFL-6 RT-RFL-8 RT-RFL-10 RT-RFL-12
L 39,5 47,6 52,6 63,1 74,2
A 14 20 22 26 32
B 25,7 41,9 45,6 52,3 55
Ød 3,2 4,3 4,3 4,3 4,3
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10
UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR CYLINDER (OUT) TYPE RT-RF-4/M5 RT-RF-6/M5 RT-RF-4/01 RT-RF-4/02 RT-RF-6/01 RT-RF-6/02 RT-RF-8/01 RT-RF-8/02 RT-RF-8/03 RT-RF-10/02 RT-RF-10/03 RT-RF-10/04 RT-RF-12/03 RT-RF-12/04
L 28,2 28,2 41,1 48,8 41,1 48,8 41,1 48,8 54,5 48,8 54,5 60 54,5 60
A 21 21 22,5 24,3 23,4 25,5 25,6 28,7 29,6 32,3 32,9 35,9 35,6 36,6
B 5 5,7 8,3 5,7 8,3 5,7 8,3 13,9 8,3 13,9 11 13,9 11
C 12 15,1 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
ØD 4 6 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 11 13 10 10 12 12 14 14 14 17 17 17 20 20
CH 8 8 10 14 10 14 10 14 19 14 19 19 19 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR VALVE (IN) TYPE RT-RFV-4/M5 RT-RFV-6/M5 RT-RFV-4/01 RT-RFV-4/02 RT-RFV-6/01 RT-RFV-6/02 RT-RFV-8/01 RT-RFV-8/02 RT-RFV-8/03 RT-RFV-10/02 RT-RFV-10/03 RT-RFV-10/04 RT-RFV-12/03 RT-RFV-12/04
L 28,2 28,2 41,1 48,8 41,1 48,8 41,1 48,8 54,5 48,8 54,5 60 54,5 60
A 21 21 22,5 24,3 23,4 25,5 25,6 28,7 29,6 32,3 32,9 35,9 35,6 36,6
Push-in techno-polymer fittings series RT
B 5 5 5,7 8,3 5,7 8,3 5,7 8,3 13,9 8,3 13,9 11 13,9 11
C 12 16 15,1 15,1 16 16 18,1 18,1 18,1 20,4 20,4 20,4 23,2 23,2
ØD 4 6 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
G M5 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
ØP 10 13 10 10 12 12 14 14 14 17 17 17 20 20
CH 8 8 10 14 10 14 10 14 19 14 19 19 19 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
5.11
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA Material Thread Seal Clamp Size Fluid Working temperature Max. pressure Permissible tolerances for tubes
Body and thrust ring: nickel plated brass Metric, taper and parallel NBR rubber Stainless steel AISI 316 M5 ÷ G1/2 Air, water, oil, steam -20 ÷ +70 °C 16 bar Polyamide PA11 - PA12 Polyurethane PU Outside tube diameter Outside tube diameter tolerance Outside tube diameter Outside tube diameter tolerance 4 - 8 mm +0,1 -0,1 4 - 8 mm +0,1 -0,1 10 - 22 mm +0,15 -0,15 10 - 14 mm +0,15 -0,1
PARALLEL STRAIGHT MALE TYPE RO-DM - 4/M5 RO-DM - 4/M6 RO-DM - 4/M7 RO-DM - 4/M8 RO-DM - 4/01 RO-DM - 4/02 RO-DM - 6/M5 RO-DM - 6/M6 RO-DM - 6/M7 RO-DM - 6/M12 RO-DM - 6/M12A RO-DM - 6/01 RO-DM - 6/02 RO-DM - 6/03 RO-DM - 8/01 RO-DM - 8/02 RO-DM - 8/03 RO-DM - 8/04 RO-DM - 10/01 RO-DM - 10/02 RO-DM - 10/03 RO-DM - 10/04 RO-DM - 12/02 RO-DM - 12/03 RO-DM -12/04 RO-DM - 14/03 RO-DM - 14/04
5
L 20,5 20,5 22,2 23,5 20 21 22,5 21,5 24 24 24 24 24 24 26,5 25 25 31 28 29,5 29,5 30 31,5 31 31 34 34
ØB 9 9 10,5 12 13,5 17 10,5 11 10,5 16 16 13,5 17 20 13 17 20 23 13,5 16 21 24 16 21 24 21 25
ØC 2,6 2,6 3,6 2,6 2,6 2,6 2,6 2,5 3,6 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 4,2 5,2 6,2 6,2 6,2 5,2 7,3 8,3 8,3 7,3 10,3 10,3 10,3 12
ØD G 4 M5 4 M6 4 M7 4 M8 4 G1/ 8 4 G1/ 4 6 M5 6 M6 6 M7 6 M12X1,25 6 M12X1,5 6 G1/8 6 G1/4 6 G3/8 8 G1/8 8 G1/4 8 G3/8 8 G1/2 10 G1/8 10 G1/4 10 G3/8 10 G1/2 12 G1/4 12 G3/8 12 G1/2 14 G3/8 14 G1/2
H 4 5 6 7 6 8 4 4 6 8 8 6 8 9 6 8 9 11 6 8 9 11 8 9 11 9 11
CH1 9 10 9 9 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 21 21
CH2 2,5 2,5 3,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 2,5 3,5 4 4 4 4 4 5 6 6 6 5 7 8 8 7 10 10 10 12
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 50 50 50 25 50 25 25 25 25
PARALLEL STRAIGHT FEMALE TYPE RO-DF-4/M5 RO-DF-4/01 RO-DF-4/02 RO-DF-6/01 RO-DF-6/02 RO-DF-8/01 RO-DF-8/02 RO-DF-10/02 RO-DF-10/03
5.12
Push-in brass fittings series RO
L 21,5 26,5 29,5 27 31 28 32 32 38
ØB 9 12 17 12 17 12 17 16 20
ØC 3 3 3 5 5 7 7 9 9
ØD 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 10 10
G M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
H 5 6,5 10 6,5 10 6,5 10 10 13
CH 9 9 9 11 11 13 13 16 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
PARALLEL SWIVEL MALE ELBOW TYPE RO-GM-4/M5 RO-GM-4/M6 RO-GM-4/M7 RO-GM-4/01 RO-GM-4/02 RO-GM-6/M5 RO-GM-6/M6 RO-GM-6/M7 RO-GM-6/M12 RO-GM-6/M12A RO-GM-6/01 RO-GM-6/02 RO-GM-6/03 RO-GM-8/01 RO-GM-8/02 RO-GM-8/03 RO-GM-10/02 RO-GM-10/03 RO-GM-10/04 RO-GM-12/02 RO-GM-12/03 RO-GM-12/04 RO-GM-14/03 RO-GM-14/04
L 17,5 21,5 17,5 19 21 19,5 19,5 19 19 21 21 21 24 24 24 27 27 27 28 28 28 31 31
L1 20 18 18,5 22,5 14,5 15,5 16,5 25 25 20 24 25,5 20 24 25,5 24 28 30 27,5 28,5 33,5 28,5 30,5
ØB 8 10,5 12,8 12,8 8 9 10 16 16 13 16 20 13 16 20 16 20 25 16 20 25 20 25
ØD 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14
G M5 M6 M7 G1/8 G1/8 M5 M6 M7 M12x1,25 M12x1,50 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
H 4 6 5,8 8 4 5 6 8 8 6 8 9 6 8 9 8 9 11 8 9 11 9 11
CH 8 11 13 16 9 9 9 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 16 20 20 20 21
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 50 50 50 50 50 25 50 25 25 25 25
R 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4
CH 10 10 10 12 11 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 25 25 25 25
TAPER FIXED MALE ELBOW TYPE RO1-GM-4/01 RO1-GM-5/01 RO1-GM-6/01 RO1-GM-6/02 RO1-GM-8/01 RO1-GM-8/02 RO1-GM-10/02
Push-in brass fittings series RO
L1 18 18 22 23 24 24 24
L2 16,5 16,5 22,5 18,5 22,5 22,5 22,5
ØD1 4 5 6 6 8 8 10
H 8 9 8 11,5 9 11,5 11,5
5.13
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
TAPER SWIVEL MALE ELBOW TYPE RO1-GMG-4/01 RO1-GMG-4/02 RO1-GMG-6/01 RO1-GMG-6/02 RO1-GMG-8/01 RO1-GMG-8/02 RO1-GMG-8/03 RO1-GMG-10/02 RO1-GMG-10/03 RO1-GMG-12/03 RO1-GMG-12/04 RO1-GMG-14/03 RO1-GMG-14/04
5
L1 20,2 25 20,2 25 20,2 25 28 26 30 32,5 35,5 32,5 35,5
L2 19 19 21 21 24 24 24 27 27 28 28 31 31
ØD 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14
H 7 11 7 11 7 11 11 11 11 11 14 11 14
R R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2
CH 13 14 13 14 13 14 18 16 16 20 22 20 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25
PARALLEL SWIVELLING CENTRAL MALE TEE TYPE RO-TC-4/M5 RO-TC-4/01 RO-TC-4/02 RO-TC-6/01 RO-TC-6/02 RO-TC-8/01 RO-TC-8/02 RO-TC-8/03 RO-TC-10/02 RO-TC-10/03 RO-TC-12/02 RO-TC-12/03 RO-TC-14/04
L 17,5 17,5 19 21 21 23 23 25,5 25,5 25,5 27 27 31
L1 16,5 20 24 20 24 20 24 25,5 28 29 30,5 28,5 33,5
ØB 8 13 16 13 16 13 16 20 16 12 16 20 25
ØD 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14
G M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
L1 16,5 20 24 20 24 20 24 25,5 24 28 30,5 28,5 33,5
ØB 8 13 13 13 16 13 16 20 16 20 16 20 25
ØD 4 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12 14
G M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
H 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 9 8 9 8 9 11
CH 9 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 20 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25
CH 9 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16 20 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25
PARALLEL SWIVELLING LATERAL MALE TEE TYPE RO-TL-4/M5 RO-TL-4/01 RO-TL-4/02 RO-TL-6/01 RO-TL-6/02 RO-TL-8/01 RO-TL-8/02 RO-TL-8/03 RO-TL-10/02 RO-TL-10/03 RO-TL-12/02 RO-TL-12/03 RO-TL-14/04
5.14
Push-in brass fittings series RO
L 17,5 17,5 19 19,5 21 23 23 25,5 25,5 25,5 27 21 31
H 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 9 8 9 8 9 11
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
COMPLETE PARALLEL SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360° TYPE RO-BSR-4/M5 RO-BSR-4/01 RO-BSR-6/01 RO-BSR-8/01 RO-BSR-6/02 RO-BSR-8/02 RO-BSR-10/02 RO-BSR-8/03 RO-BSR-10/03 RO-BSR-12/02 RO-BSR-12/03
L 18,5 21 23,5 24,5 24,5 26 27 29 29 29,3 29
L1 17 25 25 25 29,3 29,3 29,3 34 34 28 34
ØA 2 5,5 5,5 5,5 7,8 7,8 7,8 10 10 7,8 10
ØD 4 4 6 8 6 8 10 8 10 12 12
G M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8
H 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 8 9
CH 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 4 5
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25
TYPE RO-BDR-4/M5 RO-BDR-4/01 RO-BDR-5/M5 RO-BDR-5/01 RO-BDR-6/01 RO-BDR-8/01 RO-BDR-6/02 RO-BDR-8/02 RO-BDR-10/02 RO-BDR-8/03 RO-BDR-10/03 RO-BDR-12/03
L 18,5 21 19,5 22,5 23 24 24 26 27 28 29 30
L1 17 25 17 25 25 25 29,3 29,3 29,3 34 34 34
ØA 2 5,5 2 5,5 5,5 5,5 7,8 7,8 7,8 10 10 10
ØD 4 4 5 5 6 8 6 8 10 8 10 12
G M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 10 10 10
H 4 6 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 9
CH 2 3 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 5 5
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25
L3 15 15 15 17 17 17 17
L4 21 23 24 24 26 27 28
ØB 13 13 13 17 17 17 17
ØD 4 6 8 6 8 10 12
G G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
H 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
CH 14 14 14 17 17 17 17
q.ty 25 25 25 25 10 10 10
COMPLETE PARALLEL DOUBLE BANJO, ROTATING 360°
COMPLETE PARALLEL TWO SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360° TYPE RO-2BSR-4/01 RO-2BSR-6/01 RO-2BSR-8/01 RO-2BSR-6/02 RO-2BSR-8/02 RO-2BSR-10/02 RO-2BSR-12/02
L1 44 44 44 50 50 50 50
L2 19 19 19 22,5 22,5 22,5 22,5
Push-in brass fittings series RO
5.15
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
COMPLETE PARALLEL THREE SINGLE BANJO, ROTATING 360° TYPE RO-3BSR-4/01 RO-3BSR-6/01 RO-3BSR-8/01 RO-3BSR-6/02 RO-3BSR-8/02 RO-3BSR-10/02 RO-3BSR-12/02
5
L1 59 59 59 67 67 67 67
L2 19 19 19 21,5 21,5 21,5 21,5
L3 15 15 15 17 17 17 17
L4 21 23 24 24 26 27 28
ØB 13 13 13 17 17 17 17
ØD 4 6 8 6 8 10 12
G G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
H 6 6 6 8 8 8 8
CH 14 14 14 17 17 17 17
q.ty 25 25 25 25 10 10 10
TYPE RO-BS-4/M5 RO-BS-4/M6 RO-BS-4/01 RO-BS-6/M5 RO-BS-6/01 RO-BS-6/02 RO-BS-8/01 RO-BS-8/02 RO-BS-8/03 RO-BS-10/02 RO-BS-10/03 RO-BS-12/02 RO-BS-12/03
L 18,5 21 21 19 22,5 24 24,5 26 28 27 29 28 30
L1 17,5 18 28 17,5 28 33 28 33 37 33 37 33 37
ØB 7 14 14 10 14 18 14 18 21 18 21 18 21
ØD 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
G M5 M6 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8
H 4,5 4,5 7,5 4,5 7,5 9 7,5 9 10 9 10 9 10
CH 8 9 14 8 14 17 14 17 22 17 22 17 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 10
TYPE RO-BD-4/M5 RO-BD-4/01 RO-BD-6/01 RO-BD-6/02 RO-BD-8/01 RO-BD-8/02 RO-BD-8/03 RO-BD-10/02 RO-BD-10/03 RO-BD-12/03
L 18,5 21 22,5 24 24,5 26 28 27 29 30
L1 17,5 28 28 33 28 33 37 33 37 37
ØB 7 14 14 18 14 18 21 18 21 21
ØD 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12
G M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8
H 4,5 7,5 7,5 9 7,5 9 10 9 9 9
CH 8 14 14 17 14 17 22 17 22 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 10
COMPLETE PARALLEL SINGLE SWIVEL BANJO
COMPLETE PARALLEL DOUBLE SWIVEL BANJO
5.16
Push-in brass fittings series RO
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
UNION STRAIGHT TYPE RO-DI-4 RO-DI-6 RO-DI-8 RO-DI-10 RO-DI-12 RO-DI-14
L 30 31,5 36 37 40,5 45
ØA 9 11 13 15 17 20
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50
REDUCED UNION STRAIGHT TYPE RO-DIR-6/4 RO-DIR-8/6 RO-DIR-10/8 RO-DIR-12/10 RO-DIR-14/12
L 33,5 37 39,5 40 43
ØA 11 13 16 20 22
ØD 4 6 8 10 12
ØD2 6 8 10 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50
TYPE RO-GI-4 RO-GI-6 RO-GI-8 RO-GI-10 RO-GI-12 RO-GI-14
L 17,5 19,5 23 25 27 30
ØB 9 11 13 15 17 20
ØC 3 5 7 8 10 12
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 25
UNION ELBOW
Push-in brass fittings series RO
5.17
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series UNION TEE
TYPE RO-TI-4 RO-TI-6 RO-TI-6/4 RO-TI-8 RO-TI-8/6 RO-TI-10 RO-TI-10/8 RO-TI-12 RO-TI-14
5
L 17,5 19,5 19,5 23 23 25 25 27 30
ØB 9 11 11 13 13 15 15 17 20
ØC 3 5 3 7 5 8 7 10 12
ØD1 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 14
ØD2 4 6 4 8 6 10 8 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 20 20 20 20
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR TYPE RO-P-4 RO-P-6 RO-P-8 RO-P-10 RO-P-12 RO-P-14
L 32 33,5 37 39,5 42 45
ØB 10 14 16 17 20 22
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 14
Imax 8 8 10 12 17 18
M M10x1 M14x1 M16x1 M17x1 M20x1 M22x1
G G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4
H 6,5 6,5 10,5 6,5 10,5
CH1 13 17 17 19 19
CH q.ty 13 50 17 50 18 50 20 25 24 25 25 25
FEMALE BULKHEAD CONNECTOR TYPE RO-PF-4/01 RO-PF-6/01 RO-PF-6/02 RO-PF-8/01 RO-PF-8/02
5.18
L1 13 13 13 13 13
Push-in brass fittings series RO
L2 25 27 21 28 33
B M10x1 M14x1 M14x1 M13x1 M13x1
ØD 4 6 6 8 8
CH2 15 17 17 17 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
REDUCER TYPE RO-R-6/4 RO-R-6/5 RO-R-8/4 RO-R-8/5 RO-R-8/6 RO-R-10/6 RO-R-10/8 RO-R-12/4 RO-R-12/6 RO-R-12/8 RO-R-12/10 RO-R-14/4 RO-R-14/6 RO-R-14/8 RO-R-14/10 RO-R-14/12
L 28,5 35,5 31 32,5 33,5 36,5 38 39,5 39,5 38,5 41 43 43 43 43 43
ØB 9 9,5 9 9,5 10,5 10,5 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 15 17
ØC 3 4 3 4 5 5 7 3 5 7 9 3 5 7 9 11
ØD1 ØD2 6 4 6 5 8 4 8 5 8 6 10 6 10 8 12 4 12 6 12 8 12 10 14 4 14 6 14 8 14 10 14 12
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
TYPE RO-E-4/6 RO-E-6/8
L 33,5 38
ØB 10,5 13
ØC 2 4
ØD1 ØD2 4 6 6 8
q.ty 25 25
L 25,5 27,5 30 35 37 39,5
ØB 5 7 9 11 13 15
q.ty 50 50 50 25 25 25
INCREASER
PLUG TYPE RO-T-4 RO-T-6 RO-T-8 RO-T-10 RO-T-12 RO-T-14
Push-in brass fittings series RO
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 14
5.19
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
UNION CONNECTOR TYPE RO-CI-4 RO-CI-6 RO-CI-8 RO-CI-10 RO-CI-12 RO-CI-14
5
L 32 35 38 45,5 48 52
ØC 2 4 6 8 10 12
ØD 4 6 8 10 12 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20
PARALLEL LONG ADAPTER TYPE RO-ACL-4/M7 RO-ACL-4/01 RO-ACL-6/M7 RO-ACL-6/01 RO-ACL-6/02 RO-ACL-8/01 RO-ACL-8/02 RO-ACL-10/02
L 38 39,2 42 43,5 46 46,7 49,7 55,5
ØA 4 6 4 6 7,5 6 7,5 8
ØB 13 13 16 13 16 16
ØC 2 2 4 4 4 6 6 8
ØC 2 2 2 2 2,6 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12
ØD 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14
ØD 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 10
G M7 G1/8 M7 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
H 6 6 6 6 8 6 8 8
CH 10 13 10 13 14 13 14 14
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
P.S.: THIS ADAPTER CAN BE USED EVEN WITH THE UNION FITTINGS OF SERIES “RT”
PARALLEL ADAPTER
P.S.: THIS ADAPTER CAN BE USED EVEN WITH THE UNION FITTINGS OF SERIES “RT”
5.20
TYPE RO-AC-4/M5 RO-AC-4/M7 RO-AC-4/01 RO-AC-4/02 RO-AC-6/M5 RO-AC-6/M7 RO-AC-6/01 RO-AC-6/02 RO-AC-8/01 RO-AC-8/02 RO-AC-8/03 RO-AC-10/01 RO-AC-10/02 RO-AC-10/03 RO-AC-12/02 RO-AC-12/03 RO-AC-12/04 RO-AC-14/03 RO-AC-14/04
L 24,5 26 27,7 30,2 26 28 29,5 32 31 33,5 35,5 35,5 38 41 39 42 44 44 46
Push-in brass fittings series RO
ØA 2 4 6 7,5 2,6 4 6 7,5 6 7,5 9 6 8 8 10 11 13 12 13
ØB 8 13 16 8 13 16 13 16 20 16 20 16 20 24 20 24
G M5 M7 G1/8 G1/4 M5 M7 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2
H 4 6 6 8 4 6 6 8 6 8 9 6 8 9 8 9 11 9 11
CH 8 10 13 13 8 10 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 16 16 16
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25 25
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
TUBE CONNECTOR TYPE RO-CT-6/4 RO-CT-8/6 RO-CTL-8/6 RO-CT-12/10 RO-CT-14/11
L 36,5 38 43 57 60
ØD 6 8 8 12 14
ØD1 4 6 6 10 11
LW 6 6 8 13 14
q.ty 25 25 25 25 25
SINGLE BANJO BODY TYPE RO-CBS-4/M5 RO-CBS-4/M6 RO-CBS-4/01 RO-CBS-6/M5 RO-CBS-6/01 RO-CBS-6/02 RO-CBS-8/01 RO-CBS-8/02 RO-CBS-8/03 RO-CBS-10/02 RO-CBS-10/03 RO-CBS-12/02 RO-CBS-12/03
L 19 19 21 19 23 24 24,5 26 28 27 29 28 30
ØA 5 6 9,9 5,1 9,9 13,3 9,9 13,3 16,6 13,3 16,6 13,6 16,6
ØB 9 9 14 10 14 18 14 18 21 18 21 18 21
ØD 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
M5 M6 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8
H 9 9 15 10,5 15 17 15 17 20 17 20 17 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 25
TYPE RO-CBD-4/M5 RO-CBD-4/01 RO-CBD-6/01 RO-CBD-6/02 RO-CBD-8/01 RO-CBD-8/02 RO-CBD-8/03 RO-CBD-10/02 RO-CBD-10/03 RO-CBD-12/03
L 18,5 21 23 24 24,5 26 28 27 29 30
ØA 5 9,9 9,9 13,3 9,9 13,3 16,6 13,3 16,6 16,6
ØB 7 14 14 18 14 18 21 18 21 21
ØD 4 4 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12
M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8
H 9 15 15 17 15 17 20 17 20 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25
DOUBLE BANJO BODY
Push-in brass fittings series RO
5.21
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
serie
SINGLE BANJO STEM TYPE RO-VBS-M5 RO-VBS-M6 RO-VBS-01 RO-VBS-02 RO-VBS-03 RO-VBS-04
5
L 17,5 19 28 33 37 42
A M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 7,6 7,5 9 13 12 14,5
C 9,6 10,8 15 18 21,5 23,5
CH 8 8 14 17 22 27
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25
B 9 11 12 13
C 15 17 20,5 23,5
D 31 36 42 49,5
CH 14 17 19 27
q.ty 25 25 25 25
ØB 7,7 13 17,9 21,8 26,5 32,4
ØD 5,3 10,2 13,4 17,1 21,3 26,7
H 1 1,5 2 2 2 2
M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4
q.ty 100 100 100 100 100 100
DOUBLE BANJO STEM TYPE RO-VBD-01 RO-VBD-02 RO-VBD-03 RO-VBD-04
L 44,5 51,5 58,6 68
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
WASHER TYPE RO-RD-M5 RO-RD-01 RO-RD-02 RO-RD-03 RO-RD-04 RO-RD-06
For banjo stem type RC-VBS,RO-VBS and RO-VBD, order No. 2 spacers type RO-RD, to be fitted as follow: one under the head of the screw, and one under the last banjo. TYPE RO-DIS-01 RO-DIS-02
Spacer for RO-VB and RC-VBD* ØB ØD H 14 10,2 5 G1/8 17,5 13,2 5 G1/4
* To be fitted between the two rings.
5.22
Push-in brass fittings series RO
q.ty 50 50
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (SCREWDRIVER) FOR CYLINDER (OUT) TYPE RO-RC-4/M5 RO-RC-4/01 RO-RC-6/M5 RO-RC-6/01 RO-RC-6/02 RO-RC-8/01 RO-RC-8/02 RO-RC-8/03 RO-RC-10/02 RO-RC-10/03 RO-RC-12/02 RO-RC-12/03
L 24,5 31,5 24,5 31,5 38 31,5 38 40 38 47 38 47
B 6 5,5 4 5,5 6 5,5 6 6 6 6 6 6
D 17 21 21 22,5 24 24,5 26 28 28 29 28 30
ØD 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
G M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8
CH 8 14 8 14 17 14 17 20 17 20 17 20
NI/min* q.tà 45 50 310 50 45 50 390 50 710 50 390 25 810 25 1050 25 810 25 1050 25 810 25 1050 10
B 6 5,5 4 5,5 6 5,5 6 6 6 6 6 6
D 17 21 21 22,5 24 24,5 26 28 28 29 28 30
ØD 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 10 10 12 12
G M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8
CH 8 14 8 14 17 14 17 20 17 20 17 20
NI/min* q.tà 45 50 310 50 45 50 390 50 710 50 390 25 810 25 1050 25 810 25 1050 25 810 25 1050 10
C 17 21 22,5 22,5 24 24,5 26
ØD 4 6 8 6 8 10 12
G NI/min* G1/8 310 G1/8 390 G1/8 390 G1/4 710 G1/4 810 G1/4 810 G1/4 810
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (SCREWDRIVER) FOR VALVE (IN) TYPE RO-RV-4/M5 RO-RV-4/01 RO-RV-6/M5 RO-RV-6/01 RO-RV-6/02 RO-RV-8/01 RO-RV-8/02 RO-RV-8/03 RO-RV-10/02 RO-RV-10/03 RO-RV-12/02 RO-RV-12/03
L 24,5 31,5 24,5 31,5 38 31,5 38 40 38 47 38 47
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (HANDWHEEL) FOR CYLINDER (OUT) TYPE RO-RF-4/01 RO-RF-6/01 RO-RF-8/01 RO-RF-6/02 RO-RF-8/02 RO-RF-10/02 RO-RF-12/02
L 49 49 49 56,5 56,5 56,5 56,5
B 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6 6
CH 14 14 14 17 17 17 17
q.tà 50 50 50 25 25 25 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
Push-in brass fittings series RO
5.23
5
RO
Push-in brass fittings
series
PARALLEL UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR (HANDWHEEL) FOR VALVE (IN) TYPE RO-RFV-4/01 RO-RFV-6/01 RO-RFV-8/01 RO-RFV-6/02 RO-RFV-8/02 RO-RFV-10/02 RO-RFV-12/02
L 49 49 49 56,5 56,5 56,5 56,5
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
5
5.24
Push-in brass fittings series RO
B 5,5 5,5 5,5 6 6 6 6
C 17 21 22,5 22,5 24 24,5 26
ØD 4 6 8 6 8 10 12
G G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
NI/min* 310 390 390 710 810 810 810
CH 14 14 14 17 17 17 17
q.tà 50 50 50 25 25 25 25
RS
Standard fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA Material Thread Size Fluid Max. temperature Max. pressure
Nickel plated brass Metric, taper and parallel M5 ÷ G1 Air, water, oil, steam 150 °C 50 bar
PARALLEL NIPPLE TYPE RS-N-M5 RS-N-M5/01 RS-N-01 RS-N-01/02 RS-N-01/03 RS-N-02 RS-N-02/03 RS-N-02/04 RS-N-03 RS-N-03/04 RS-N-04 RS-N-04/06 RS-N-06 RS-N-06/08
L 11,5 14,5 16,5 19 20 21 22 23,5 23 24,5 25,5 27,5 28,5 32
A M5 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4
B M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4 G1
E 4 6 6 8 9 8 9 10 9 10 10 11 11 23
TYPE RS1-N-01 RS1-N-01/02 RS1-N-01/03 RS1-N-02 RS1-N-02/03 RS1-N-02/04 RS1-N-03 RS1-N-03/04 RS1-N-04 RS1-N-04/06 RS1-N-06 RS1-N-06/08 RS1-N-08
L 20,5 24 24,5 27 27,5 30,5 28 31 33,5 37 39,5 42,5 45,5
A R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R1
B R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R1 R1
E 8 11 11,5 11 11,5 14 11,5 14 14 16,5 16,5 19 19,0
F 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 15
CH 8 14 14 17 19 17 19 24 19 24 24 30 30 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 20 20
F 8 8 8 11 11 11 11,5 11,5 14 14 16,5 16,5 19
CH 12 14 17 14 17 22 17 22 22 27 27 34 34
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 10 10
TAPER NIPPLE
Standard fittings series RS
5.25
5
RS
Standard fittings
series SLEEVE
TYPE RS-M-M5 RS-M-01 RS-M-02 RS-M-03 RS-M-04 RS-M-06
5
L 11 15 22 23 28 32
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4
CH 8 14 17 22 26 32
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20
TAPER REDUCER TYPE RS1-RMF-02/01 RS1-RMF-03/01 RS1-RMF-04/01 RS1-RMF-03/02 RS1-RMF-04/02 RS1-RMF-04/03 RS1-RMF-06/04 RS1-RMF-06/03
L 16 16,5 19,5 16,5 19,5 19,5 23 23,5
A R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4
B R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8
C 11 11,5 14 11,5 14 14 16,5 16,5
CH 14 17 22 17 22 22 27 27
q.ty 50 50 25 50 50 50 20 20
TYPE RS-RMF-01/M5 RS-RMF-02/01 RS-RMF-03/01 RS-RMF-03/02 RS-RMF-04/01 RS-RMF-04/02 RS-RMF-04/03 RS-RMF-06/03 RS-RMF-06/04
L 10,5 13 14 14 15,5 15,5 15,5 17,5 17,5
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4 G3/4
B M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2
C 6 8 9 9 10 10 10 11 11
CH 14 17 19 19 24 24 24 30 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 50 50 25 20
PARALLEL REDUCER
5.26
Standard fittings series RS
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER MALE/FEMALE EXTENSION TYPE RS1-PMF-01 RS1-PMF-01/02 RS1-PMF-01/03 RS1-PMF-02 RS1-PMF-02/03 RS1-PMF-02/04 RS1-PMF-03 RS1-PMF-03/04 RS1-PMF-04 RS1-PMF-04/06
L 18 21,5 22,5 24,5 25,5 29 26 29,5 32 35
A R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2
B G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4
C 8 8 8 11 11 11 11,5 11,5 14 14
CH 14 17 22 17 22 24 22 24 26 32
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 20
TYPE RS-PMF-M5/01 RS-PMF-01 RS-PMF-01/02 RS-PMF-01/03 RS-PMF-02 RS-PMF-02/03 RS-PMF-02/04 RS-PMF-03 RS-PMF-03/04 RS-PMF-04
L 14,5 16 19,5 20,5 21,5 22,5 26 23,5 27 28
A M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G3/8 G1/2
B G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2
C 4 6 6 6 8 8 8 9 9 10
CH 14 14 17 22 17 22 24 22 24 26
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25
TYPE RS-PL-01A RS-PL-01B RS-PL-01C RS-PL-02A RS-PL-02B
L 22 42 51 35 51
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
A1 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
B 6 6 6 8 8
CH 14 14 14 17 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50
PARALLEL MALE/FEMALE EXTENSION
PARALLEL MALE/FEMALE LONG EXTENSION
Standard fittings series RS
5.27
5
RS
Standard fittings
series
REDUCING SLEEVE
5
TYPE RS-MR-M5/01 RS-MR-01/02 RS-MR-01/03 RS-MR-01/04 RS-MR-02/03 RS-MR-02/04 RS-MR-03/04 RS-MR-04/06
L 13,5 19 20 24 22,5 26 26 30
A M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2 G3/4
CH 14 17 22 24 22 24 24 32
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25
TYPE RS-TC-M5 RS-TC-01 RS-TC-02 RS-TC-03 RS-TC-04 RS-TC-06 RS-TC-08
L 7 10 12,5 13,5 15,5 16,5 19
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B 4 6,5 8 9 10 11 13
CH 8 14 17 19 24 30 38
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 10
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 4,5 6,5 8 9 10
ØD 8 14 17 20 26
CH 2,5 5 6 8 10
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25
PARALLEL MALE PLUG
PARALLEL MALE PLUG WITH O-RING TYPE RS-TMO-M5 RS-TMO-01 RS-TMO-02 RS-TMO-03 RS-TMO-04
5.28
Standard fittings series RS
L 7,2 9,5 11,5 12,5 14
RS
Standard fittings
series
FEMALE PLUG TYPE RS-TFE-01 RS-TFE-02 RS-TFE-03 RS-TFE-04
L 11,5 15 15,5 20
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 8 11 11,5 14
CH 14 17 20 24
q.ty 50 50 50 25
TYPE RS-GF-M5 RS-GF-01 RS-GF-02 RS-GF-03 RS-GF-04 RS-GF-06 RS-GF-08
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B 4 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 11 21 25,5 28 33,5 36,5 45
CH 8 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
A2 M5 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B2 5 8 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 11,5 21,5 18,5 23,5 26 31 33 39
CH 9 10 10 13 17 21 25 30
D 11 21 21 25,5 28 33,5 36,5 45
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
FEMALE ELBOW
TAPER MALE/FEMALE ELBOW TYPE RS-GMF-M5 RS-GMF-02/01 RS-GMF-01 RS-GMF-02 RS-GMF-03 RS-GMF-04 RS-GMF-06 RS-GMF-08
Standard fittings series RS
A1 M5 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
B1 4 11 8 11 11,5 14 16 19
5.29
5
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER MALE ELBOW TYPE RS-GM-M5 RS-GM-01 RS-GM-02/01 RS-GM-02 RS-GM-03 RS-GM-04 RS-GM-06 RS-GM-08
5
A M5 R1/8 R1/4 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
B1 4 8 11 11 11,5 14 16 17
C 11,5 18,5 21,5 23,5 26 31 33 39
D 11,5 18,5 19 23,5 26 31 33 39
CH 8 10 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 25 50 50 25 20 10
L 22 42 51 56 67 73 90
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B 5 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 11 21 25,5 28 33,5 36,5 45
CH 9 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
A2 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G2
B1 4 8 11 11,5 14 16 17,5
B2 5 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 11,5 18,5 23,5 26 31 33 39
CH 9 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
FEMALE TEE TYPE RS-TF-M5 RS-TF-01 RS-TF-02 RS-TF-03 RS-TF-04 RS-TF-06 RS-TF-08
TAPER UNION MALE TEE TYPE RS-TMC-M5 RS-TMC-01 RS-TMC-02 RS-TMC-03 RS-TMC-04 RS-TMC-06 RS-TMC-08
5.30
Standard fittings series RS
L 22 42 51 56 67 73 90
A1 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL MALE TEE TYPE RS-TML-M5 RS-TML-01 RS-TML-02 RS-TML-03 RS-TML-04 RS-TML-06 RS-TML-08
L 22,5 39,5 49 54 64,5 69,5 84
A1 M5 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
A2 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B1 4 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 17,5
B2 5 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 11 21 25,5 28 33,5 36,5 45
CH 9 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
L 37 47 52 62 66,4 78
A R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
B 8 11 11,5 14 16,2 17,5
C 18,5 23,5 26 31 33 39
CH 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 25 20 10
A2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B1 8 11 11,5 14 16,2 17,5
B2 8 11 11,5 14 16,5 19
C 21 25,5 28 33,5 36,5 45
CH 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 25 20 10
TAPER MALE TEE TYPE RS-TM-01 RS-TM-02 RS-TM-03 RS-TM-04 RS-TM-06 RS-TM-08
TAPER UNION FEMALE TEE TYPE RS-TCF-01 RS-TCF-02 RS-TCF-03 RS-TCF-04 RS-TCF-06 RS-TCF-08
Standard fittings series RS
L 37 47 52 62 66,4 78
A1 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
5.31
5
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL FEMALE TEE TYPE RS-TLF-01 RS-TLF-02 RS-TLF-03 RS-TLF-04 RS-TLF-06 RS-TLF-08
5
A1 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R1
A2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
B 8 11 11,5 14 16 17,5
C 18,5 23,5 26 31 33 39
D 39,5 49 54 64,5 69,5 84
CH 10 13 17 21 25 30
q.ty 50 50 50 25 20 10
L 42 51 56 67
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 8 11 11,5 14
CH 10 13 17 21
q.ty 25 25 25 20
A2 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 8 11 11,5 14
C 18,5 23,5 26 31
CH 10 13 17 21
q.ty 25 25 25 20
FEMALE CROSS TYPE RS-CF-01 RS-CF-02 RS-CF-03 RS-CF-04
TAPER M/F/F/F CROSS (M=MALE; F=FEMALE) TYPE RS-MFFF-01 RS-MFFF-02 RS-MFFF-03 RS-MFFF-04
5.32
Standard fittings series RS
L 42 49 56 67
A1 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER MALE Y CONNECTOR TYPE RS-YCM-01 RS-YCM-02 RS-YCM-03 RS-YCM-04
A R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2
B 8 11 11,5 14
CH 13 17 20 25
q.ty 25 25 20 10
TYPE RS-YF-01 RS-YF-02 RS-YF-03 RS-YF-04
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
B 8 11 11,5 14
CH 13 17 20 25
q.ty 25 25 20 10
G M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
CH1 14 22 27 32 36
CH2 14 19 24 30 32
q.ty 50 50 50 25 20
FEMALE Y
FEMALE BULKHEAD CONNECTOR TYPE RS-PF-M5 RS-PF-01 RS-PF-02 RS-PF-03 RS-PF-04
Standard fittings series RS
L 14 18 25 26 33
A B M10x1 10,5 M16x1,5 14 M20x1,5 21 M26x1,5 21 M28x1,5 27
5.33
5
RS
Standard fittings
series
PARALLEL MALE HOSE ADAPTER
5
TYPE RS-PM-4,5/M5 RS-PM-6/01 RS-PM-6/02 RS-PM-7/01 RS-PM-7/02 RS-PM-8/01 RS-PM-8/02 RS-PM-8/03 RS-PM-9/01 RS-PM-9/02 RS-PM-9/03 RS-PM-10/01 RS-PM-10/02 RS-PM-10/03 RS-PM-12/02 RS-PM-12/03 RS-PM-12/04 RS-PM-14/03 RS-PM-14/04 RS-PM-17/03 RS-PM-17/04 RS-PM-18/06 RS-PM-20/04 RS-PM-20/06
L 22,5 29,5 32 29,5 32 29,5 32 33 29,5 32 33 30,5 33 34 33 34 35,5 36 37,5 38 39,5 41,5 39,5 41,5
A M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1/2 G3/4
B 4 6 8 6 8 6 8 9 6 8 9 6 8 9 8 9 10 9 10 9 10 11 10 11
C 15 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 24 24 24 24 24
LW 4,5 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 17 17 18 20 20
CH 8 12 14 12 14 12 14 19 12 14 19 12 14 19 14 19 22 19 22 19 22 30 22 30
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 20 25 20
TYPE RS-PG-6/01 RS-PG-6/01A RS-PG-6/02 RS-PG-7/01 RS-PG-7/01A RS-PG-7/02
L 18,5 23 23 18,5 23 23
L2 22,5 22,5 23 22,5 22,5 23
B 8 8 11 8 8 11
R R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4
LW 6 6 6 7 7 7
CH 8 8 9 8 8 9
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50
TAPER ELBOW HOSE ADAPTER
5.34
Standard fittings series RS
RS
Standard fittings
series
TAPER MALE HOSE ADAPTER TYPE RS1-PM-6/01 RS1-PM-6/02 RS1-PM-7/01 RS1-PM-7/02 RS1-PM-8/01 RS1-PM-8/02 RS1-PM-9/01 RS1-PM-9/02 RS1-PM-9/03 RS1-PM-9/04 RS1-PM-10/01 RS1-PM-10/02 RS1-PM-10/03 RS1-PM-10/04 RS1-PM-12/02 RS1-PM-12/03 RS1-PM-12/04 RS1-PM-14/03 RS1-PM-14/04 RS1-PM-16/03 RS1-PM-16/04 RS1-PM-16/06 RS1-PM-17/03 RS1-PM-17/04 RS1-PM-18/03 RS1-PM-18/04 RS1-PM-18/06 RS1-PM-20/03 RS1-PM-20/04 RS1-PM-20/06 RS1-PM-25/06 RS1-PM-25/08
Standard fittings series RS
L 31,5 35 31,5 35 31,5 35 31,5 35 35,5 38,5 32,5 36 36,5 39,5 36 36,5 39,5 38,5 41,5 38,5 41,5 45 40,5 43,5 40,5 43,5 47 41 43,5 46,5 53 56
A R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/4 R3/4 R1
B 8 11 8 11 8 11 8 11 11,5 14 8 11 11,5 14 11 11,5 14 11,5 14 11,5 14 16,5 11,5 14 11,5 14 16,5 11,5 14 16,5 16,5 19
C 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 30 30
LW 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 12 12 12 14 14 16 16 16 17 17 18 18 18 20 20 20 25 25
CH 12 14 12 12 12 14 12 14 17 22 12 14 17 22 14 17 22 17 22 17 22 27 18 22 19 22 27 22 22 27 27 34
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 10
5.35
5
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
TECHNICAL DATA Material Thread Size Max. pressure Recommended tubes materials
5
Nickel plated brass Metric, taper and parallel M5 ÷ G1/2 60 bar Polyamide, polyethylene, polyurethane
TAPER STRAIGHT MALE TYPE RC1-DM-4/01 RC1-DM-5/01 RC1-DM-6/01 RC1-DM-6/02 RC1-DM-6/03 RC1-DM-8/01 RC1-DM-8/02 RC1-DM-8/03 RC1-DM-8/04 RC1-DM-10/01 RC1-DM-10/02 RC1-DM-10/03 RC1-DM-10/04 RC1-DM-12/03 RC1-DM-12/04 RC1-DM-15/04
L 23,8 25 27,5 31 31,5 27,5 31 31,5 34,5 29,5 32,5 33 36 34,5 37,5 39,5
TYPE RC-DM-5/01 RC-DM-6/01 RC-DM-6/02 RC-DM-6/03 RC-DM-8/01 RC-DM-8/02 RC-DM-8/03 RC-DM-10/01 RC-DM-10/02 RC-DM-10/03 RC-DM-10/04 RC-DM-12/03 RC-DM-12/04 RC-DM-15/04
L 23 25,5 28 29 25,5 28 29 27 29,5 30,5 32 32 33,5 35,5
A R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2
B ØD CH1 8 4/2,7 8 8 5/3 8 8 6/4 12 11 6/4 12 11,5 6/4 12 8 8/6 14 11 8/6 14 11,5 8/6 14 14 8/6 14 8 10/8 16 11 10/8 16 11,5 10/8 16 14 10/8 16 11,5 12/10 18 14 12/10 18 14 15/12,5 22
CH2 12 12 12 14 17 12 14 17 22 14 14 17 22 17 22 22
q.tà 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 10
ØD CH1 CH2 5/3 8 14 6/4 12 14 6/4 12 17 6/4 12 19 8/6 14 14 8/6 14 17 8/6 14 19 10/8 16 14 10/8 16 17 10/8 16 19 10/8 16 24 12/10 18 19 12/10 18 24 15/12,5 22 24
q.tà 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 10
PARALLEL STRAIGHT MALE
5.36
Push-on brass fittings series RC
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8 G1/2 G1/2
B 6 6 8 9 6 8 9 6 8 9 10 9 10 10
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
PARALLEL STRAIGHT FEMALE TYPE RC-DF-4/01 RC-DF-5/01 RC-DF-6/01 RC-DF-6/02 RC-DF-6/03 RC-DF-8/01 RC-DF-8/02 RC-DF-8/03 RC-DF-10/01 RC-DF-10/02 RC-DF-10/03 RC-DF-10/04 RC-DF-12/03
L 21,3 22,5 25 29 29,5 25 29 29,5 26,5 30,5 31 34,5 32,5
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/8
B 8 8 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 14 11,5
ØD 4/2,7 5/3 6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 8/6 10/8 10/8 10/8 10/8 12/10
CH1 8 8 12 12 12 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18
CH2 14 14 14 17 20 14 17 20 14 17 20 24 20
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 20
H/max 8,5 8,5 10,5 10,5 8,5 8,5 8,5
CH1 8 8 12 14 16 18 22
CH2 8 9 14 16 17 19 24
q.ty 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
BULKHEAD CONNECTOR TYPE RC-P4 RC-P5 RC-P6 RC-P8 RC-P10 RC-P12 RC-P15
L 36,7 40 48 48 50 53 58
ØD 4/2,7 5/3 6/4 8/6 10/8 12/10 15/12,5
UNION STRAIGHT TYPE RC-DI-4 RC-DI-5 RC-DI-6 RC-DI-8/6 RC-DI-8 RC-DI-10 RC-DI-12 RC-DI-15
Push-on brass fittings series RC
L ØD 26,1 4/2,7 28,5 5/3 34,5 6/4 35 8/6 x 6/4 35 8/6 38 10/8 41 12/10 45,5 15/12,5
CH1 8 8 12 14 14 16 18 22
CH2 8 8 12 14 14 16 17 22
CH3 8 8 12 12 14 14 18 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 10
5.37
5
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
TAPER ELBOW MALE
5
TYPE RC1-G-4/01 RC1-G-5/01 RC1-G-6/01 RC1-G-6/02 RC1-G-6/03 RC1-G-8/01 RC1-G-8/02 RC1-G-8/03 RC1-G-10/01 RC1-G-10/02 RC1-G-10/03 RC1-G-10/04 RC1-G-12/02 RC1-G-12/03 RC1-G-12/04 RC1-G-15/04
L 19,5 21,5 22,5 22,5 23,5 22,5 22,5 24 25,5 25,5 25,5 28 30 30 30,5 34
A R1/8 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2
TYPE RC-GG-4/01 RC-GG-6/01 RC-GG-6/02 RC-GG-8/01 RC-GG-8/02 RC-GG-10/02
L 21,5 22,5 23,5 23,5 23,5 25,5
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
B 8 8 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 14 11 11,5 14 14
C ØD CH1 17 4/2,7 8 17 5/3 8 17 6/4 12 20 6/4 12 22,5 6/4 12 17 8/6 14 20 8/6 14 20 8/6 14 22,5 10/8 16 18,5 10/8 16 21,5 10/8 16 28 10/8 16 24 12/10 18 24,5 12/10 18 28 12/10 18 28 15/12,5 22
CH2 8 8 8 10 11 10 10 11 11 11 11 17 14 14 17 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 20 10
C 22,5 22,5 25 22,5 25 25,5
CH2 14 14 17 14 17 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25
PARALLEL SWIVEL ELBOW WITH O-RING B 6 6 8 6 8 8
ØD 4/2,7 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 10/8
CH1 12 12 12 14 14 16
PARALLEL ELBOW FEMALE TYPE RC-GF-5/01 RC-GF-6/01 RC-GF-6/02 RC-GF-8/01 RC-GF-8/02 RC-GF-10/02 RC-GF-12/03
5.38
Push-on brass fittings series RC
L 21,5 22,5 25 22,5 25 26 30,5
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G3/8
B 8 8 10,5 8 10,5 11 11,5
C 19 19 23 19 23 23,5 28
ØD 5/3 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 10/8 12/10
CH1 8 12 12 14 14 16 18
CH2 10 10 11 10 11 13 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 20
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
UNION ELBOW TYPE RC-GI-4 RC-GI-5 RC-GI-6 RC-GI-8/6 RC-GI-8 RC-GI-10 RC-GI-12 RC-GI-15
L 20,3 21,5 21,5 22,5 22,5 25,5 30 34
ØD CH1 4/2,7 8 5/3 8 6/4 12 8/6 12 8/6 14 10/8 16 12/10 18 15/12,5 22
CH2 8 8 8 10 10 11 14 17
CH3 8 8 12 14 14 16 18 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
TAPER CENTRAL MALE TEE TYPE RC1-TC-4/01 RC1-TC-5/M5 RC1-TC-5/01 RC1-TC-6/01 RC1-TC-6/02 RC1-TC-6/03 RC1-TC-8/01 RC1-TC-8/02 RC1-TC-8/03 RC1-TC-10/01 RC1-TC-10/02 RC1-TC-10/03 RC1-TC-10/04 RC1-TC-12/03 RC1-TC-12/04 RC1-TC-15/04
L 40,6 43 43 45 45,5 47 45,5 45,5 48 51 51 51 57 60 61 68
A B R1/8 8 M5 4 R1/8 8 R1/8 8 R1/4 11 R3/8 11,5 R1/8 8 R1/4 11 R3/8 11,5 R1/8 8 R1/4 11 R3/8 11,5 R1/2 14 R3/8 11,5 R1/2 14 R1/2 14
C ØD CH1 17 4/2,7 8 15 5/3 8 17 5/3 8 17 6/4 11 20,5 6/4 11 22,5 6/4 12 17,5 8/6 14 20,5 8/6 14 21,5 8/6 14 18,5 10/8 16 21,5 10/8 16 22,5 10/8 16 28 10/8 16 22,5 12/10 18 28 12/10 18 28 15/12,5 22
CH2 8 8 8 8 10 11 10 10 11 11 11 11 17 14 17 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 10
PARALLEL SWIVELLING CENTRAL MALE TEE TYPE RC-TG-4/01 RC-TG-6/01 RC-TG-6/02 RC-TG-8/02 RC-TG-10/02
Push-on brass fittings series RC
L 45 45 45,5 45,5 51
A G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4 G1/4
B 6 6 8 8 8
C 25,7 25,7 29 28 29
ØD 4/2,7 6/4 6/4 8/6 10/8
CH1 8 12 12 14 16
CH2 13 13 16 16 16
q.ty 25 25 20 20 10
5.39
5
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
TAPER LATERAL MALE TEE TYPE RC1-TL-4/01 RC1-TL-5/M5 RC1-TL-5/01 RC1-TL-6/01 RC1-TL-6/02 RC1-TL-6/03 RC1-TL-8/01 RC1-TL-8/02 RC1-TL-8/03 RC1-TL-10/01 RC1-TL-10/02 RC1-TL-10/03 RC1-TL-10/04 RC1-TL-12/03 RC1-TL-12/04 RC1-TL-15/04
5
L 38 36,5 38,5 39,5 42,5 46,5 40,5 43,5 46,5 44 46,5 48 57 54,5 58,5 62
A R1/8 M5 R1/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2 R3/8 R1/2 R1/2
B 8 4 8 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 8 11 11,5 14 11,5 14 14
C ØD CH 1 CH 2 21,5 4/2,7 8 8 21,5 5/3 8 8 21,5 5/3 8 8 22,5 6/4 11 8 22,5 6/4 11 10 24 6/4 12 11 22,5 8/6 14 10 22,5 8/6 14 10 23,5 8/6 14 11 25,5 10/8 16 11 25,5 10/8 16 11 25,5 10/8 16 11 29 10/8 16 17 30 12/10 18 14 30,5 12/10 18 17 34 15/12,5 22 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25 20 20 10
UNION TEE TYPE RC-TI-4 RC-TI-5 RC-TI-6 RC-TI-8/6 RC-TI-8 RC-TI-10 RC-TI-12 RC-TI-15
L 20,3 43 45 45 45 51 60 68
C ØD CH 1 CH 2 20,3 4/2,7 8 8 21,5 5/3 8 8 22,5 6/4 12 8 22,5 8/6 14 10 22,5 8/6 12 10 25,5 10/8 16 11 30 12/10 18 14 34 15/12,5 22 17
CH 3 8 8 12 14 14 16 18 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 25 20 10
CH 2 8 8 10 11
q.ty 20 20 20 10
CROSS CONNECTOR TYPE RC-C-5 RC-C-6 RC-C-8 RC-C-10
5.40
Push-on brass fittings series RC
L 43 45 45 51
ØD 5/3 6/4 8/6 10/8
CH 1 8 12 14 16
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
SINGLE BANJO STEM TYPE RC-VBS-M5 RC-VBS-M6 RC-VBS-01 RC-VBS-02
L 18 18,5 27 29,5
A M5 M6 G1/8 G1/4
B 6 6 8 11
C 14,5 14,5 23 25
CH 8 8 14 17
q.ty 50 50 50 50
TYPE RC-VBD-01 RC-VBD-02
L 43 45,5
A G1/8 G1/4
B 8 11
C 39 41
CH 14 17
q.ty 50 50
DOUBLE BANJO STEM
LOCKING NUT TYPE A RC-DS-4/M6 4/2,7 RC-DS-6/M8 6/4 RC-DS-6/M10 6/4 RC-DS-8/M12 8/6 RC-DS-10/M14 10/8 RC-DS-12/M16 12/10 RC-DS-15/M20 15/12,5
Push-on brass fittings series RC
B 8,1 9 10,5 10,5 11,5 13 15,5
D M6x0,5 M8x0,75 M10x1 M12x1 M14x1 M16x1 M20x1
CH q.ty 8 50 9 50 12 50 14 50 16 25 18 20 22 10
5.41
5
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
SINGLE BANJO BODY
5
TYPE RC-CBS-4/M5 RC-CBS-4/M6 RC-CBS-4/01 RC-CBS-5/M5 RC-CBS-5/01 RC-CBS-6/M5 RC-CBS-6/01 RC-CBS-6/02 RC-CBS-8/01 RC-CBS-8/02 RC-CBS-10/02
L 15,8 15,8 21,3 17 22,5 18 24 26 24 26 27,5
ØA M5 M6 G1/8 M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
B 9 9 14,5 9 14,5 9 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5
ØD 4/2,7 4/2,7 4/2,7 5/3 5/3 6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 10/8
CH 8 8 8 8 8 9 12 12 14 14 16
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25
TYPE RC-CBD-4/01 RC-CBD-5/01 RC-CBD-6/01 RC-CBD-6/02 RC-CBD-8/01 RC-CBD-8/02 RC-CBD-10/02
L 42,6 45 48 52 48 52 55
ØA G1/8 G1/8 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G1/4
B 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5 14,5
ØD 4/2,7 5/3 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 10/8
CH 8 8 12 12 14 14 16
q.ty 50 50 50 50 50 50 25
TYPE RC-CBF-01 RC-CBF-02 RC-CBF-03
L 20 24,5 29
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8
ØB G1/8 G1/4 G3/8
ØC 14 18 21
H 14,5 17,5 21
q.ty 25 25 20
DOUBLE BANJO BODY
FEMALE BANJO BODY
5.42
Push-on brass fittings series RC
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
QUICK COUPLER WITH SPRING TYPE RC-G-6/M10 RC-G-8/M12 RC-G-10/M14 RC-G-12/M16
L 95 93,5 96,5 106
A Ø M10x1 6/4 M12x1 8/6 M14x1 10/8 M16x1 12/10
CH 12 14 16 18
q.ty 10 10 10 10
TAPER FIXED STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING TYPE RC1-DFM-6/01 RC1-DFM-6/02 RC1-DFM-8/01 RC1-DFM-8/02 RC1-DFM-8/03 RC1-DFM-8/04 RC1-DFM-10/01 RC1-DFM-10/02 RC1-DFM-10/03 RC1-DFM-10/04 RC1-DFM-12/03 RC1-DFM-12/04
L 109,5 113 124,5 128 128,5 131,5 123 125 125,5 130 134,5 140
B 8 11 8 11 11,5 14 8 11 11,5 14 11,5 14
R 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2
Ø 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/6 10/8 10/8 10/8 10/8 12/10 12/10
CH 12 14 12 14 17 22 14 14 17 22 17 22
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
TYPE RC-DFM-6/01 RC-DFM-6/02 RC-DFM-6/03 RC-DFM-6/04 RC-DFM-8/01 RC-DFM-8/02 RC-DFM-8/03 RC-DFM-8/04 RC-DFM-10/01 RC-DFM-10/02 RC-DFM-10/03 RC-DFM-10/04 RC-DFM-12/03 RC-DFM-12/04
L 111 111 112 113 110 111 112 113 116 117 118,5 119 129 130
B 6 8 9 10 6 8 9 10 6 8 9 10 9 10
G 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/8 1/2
Ø 6/4 6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 8/6 8/6 10/8 10/8 10/8 10/8 12/10 12/10
CH 13 16 19 24 14 16 19 24 14 16 19 24 19 24
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
PARALLEL FIXED STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING
Push-on brass fittings series RC
5.43
5
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
TAPER SWIVEL STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING TYPE RC1-DGM-6/01 RC1-DGM-6/02 RC1-DGM-8/01 RC1-DGM-8/02 RC1-DGM-8/01A RC1-DGM-8/02A RC1-DGM-10/02 RC1-DGM-10/02A RC1-DGM-12/03 RC1-DGM-12/03A
L 116,9 118,9 122,4 124,4 122,4 124,4 132,4 132,4 141,9 141,9
R Ø CH1 1/8 6/4 15 1/4 6/4 15 1/8 *8/5 16 1/4 *8/5 13 1/8 8/6 16 1/4 8/6 16 1/4 *10/6,5 16 1/4 10/8 13 3/8 *12/8 16 3/8 12/10 16
CH2 13 13 16 13 16 16 16 13 16 16
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
CH2 13 13 16 13 16 16 16 13 16 16
q.ty 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4
q.ty 100 100 100 100 100 100
* Specific dimensions for PU tube
5
PARALLEL SWIVEL STRAIGHT MALE ADAPTER + NUT WITH SPRING TYPE RC-DGM-6/01 RC-DGM-6/02 RC-DGM-8/01 RC-DGM-8/02 RC-DGM-8/01A RC-DGM-8/02A RC-DGM-10/02 RC-DGM-10/02A RC-DGM-12/03 RC-DGM-12/03A
L 116,9 118,9 122,4 124,4 122,4 124,4 132,4 132,4 141,9 141,9
G Ø CH1 1/8 6/4 13 1/4 6/4 13 1/8 *8/5 16 1/4 *8/5 13 1/8 8/6 16 1/4 8/6 16 1/4 *10/6,5 16 1/4 10/8 13 3/8 *12/8 16 3/8 12/10 16
* Specific dimensions for PU tube
WASHER TYPE RO-RD-M5 RO-RD-01 RO-RD-02 RO-RD-03 RO-RD-04 RO-RD-06
ØB 7,7 13 17,9 21,8 26,5 32,4
ØD 5,3 10,2 13,4 17,1 21,3 26,7
H 1 1,5 2 2 2 2
For banjo stem type RC-VBS,RO-VBS and RO-VBD, order No. 2 spacers type RO-RD, to be fitted as follow: one under the head of the screw, and one under the last banjo.
TYPE RO-DIS-01 RO-DIS-02
Spacer for RO-VB and RC-VBD* ØB ØD H 14 10,2 5 G1/8 17,5 13,2 5 G1/4
* To be fitted between the two rings.
5.44
Push-on brass fittings series RC
q.ty 50 50
RC
Push-on brass fittings
series
UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR VALVE (IN) TYPE RC-RV-5/M5 RC-RV-5/01 RC-RV-6/M5 RC-RV-6/01 RC-RV-6/02 RC-RV-8/01 RC-RV-8/02
L 24,5 31,5 24,5 31,5 38 31,5 38
A M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4
B 4 5,5 4 5,5 6 5,5 6
D 15 23 15 23 26 23 26
Ø 5/3 5/3 6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6
NI/min* CH1 45 8 310 8 45 9 310 10 420 10 310 12 420 12
CH2 8 14 8 14 17 14 17
q.ty 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
A M5 G1/8 M5 G1/8 G1/4 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8
B 4 5,5 4 5,5 6 5,5 6 7
D 15 23 15 23 26 23 26 26
Ø 5/3 5/3 6/4 6/4 6/4 8/6 8/6 8/6
NI/min* CH1 45 8 310 8 45 9 310 10 420 10 310 12 420 12 500 12
CH2 8 14 8 14 17 14 17 20
q.ty 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
UNIDIRECTIONAL FLOW REGULATOR FOR CYLINDER (OUT) TYPE RC-RC-5/M5 RC-RC-5/01 RC-RC-6/M5 RC-RC-6/01 RC-RC-6/02 RC-RC-8/01 RC-RC-8/02 RC-RC-8/03
L 24,5 34 24,5 31,5 38 31,5 38 47
* Nominal flow rate at 6 bar
Push-on brass fittings series RC
5.45
5
VS
Mini ball-valves
series
TECHNICAL DATA Body Ball Lever Seals O-Ring Surface treatment Thread Max. pressure Working temperature Acuation Nominal orifice Flow direction
5
Nickel-plated brass Hard chromium-plated brass Polyamide Polytetrafluoroethylene NBR rubber Chromium- plating Parallel (BSPP) and taper (BSPT): 1/8 ÷ 3/4 20 bar -18 ÷ +80 °C 90° 5 ÷ 14 mm Bidirectional
FEMALE/FEMALE WITH HEXAGONAL BODY TYPE VSR-FF-01 VSR-FF-02 VSR-FF-03 VSR-FF-04 VSR-FF-06
L 40 40 40 46 52
TYPE VSR-MF-01 VSR-MF-02 VSR-MF-03 VSR-MF-04 VSR-MF-06
L 40 39 40 48 54
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4
D 30 22 22 22 22
E 38 38 38 42 48
F 21 21 21 25 30
Ø 6 8 8 10 14
CH 21 21 21 25 30
q.ty 20 20 20 20 15
D 30 22 22 22 22
E 38 38 38 42 48
F 21 21 21 25 30
Ø 6 8 8 10 14
CH 21 21 21 25 30
q.ty 20 20 20 20 15
MALE/FEMALE WITH HEXAGONAL BODY
5.46
Mini ball-valves series VS
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4
VS
Mini ball-valves
series
FEMALE/FEMALE TYPE VS-FF-01 VS-FF-02 VS-FF-03 VS-FF-04
L 36,5 43 48 59
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
P1 8 11 11,5 16
P2 8 11 16 23
D 19 19 18 25
E 21,5 21,5 22,5 32
Ø 5,5 5,5 7 10
CH 14 14 18 22
q.ty 20 20 20 20
MALE/FEMALE WITH TAPER THREAD TYPE VS1-MF-01 VS1-MF-02 VS1-MF-03 VS1-MF-04
L 35,5 40,5 48 58
A R1/8 R1/4 R3/8 R1/2
A1 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
D 19 19 19 26
E 21,5 21,5 22,5 32
P1 8 11 13 17
P2 8 11 16 23
Ø 5,5 5,5 8 10
CH 14 14 18 22
q.ty 20 20 20 20
TYPE VS-MF-01 VS-MF-02 VS-MF-03 VS-MF-04
L 34,5 35,5 37,5 38,5
A G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
A1 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
D 19 19 19 19
E 21,5 21,5 21,5 21,5
P1 7 8 8 8
P2 8 8 11 11
Ø 5,5 5,5 5,5 5,5
CH 14 14 14 14
q.ty 20 20 20 20
MALE/FEMALE WITH PARALLEL THREAD
Mini ball-valves series VS
5.47
5
Silencers PARALLEL SILENCER TYPE ES8/N ES4/N ES3/N ES2/N ES15/N ES1/N
5
A 15,5 19,5 24,5 24,5 48 48
C 6 8 11 11 18 18
D 26,5 35 47 47 97 97
G 1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1
q.ty 100 100 50 50 10 10
CH 9 12 16 19 22
q.ty 50 50 50 50 20
CH 10 13 17 22 24 30 36
q.ty 100 50 50 50 50 50 50
FLAT SILENCER TYPE SP-M5 SP-01 SP-02 SP-03 SP-04
L 9,5 11 14,5 17 19
B 5 6 8,5 10 11
ØD 6,4 10 13 16 17
G M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2
CONICAL SILENCER TYPE SC-M5 SC-01 SC-02 SC-03 SC-04 SC-06 SC-08
5.48
Silencers
L 20 24 33 44 49 57 72
B 3,5 4 4 5 6,5 7,5 8,5
ØD 5,5 8 11 14 18 21 27
F 5 6 8 10 10 11 15,5
R M5 G1/8 G1/4 G3/8 G1/2 G3/4 G1
T
Polyurethane tubes (PU 98 ShA)
series DESCRIPTION Polyurethane tubes type T-PU have been designed to satisfy the needs of “heavy duty” applications such oleo-dynamics, robotics, pneumatic, tools & industrial machinery thanks to their outstanding technical features. These tubes show very high flexibility to low temperatures, low sensibility to “click” and “stress cracking” effects, excellent resistance to abrasion, good resistance to atnospheric agents, good aging, extremely resistant to exertion.
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Hardness Density Elongation at break Tear resistance Flexural modulus Abrasion loss Break resistance
-20 ÷ +70°C 98 ShA/52ShD 1.22 g/cm3 500 % 130 N/mm 140 MPa 25 mm3 55 MPa
MATERIALS Tube Standard colour Alternative colours upon request
Poliurethane 98 ShA Sky-Blue (SB) Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Sky-Blue (SB) Cyan (CN) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY) - Natural (N)
5
MEAN FEATURES TUBES T-PU Ø (mm) External
Internal
4 6 8 8 8 10 10 10 12
2 4 5 5,5 6 7 7,5 8 9
BURSTING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
WORKING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
BENDING RAY (mm)
REELS LENGHT (m)
60 40 52 40 28 35 30 27 25
15 10 13 10 7 8,5 7,5 5,5 6
11 18 25 30 35 30 40 45 50
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
TYPE
T-PU-4X2 T-PU-6X4 T-PU-8X5 T-PU-8X5,5 T-PU-8X6 T-PU-10X7 T-PU-10X7,5 T-PU-10X8 T-PU-12X9
P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order
ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE -20°C
0°C
+23°C
+30°C
+40°C
+50°C
+60°C
1,87
1,4
1
0,84
0,70
0,60
0,52
P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard
ATTENTION The use of this tubing typology with continuous pulsing pressure can create heat accumulation, although it is particulary resistant to labour and tension flexions. Polyurethane is generally resistant to ozone, oil, fats, fuels and chemical solutions. Poyurethane is not resistant, or low resistant, to concentrate acids, keton, hydrocarbon and chloride.
Polyurethane tubes series T
5.49
T
Polyamide tubes (PA12)
series
DESCRIPTION Polyamide tubes type T-PA12 are for technical applications due to theirs characteristics of flexibility and mechanical performances. These tubes show high mechanical properties to traction and to continuous & alternate flexion, notable flexibility, good stability to heat, remarkable resistance to aging, low water absorption, remarkable resistance to hydrocarbons and oils and good inertness to chemical agents. This kind of materil is particularly indicated for the accomplishment os tubing for pneumatics, robotics, steel, industrial machinery, etc., when there is the necessity to remarkeable flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Hardness Density Elongation at break Resistenza a strappo Flexural modulus
5
-40 ÷ +70°C 65 ShD 1.03 g/cm3 > 300 % 130 N/mm 410 MPa
MATERIALS Tube Standard colour Alternative colours upon request
Polyamide (PA12) Sky Blue (SB) Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Blue (B) - Orange (O) Sky-Blue (SB) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY) Natural (N) - Brown (M)
MAIN FEATURES TUBES T-PA12 Ø (mm) External
Internal
4 4 4 6 8 10 12
2 2,5 2,7 4 6 8 10
BURSTING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
WORKING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
BENDING RAY (mm)
REELS LENGTH (m)
130 108 78 81 60 45 39
44 36 26 27 20 15 13
15 20 25 30 40 60 85
100 100 100 100 100 100 100
TYPE
T-PA12-4X2 T-PA12-4X2,5 T-PA12-4X2,7 T-PA12-6X4 T-PA12-8X6 T-PA12-10X8 T-PA12-12X10
P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order
ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE -20°C
0°C
+23°C
+30°C
+40°C
+50°C
+60°C
1,87
1,4
1
0,80
0,65
0,55
0,45
P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard
5.50
Polyamide tubes series T
T
Polyethylene tubes (LDPE)
series DESCRIPTION Polyethylene tubes type T-PELD are particularly indicated for all applications where there are not specific problems pressures and very high temperatures, as for example for water treatment, chemical industry, agriculture, irrigation applications and compressed air. They are even suitable for alimentary applications and food contact, complying with the D.M. 21/03/73 and following adjournments, the Directive 90/128/CEE, the FDA 21 CFR 177.1520, and even European Pharacopoeia. These tubes are totally recyclable and show high impact resistance, low sensibility to “click” and “stress cracking” effect, excellent resistance to chemical agents, good electrical properties, optimal flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA Working temperature Density Elongation at break Tear resistance Impact resistance Flexural modulus Tensile strenght at break
-20 ÷ +60°C 0.921 g/cm3 400 % 30 N/mm 310 g 100 MPa 26 MPa
MATERIALS Tube Standard colour Alternative colours upon request
Polyethylene low density (LDPE) Sky-Blue (SB) Red (R) - Green (G) - Yellow (Y) - Blue (B) Sky-Blue (SB) - Black (BK) - Grey (GY) - Natural (N)
5
MAIN FEATURES TUBES T-PELD Ø (mm) External
Internal
4 4 5 6 6,35 8 9,54 10 12 12 12
2 2,5 3 4 4,35 6 6,36 8 8 9 10
BURSTING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
WORKING PRESSURE (bar) 23°C
BENDING RAY (mm)
REELS LENGTH (m)
75 60 50 40 36 30 40 25 30 28 20
18,5 15 12,5 10 9 7,5 10 6 7,5 7 5
20 25 30 40 50 50 100 120 160 120 120
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
TYPE
T-PELD-4X2 T-PELD-4X2,5 T-PELD-5X3 T-PELD-6X4 T-PELD-6,35X4,35 T-PELD-8X6 T-PELD-9,54X6,36 T-PELD-10X8 T-PELD-12X8 T-PELD-12X9 T-PELD-12X10
P.S.: Please specify the colour of the tube with the order
ALTERATION SCALE ACCORDING TO TEMPERATURE -20°C
0°C
+23°C
+30°C
+40°C
+50°C
+60°C
1,87
1,4
1
0,80
0,60
0,50
0,40
P.S.: This information is only indicative. The validation of the application is at the user charge. For this kind of tubing the manifacturer suggests to use a working pressure of 1/4 than the bursting pressure. These tubing respect the tolerance indicated in the DIN 73 873 standard
ATTENTION It is recommended to avoid connecting the polyethylene tubing with fittings that may deform its extremity, because this material does not resist to enlargements approximately over 15%. “Creep” problems could occur with non-suitable fittings.
Polyethylene tubes series T
5.51
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM Ø/BM/Z/mm Ø/BP/Z/mm Ø/stroke CPA/M Ø/stroke CPA/M Ø/stroke CPU Ø/stroke CPU Ø/stroke CPU/FM Ø/stroke CPU/FM Ø/stroke CPUI/M Ø/stroke CPUI/M Ø/stroke CPUI/MZ Ø/stroke CPUI/N Ø/stroke CPUI/N Ø/stroke CPUI/N _ 2 Ø/stroke CPUI/NZ Ø/stroke CPUI/Z Ø/stroke CX Ø/stroke CX Ø/stroke CX/FM Ø/stroke CX/FM Ø/stroke DB Ø/stroke DB Ø/stroke DB/M Ø/stroke DB/M Ø/stroke DBA Ø/stroke DBA/M Ø/stroke DBA_ Ø/stroke DBG_2 Ø/stroke DBGB Ø/stroke DBGB Ø/stroke DBGM Ø/stroke DBGM Ø/stroke DBU/M7 Ø/stroke DBU/M7 Ø/stroke DBU/M8 Ø/stroke DBU/M8 Ø/stroke DBU7 Ø/stroke DBU7 Ø/stroke DBU8 Ø/stroke DBUA/M8 Ø/stroke DBUA8 Ø/stroke DBUI Ø/stroke DBUI/M Ø/stroke DBUI/M7 Ø/stroke DBUI/M8 Ø/stroke DBUI7 Ø/stroke DBUI8 Ø/stroke DBUIA Ø/stroke DBUIA/M Ø/stroke DBUIA/M7 Ø/stroke DBUIA/M7 Ø/stroke DBUIA/M8 Ø/stroke DBUIA7 Ø/stroke DBUIA8 Ø/stroke DCB Ø/stroke DCB Ø/stroke DFAB Ø/stroke DFAB Ø/stroke DFPB Ø/stroke DPB Ø/stroke DVB Ø/stroke P _ _ _2 Ø/stroke P_ _ _1 Ø/stroke P_ _X Ø/stroke PDC
a
PAGE 1.75 1.75 1.38 1.38 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.24 1.47 1.25 1.24 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.24 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.51 1.59 1.51 1.59 1.51 1.51 1.59 1.59 1.51 1.67 1.51 1.67 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.8
ITEM Ø/stroke PDC Ø/stroke PDC Ø/stroke PDE Ø/stroke PDX Ø/stroke PSC Ø/stroke PSE Ø/stroke PYC Ø/stroke PYE Ø/stroke SB_ Ø/stroke SBU_ _ Ø/stroke SCB Ø/stroke SCB Ø/stroke SFAB Ø/stroke SFAB Ø/stroke SFPB Ø/stroke SFPB Ø/stroke SPB Ø/stroke SPB Ø/stroke SVB Ø/stroke SVB Ø/stroke U_ _ _ _2 Ø/stroke U_ _ _A Ø/stroke U_ _ _Z Ø/stroke U_ _X Ø/stroke UDC Ø/stroke UDE Ø/stroke UPDC Ø/stroke UPDE Ø/stroke USC Ø/stroke USE Ø/stroke UYC Ø/stroke UYE Ø/stroke X/M Ø/stroke X/N Ø/stroke YB_ Ø/stroke YBU_ _ Ø/stroke YCB Ø/stroke YFAB Ø/stroke YFPB Ø/stroke YPB Ø/stroke YVB Ø/stroke Z_ _1 Ø/stroke Z_ _2 Ø/stroke ZK Ø/stroke ZK Ø/stroke ZKF Ø/stroke ZKF Ø/stroke ZS Ø/stroke ZSF Ø/stroke ZSFF Ø/stroke_B_ _ _2 Ø/stroke_B_ _1 Ø/stroke_BUA_ _8 Ø/stroke_CBC Ø/stroke_FPBC Ø/strokeX/_ _ _4 Ø/strokeX/_Z Ø/strokeX/N_2 Ø/SG/BG Ø/SG/BG Ø/SG/BU Ø/SG/BU Ø/SG/BU2 Ø/SG/BU2 Ø/SG/CPA/M
PAGE 1.8 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.59 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.15 1.15 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.21 1.21 1.69 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.59 1.59 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.67 1.67 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.38
ITEM Ø/SG/CPU Ø/SG/CPU Ø/SG/CPU/FM Ø/SG/CPU/FM Ø/SG/CPU2 Ø/SG/CPU2 Ø/SG/CPUI/M Ø/SG/CPUI/M Ø/SG/CPUI/N Ø/SG/CPUI/N Ø/SG/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/CX Ø/SG/CX Ø/SG/CX 2 Ø/SG/CX/FM Ø/SG/CX/FM Ø/SG/CX2 Ø/SG/HB Ø/SG/HB Ø/SG/HB2 Ø/SG/HB2 Ø/SG/R/BU Ø/SG/R/BU Ø/SG/R/BU2 Ø/SG/R/CPU Ø/SG/R/CPU Ø/SG/R/CPU/FM Ø/SG/R/CPU2 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M Ø/SG/R/CPUI/M Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/R/CPUI/N2 Ø/SG/R/CX Ø/SG/R/CX Ø/SG/R/CX/FM Ø/SG/R/CX2 Ø/SG/R/CX2 Ø/SG/R/HB Ø/SG/R/HB Ø/SG/R/HB2 Ø/SG/R/X Ø/SG/R/X2 Ø/SG/X Ø/SG/X2 Ø/SG/Z Ø/SG/Z Ø_ stroke CPA/M1 Ø_stroke _BU_ _ 1 Ø_stroke CPU _ 1 Ø_stroke CPU2 Ø_stroke CPUI/M_ 1 Ø_stroke CPUI/N_ 1 Ø_stroke CX _ 1 Ø_stroke CX_ _4 Ø_stroke CX_ _6 Ø_stroke CX2 Ø_stroke_BU_ _2 Ø_stroke_BUI_ _ Ø_stroke_CB_ _ _5 Ø_stroke_CB_ _4 Ø_stroke_CB_1 Ø_stroke_CB_2
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.75 1.75 1.38 1.51 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.41 1.51 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69
ITEM Ø_stroke_FAB_ _ _5 Ø_stroke_FAB_ _4 Ø_stroke_FAB_1 Ø_stroke_FAB_2 Ø_stroke_FPB_ _ _5 Ø_stroke_FPB_ _4 Ø_stroke_FPB_1 Ø_stroke_FPB_2 Ø_stroke_PB_ _ _5 Ø_stroke_PB_ _4 Ø_stroke_PB_1 Ø_stroke_PB_2 Ø_stroke_VB_ _ _5 Ø_stroke_VB_ _4 Ø_stroke_VB_1 Ø_stroke_VB_2 Ø_strokeX/_ _1 Ø_Pstroke 1 + stroke 2 CX_ Ø_Vstroke 1 + stroke 2 CX_ ØDFPB ØDPB ØDVB ØF stroke _BU_ _ ØH stroke PDC ØH stroke PDE ØH stroke UDC ØH stroke UDE ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/M ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/N ØPstroke1+stroke2DBU_ _ ØPstroke1+stroke2X/M ØPstroke1+stroke2X/N ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/M ØPstroke1+stroke2CPUI/N ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI7 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUI8 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA7 ØPstroke1+stroke2DBUIA8 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI7 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUI8 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA7 ØPstroke1+stroke2SBUIA8 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI7 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUI8 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA
PAGE 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.21 1.41 1.41 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.51 1.12 1.12 1.3 1.3 1.25 1.25 1.51 1.21 1.21 1.25 1.25 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M7 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA/M8 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA7 ØPstroke1+stroke2YBUIA8 ØRAstroke CPA/M ØRBstroke CPA/M ØRAstroke CPU/M ØRBstroke CPU/FM ØRstroke CPUI/.Z ØRstroke CPUI/M ØRstroke CPUI/N ØRstroke CX ØRstroke CX/FM ØRstrokeDB ØRstrokeDB/M ØRstrokeDBU/M7 ØRstrokeDBU/M8 ØRstrokeDBU7 ØRstrokeDBU8 ØRstrokeDBUIA ØRstrokeDBUIA/M ØRstrokeDBUIA/M7 ØRstrokeDBUIA/M8 ØRstrokeDBUIA7 ØRstrokeDBUIA8 ØRstrokeDBUI ØRstroke DFAB ØRstroke DFABC ØRstroke DPB ØRstroke DVB ØRstroke DVBC ØRstroke PD.X ØRstroke PDC ØRstroke PDE ØRstroke PYE ØRstrokeSBU/M7 ØRstrokeSBU/M8 ØRstrokeSBU7 ØRstrokeSBU8 ØRstrokeSBUI ØRstrokeSBUI/M7 ØRstrokeSBUI/M8 ØRstrokeSBUI7 ØRstrokeSBUI8 ØRstrokeSBUIA ØRstrokeSBUIA/M ØRstrokeSBUIA/M7 ØRstrokeSBUIA/M8 ØRstrokeSBUIA7 ØRstrokeSBUIA8 ØRstrokeYBUI/M7 ØRstrokeYBUI/M8 ØRstrokeYBUI7 ØRstrokeYBUI8 ØRstrokeYBUIA ØRstrokeYBUIA/M ØRstrokeYBUIA/M7 ØRstrokeYBUIA/M8 ØRstrokeYBUIA7 ØRstrokeYBUIA8 ØRstroke UD..Z ØRstroke UD.X ØRstroke UDC ØRstroke UDE
PAGE 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.38 1.38 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.59 1.59 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.69 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
ITEM ØRstroke USC ØRstroke USE ØRstroke UYC ØRstroke UYE ØRstrokeX/M ØRstrokeX/N ØSstrokeCPU ØSstrokeCPU/FM ØSstrokeCPUI/M ØSstrokeCPUI/N ØSstrokeCX ØSstrokeCX/FM ØSstrokeX/M ØSstrokeX/N ØRAstroke CPA/M ØRBstroke CPA/M ØRAstroke CPU/M ØRBstroke CPU/FM ØTstroke CPUI/M ØTstroke CPUI/N ØTstroke CX ØTstroke CX/FM ØTstrokeDBU/M7 ØTstrokeDBU/M8 ØTstrokeDBU7 ØTstrokeDBU8 ØTstrokeDBUIA ØTstrokeDBUIA/M ØTstrokeDBUIA/M7 ØTstrokeDBUIA/M8 ØTstrokeDBUIA7 ØTstrokeDBUIA8 ØTstrokeSBUI ØTstrokeSBUI/M7 ØTstrokeSBUI/M8 ØTstrokeSBUI7 ØTstrokeSBUI8 ØTstrokeSBUIA ØTstrokeSBUIA/M ØTstrokeSBUIA/M7 ØTstrokeSBUIA/M8 ØTstrokeSBUIA7 ØTstrokeSBUIA8 ØTstrokeYBUI/M7 ØTstrokeYBUI/M8 ØTstrokeYBUI7 ØTstrokeYBUI8 ØTstrokeYBUIA ØTstrokeYBUIA/M ØTstrokeYBUIA/M7 ØTstrokeYBUIA/M8 ØTstrokeYBUIA7 ØTstrokeYBUIA8 ØTstrokeX/M ØTstrokeX/N ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/7 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/8 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/M7 ØVstroke1+stroke2DBU/M8 ØVstroke1+stroke2X/M ØVstroke1+stroke2X/N ØVstroke CPUI/M ØVstroke CPUI/N ØVstroke CX ØVstroke CX/FM
PAGE 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.21 1.21 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.21 1.21 1.38 1.38 1.47 1.47 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.21 1.21 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.21 1.21 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41
ITEM ØVstrokeDBU/M7 ØVstrokeDBU/M8 ØVstrokeDBU7 ØVstrokeDBU8 ØVstrokeDBUIA ØVstrokeDBUIA/M ØVstrokeDBUIA/M7 ØVstrokeDBUIA/M8 ØVstrokeDBUIA7 ØVstrokeDBUIA8 ØVstrokeSBUI ØVstrokeSBUI/M7 ØVstrokeSBUI/M8 ØVstrokeSBUI7 ØVstrokeSBUI8 ØVstrokeSBUIA ØVstrokeSBUIA/M ØVstrokeSBUIA/M7 ØVstrokeSBUIA/M8 ØVstrokeSBUIA7 ØVstrokeSBUIA8 ØVstrokeYBUI/M7 ØVstrokeYBUI/M8 ØVstrokeYBUI7 ØVstrokeYBUI8 ØVstrokeYBUIA ØVstrokeYBUIA/M ØVstrokeYBUIA/M7 ØVstrokeYBUIA/M8 ØVstrokeYBUIA7 ØVstrokeYBUIA8 ØVstrokeX/M ØVstrokeX/N ØYstroke CPUI/M ØYstroke CPUI/N ØYstroke CX ØYstroke CX/FM ØYstrokeX/M ØYstrokeX/N A/SG/2 A/SG/4 A/SG/8 ALR2 ALR4 ALR8 ALRN4 ALRN8 ALRNU4 ALRNU8 ALRU2 ALRU4 ALRU8 AM2 AM2F AM4 AM4/E AM4F AM4F/E AM8 AM8/E AM8F AM8F/E AML4 AML4F AML8
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.51 1.21 1.21 1.25 1.25 1.41 1.41 1.21 1.21 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22
ITEM AML8F AP4 AP8 AP8F AQB8N AQB8R AQB8V AQF8N AQF8R AQF8V AR8 ARN8 AS2 AS4 AS8 AT2 AT4 AT8 AVL4 AVL4F AVL8 AVL8F B/PB Ø COPPIA BG/PFØ BU/CF Ø BU/CF Ø AC BU/CM Ø AC BU/CM Ø BU/CTA Ø BU/F Ø BU/F Ø AC BU/PB Ø C/ELP8M C/SG/2 C/SG/4 C/SG/8 C/UEASGB C/UEASVB C/UECSPB C/UECSVB C/USASGP C/USASVP C/USCSGP C/USCSVG C/USCSVP C4/USASGG C4/USCSGG C8/USAP/4 C8/USAP/6 C8/USAP/8 C8/USASGG C8/USCP/4 C8/USCP/6 C8/USCP/8 C8/USCSGG CA/SG/2 CA/SG/4 CA/SG/8 CALR2 CALR4 CALR8 CALRN4 CALRN8 CALRNU4 CALRNU8
PAGE 3.22 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 1.66 1.68 1.58 1.58 1.57 1.57 1.58 1.57 1.57 1.57 2.13 3.19 3.19 3.19 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.11 2.11 2.11 2.13 2.11 2.9 2.9 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.9 2.10 2.10 2.10 2.9 3.19 3.19 3.19 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20
b
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM CALRU2 CALRU4 CALRU8 CAM2 CAM2F CAM4 CAM4/E CAM4F CAM4F/E CAM8 CAM8/E CAM8F CAM8F/E CAML4 CAML4F CAML8 CAML8F CAP8 CAP8F CASS2 CASS4 CASS8 CAT2 CAT4 CAT8 CAVL4 CAVL4F CAVL8 CAVL8F CCM2 CCM2F CCM4 CCM4/E CCM4F CCM4F/E CCM8 CCM8/E CCM8F CCM8F/E CCML4 CCML4F CCML8 CCML8F CCVL4 CCVL4F CCVL8 CCVL8F CEK8/2 CEK8/3 CEK8/5 CK2/2 CK2/3 CK2/5 CK4/2 CK4/3 CK4/4 CK4/5 CK4/8 CK8/2 CK8/3 CK8/5 CLR2 CLR4 CLR8 CLRN4
c
PAGE 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.28 3.28 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.71 2.71 2.71 2.68 2.68 2.68 2.68 2.68 2.65 2.65 2.65 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20
ITEM CLRN8 CLRNU4 CLRNU8 CLRU2 CLRU4 CLRU8 CM2 CM2F CM4 CM4/E CM4F CM4F/E CM8 CM8/E CM8F CM8F/E CML4 CML4F CML8 CML8F CN/PR54 CN/PR65 CNT3 CNT5 CP4 CP8 CP8F CPA/FØ CPA/PBØ CPU/CF Ø CPU/CM Ø CPU/CPUI/SEC Ø CPU/F Ø CPU/P Ø CPUI/AS Ø CPUI/AS Ø AC CPUI/ASSS Ø AC CPUI/CF Ø CPUI/CF Ø AC CPUI/CF Ø B CPUI/CFA Ø CPUI/CFS Ø CPUI/CFS Ø AC CPUI/CM Ø CPUI/CM Ø AC CPUI/CM Ø B CPUI/CMSS Ø CPUI/CMSS Ø AC CPUI/CT Ø CPUI/CTA Ø CPUI/CTL Ø CPUI/F Ø CPUI/PB Ø CPUI/SCT Ø CPUI/SEC Ø AC CPUI/SEC Ø AT CQB8N CQB8R CQB8V CQF8N CQF8R CQF8V CR8 CRN8 CS2
PAGE 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 4.28 4.28 1.94 1.94 3.28 3.28 3.28 1.40 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.29-1.50 1.49 1.49 1.30 1.30 1.31 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.30 1.30 1.29 1.29 1.29 1.31 1.31 1.32 1.31 1.32 1.28 1.28 1.32 1.29 1.30 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.20 3.20 3.20
ITEM CS4 CS8 CT2 CT4 CT8 CVL4 CVL4F CVL8 CVL8F CX/AN Ø CX/AS Ø/SQ CX/CF Ø CX/CPU/CT Ø CX/CPUI/CT Ø CX/F Ø CX/FF10 CX/FF16x1,5 CX/FF20x1,5 CX/FF27x2 CX/FFP10 CX/FFP16x1,5 CX/FFP20x1,5 CX/FFP27x2 CX/FFP36x2 CX/FM10 CX/FM16x1,5 CX/FM20x1,5 CX/FM27x2 CX/FM36x2 CX/P Ø CX/PB Ø CX/PL Ø CX/SEC Ø D3/15 D3/2 D3/2B D3/4 D3/4B DS2 DS3 DS4 DS8 DST10 DST10x1,25 DST12x1,25 DST16x1,5 DST20x1,5 DST27x2 DST36x2 DST4 DST6 DST8 EK/M/SG/4 EK/M/SG/8 EK/SG/2 EK/SG/4 EK/SG/8 EK2 KLC/KLC EK2 KLR/KLR EK2 KR/KR EK2 KUC/KUC EK2 KUR/KUR EK4 KLC/KLC EK4 KLR/KLR EK4 KR/KR
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 1.46 1.46 1.44 1.46-1.49 1.32-1.46 1.44 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.44 1.45 1.44 1.45 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 3.30 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 1.92 3.8 3.8 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.57 2.57 2.56 2.57 2.57 2.52 2.49 2.49
ITEM EK4 KR/TR EK4 KUC/KUC EK4 KUR/KUR EK4/LR EK4/LRLR EK4/LRLRN EK4/LRN EK4/M EK4/MF EK4/MV EK4/MVF EK4/PS EK4/PSS EK4/T EK4/TF EK8 KLC/KLC EK8 KLR/KLR EK8 KR/KR EK8 KR/TR EK8 KUC/KUC EK8 KUR/KUR EK8/LR EK8/LRLR EK8/LRLRN EK8/LRLRU EK8/LRN EK8/LRU EK8/M EK8/MF EK8/MV EK8/MVF EK8/PS EK8/PSS EK8/T EK8/TF EKA2 KLC/TQ EKA2 KLC/ZR EKA2 KLR/ZR EKA2 KR/TQ EKA2 KR/ZR EKA2 KUC/TQ EKA2 KUC/ZR EKA2 KUR/ZR EKA4 KLC/TQ EKA4 KLC/ZR EKA4 KLR/ZR EKA4 KR/TQ EKA4 KR/ZR EKA4 KUC/TQ EKA4 KUC/ZR EKA4 KUR/ZR EKA8 KLC/TQ EKA8 KLC/ZR EKA8 KLR/ZR EKA8 KR/TQ EKA8 KR/ZR EKA8 KUC/TQ EKA8 KUC/ZR EKA8 KUR/ZR EKA8/A EKA8/Q EKA8/TD EKC2 KLC/TQ EKC2 KLC/ZR EKC2 KLR/TQ
PAGE 2.49 2.52 2.52 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.14 3.14 3.16 3.16 2.44 2.44 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.46 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.9 3.9 3.12 3.12 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.52 2.52 2.52 2.49 2.49 2.52 2.52 2.52 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.44 2.44 2.46 2.46 2.46 3.9 3.9 3.9 2.57 2.57 2.57
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM EKC2 KLR/ZR EKC2 KR/TQ EKC2 KR/ZR EKC2 KUC/TQ EKC2 KUC/ZR EKC2 KUR/TQ EKC2 KUR/ZR EKC4 KLC/TQ EKC4 KLC/ZR EKC4 KLR/ZR EKC4 KR/TQ EKC4 KR/ZR EKC4 KUC/TQ EKC4 KUC/ZR EKC4 KUR/ZR EKC8 KLC/TQ EKC8 KLC/ZR EKC8 KLR/ZR EKC8 KR/TQ EKC8 KR/ZR EKC8 KUC/TQ EKC8 KUC/ZR EKC8 KUR/ZR EKC8/A EKC8/Q EKC8/TD EKCA/M/SG/2 EKCA/M/SG/4 EKCA/M/SG/8 EKCA/SG/2 EKCA/SG/4 EKCA/SG/8 EKCA2 KLC/KLC EKCA2 KLC/TQ EKCA2 KLC/ZR EKCA2 KLR/KLR EKCA2 KLR/ZR EKCA2 KR/KR EKCA2 KR/TQ EKCA2 KR/ZR EKCA2 KUC/KUC EKCA2 KUC/TQ EKCA2 KUC/ZR EKCA2 KUR/KUR EKCA2 KUR/ZR EKCA2 SLC/SLC EKCA2 SLR/SLR EKCA2 SR/SR EKCA2 SUC/SUC EKCA2 SUR/SUR EKCA2/M EKCA2/MA EKCA2/MAF EKCA2/MF EKCA2/MS EKCA2/MSF EKCA4 ALC/ALC EKCA4 ALR/ALR EKCA4 AR/AR EKCA4 AUC/AUC EKCA4 AUR/AUR EKCA4 KLC/KLC EKCA4 KLC/TQ EKCA4 KLC/ZR EKCA4 KLR/KLR
PAGE 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.57 2.52 2.52 2.52 2.59 2.59 2.52 2.52 2.52 2.46 2.46 2.46 2.44 2.44 2.46 2.46 2.46 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.8 3.8 2.43 2.43 2.43 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.58 2.56 2.58 2.58 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 3.18 2.53 2.53 2.50 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53
ITEM EKCA4 KLR/ZR EKCA4 KR/KR EKCA4 KR/TQ EKCA4 KR/TR EKCA4 KR/ZR EKCA4 KUC/KUC EKCA4 KUC/TQ EKCA4 KUC/ZR EKCA4 KUR/KUR EKCA4 KUR/ZR EKCA4 PLC/PLC EKCA4 PLR/PLR EKCA4 PR/PR EKCA4 PUC/PUC EKCA4 PUR/PUR EKCA4 SLC/SLC EKCA4 SLR/SLR EKCA4 SR/SR EKCA4 SUC/SUC EKCA4 SUR/SUR EKCA4/LR EKCA4/LRLR EKCA4/LRLRN EKCA4/LRN EKCA4/M EKCA4/MA EKCA4/MA/F EKCA4/MF EKCA4/MS EKCA4/MS/F EKCA4/MV EKCA4/MVF EKCA4/PS EKCA4/PSS EKCA4/T EKCA4/TF EKCA8 ALC/ALC EKCA8 ALR/ALR EKCA8 AR/AR EKCA8 AUC/AUC EKCA8 AUR/AUR EKCA8 KLC/KLC EKCA8 KLC/TQ EKCA8 KLC/ZR EKCA8 KLR/KLR EKCA8 KLR/ZR EKCA8 KUC/KUC EKCA8 KUC/TQ EKCA8 KUC/ZR EKCA8 KUR/KUR EKCA8 KUR/ZR EKCA8 PLC/PLC EKCA8 PLR/PLR EKCA8 PUC/PUC EKCA8 PUR/PUR EKCA8 SLC/SLC EKCA8 SLR/SLR EKCA8 SR/SR EKCA8 SUC/SUC EKCA8 SUR/SUR EKCA8/A EKCA8/LR EKCA8/LRLR EKCA8/LRLRN EKCA8/LRLRU
PAGE 2.53 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.50 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.53 2.50 2.53 2.53 3.14 3.14 3.10 3.10 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.16 3.14 3.14 3.16 3.16 2.47 2.47 2.45 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.45 2.47 2.47 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
ITEM EKCA8/LRN EKCA8/LRU EKCA8/M EKCA8/MA EKCA8/MAF EKCA8/MF EKCA8/MS EKCA8/MSF EKCA8/MV EKCA8/MVF EKCA8/PS EKCA8/PSS EKCA8/Q EKCA8/T EKCA8/TD EKCA8/TF ELA4 ELM4 ELN4 ELO4 ELPG8S ELPG8S/B ELPG8S/B/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/BAG ELPG8S/BAG/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/BAV ELPG8S/BAV/USBG/voltage ELPG8S/BP ELPG8S/BP/USBG/voltage ELPP8S ELPP8S/P ELPP8S/P/USB/voltage ELPP8S/PAG ELPP8S/PAG/USB/voltage ELPP8S/PAV/USB/voltage ELSQ ELY4 ENCA/SG/4 ENCA4 ALC/ALC ENCA4 ALR/ALR ENCA4 AR/AR ENCA4 AUC/PUC ENCA4 AUR/AUR ENCA4 KLC/KLC ENCA4 KLC/TQ ENCA4 KLC/ZR ENCA4 KLR/KLR ENCA4 KLR/ZR ENCA4 KR/KR ENCA4 KR/TQ ENCA4 KR/TR ENCA4 KR/ZR ENCA4 KUC/KUC ENCA4 KUC/TQ ENCA4 KUC/ZR ENCA4 KUR/KUR ENCA4 KUR/ZR ENCA4 PLC/PLC ENCA4 PLR/PLR ENCA4 PR/PR ENCA4 PR/PR ENCA4 PUC/PUC ENCA4 SLC/SLC ENCA4 SLR/SLR ENCA4 SR/SR
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 3.9 3.9 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.12 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.12 3.9 3.12 3.32 3.33 3.33 3.32 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.12 2.11 2.11 2.11 2.11 2.11 2.11 3.33 3.33 2.43 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.51 2.51 2.51 2.51 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.51 2.51 2.54 2.54 2.54 2.51
ITEM ENCA4 SUC/SUC ENCA4 SUR/SUR ENCA4 TQ/KUC ES…/N EV1 EV12 EV16 EV2 EV3 EV4 EV6 EV8 EZ/SVG/P1 EZ/SVG/P2 EZ/SVG/P3 EZ1/20 EZ1/40 EZ1/PM EZ1/SVG EZ1/SVG/1 EZ1/SVG/2 EZ2/20 EZ2/40 EZ2/5 EZ2/SVG EZ2/SVG/1 EZ3/20 EZ3/40 EZ3/5 EZ3/PM EZ3/SVG EZ3/SVG/1 EZ3/SVG/2 EZAP/R1 EZAP/R2 EZAP/R3 EZAP/U1 EZAP/U2 EZAP/U3 EZAP1/SVG EZAP1/SVG/1 EZAP2/SVG EZAP2/SVG/1 EZAP3/SVG EZAP3/SVG/1 EZF1/40PM/SA EZF1/40PM/SM EZF1/40PM/SS EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SA EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SM EZF1/40RR7L/PM/SS EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SA EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SM EZF1/40RR7LCA/PM/SS EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SA EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SM EZF1/40RR7LCC/PM/SS EZF2/20PM/SA EZF2/20PM/SM EZF2/20PM/SS EZF3/20/SM EZF3/20/SS EZF3/20PM/SM EZF3/20PM/SS EZF3/20RR7L/PM/SM
PAGE 2.54 2.54 2.54 5.48 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 2.94 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.13 4.13 4.19 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.22 4.22 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13-4.19 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.24
d
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM EZF3/20RR7L/PM/SS EZF3/20RR7L/SM EZF3/20RR7L/SS EZF3/20RR7LCA/PM/SM EZF3/20RR7LCA/PM/SS EZF3/20RR7LCA/SM EZF3/20RR7LCA/SS EZF3/20RR7LCC/PM/SM EZF3/20RR7LCC/PM/SS EZF3/20RR7LCC/SM EZF3/20RR7LCC/SS EZL1/C EZL1PM/CA EZL1PM/CC EZL2/C EZL2PM EZL2PM/CA EZL2PM/CC EZL3 EZL3/C EZL3/CA EZL3/CC EZL3PM EZL3PM/CA EZL3PM/CC EZPA1/3 EZPA2/3 EZPA3/3 EZRR1/7 EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SA EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SM EZRR1/7F40L/PM/SS EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SA EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SM EZRR1/7F40LCA/PM/SS EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SA EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SM EZRR1/7F40LCC/PM/SS EZRR1/7F40PM/SA EZRR1/7F40PM/SM EZRR1/7F40PM/SS EZRR1/SG/6 EZRR2/7 EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SA EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SM EZRR2/7F20L/PM/SS EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SA EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SM EZRR2/7F20LCA/PM/SS EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SA EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SM EZRR2/7F20LCC/PM/SS EZRR2/7F20PM/SA EZRR2/7F20PM/SM EZRR2/7F20PM/SS EZRR2/SG/6 EZRR3/7 EZRR3/7F20/SM EZRR3/7F20/SS EZRR3/7F20L/PM/SM EZRR3/7F20L/PM/SS EZRR3/7F20L/SM EZRR3/7F20L/SS EZRR3/7F20LCA/PM/SM EZRR3/7F20LCA/PM/SS
e
PAGE 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.24 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.19 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.19 4.15 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.17 4.17 4.17 4.19 4.19 4.17 4.17 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23
ITEM EZRR3/7F20LCA/SM EZRR3/7F20LCA/SS EZRR3/7F20LCC/PM/SM EZRR3/7F20LCC/PM/SS EZRR3/7F20LCC/SM EZRR3/7F20LCC/SS EZRR3/7F20PM/SM EZRR3/7F20PM/SS EZRR3/SG/6 EZS2/3 EZT/F1/SA EZT/F1/SM EZT/F1/SS EZT/F2/PM/SA EZT/F2/PM/SM EZT/F2/PM/SS EZT/F3/SM EZT/F3/SS EZT/L1 EZT/L1/SLA EZT/L1/SLC EZT/L2/PM EZT/L2/PM/SLA EZT/L2/PM/SLC EZT/L3 EZT/L3/SLA EZT/L3/SLC EZVL/1 EZVL/2 EZVL/3 EZVL1/SVG EZVL1/SVG/1 EZVL2/SVG EZVL2/SVG/1 EZVL3/SVG EZVL3/SVG/1 FCLR4 FCLR8 FCLRN4 FCLRN8 FCLRNU4 FCLRNU8 FCLRU4 FCLRU8 FCP8 FCR8 FCRN8 FCS4 FCS8 FF10x1,25 FF10x1,25/SA FF10x1,25/SS FF12x1,25 FF12x1,25/SA FF12x1,25/SS FF16x1,5 FF16x1,5/SA FF16x1,5/SS FF20x1,5 FF20x1,5/SA FF20x1,5/SS FF27x2/SA FF27x2/SS FF36x2/SS FF4
PAGE 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.23 4.17 4.17 4.15 4.22 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.13 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.19 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 4.22 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.28 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 1.90 1.91 1.90 1.90 1.91 1.90 1.90 1.91 1.90 1.90 1.91 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.90
ITEM FF4/SS FF6 FF6 FF6/SA FF6/SS FF8 FF8 FF8/SA FF8/SS FFP10x1,25 FFP12x1,25 FFP16x1,5 FFP20x1,5 FFP27x2 FFP36x2 FFP6 FFP8 FG/050 FG/051 FG/052 FG/053 FG/054 FG/055 FG/056 FG/057 FG/058 FG/059 FG10 FG12 FG16 FG20 FG25 FG32 FG40 FG50 FG63 FG8 FM100 FM100/C FM100E FM100E/C FM100EN FM100EN/C FM100N FM100N/C FM100R FM100R/C FM101 FM101/C FM101E FM101E/C FM157 FM157/C FM157E FM157E/C FM158 FM158/C FM158E FM158E/C FS112 FS125 FS34 FS345 FS56 FS681
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 1.90 1.90 1.90 1.91 1.90 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.94 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.93 1.96 1.96 1.96 1.96 1.97 1.97 1.97 1.97 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.99 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
ITEM FS81 HALR2 HALR4 HALR8 HALRN4 HALRN8 HALRNU4 HALRNU8 HALRU2 HALRU4 HALRU8 HAM2 HAM2F HAM4 HAM4/E HAM4F HAM4F/E HAM8 HAM8/E HAM8F HAM8F/E HAML4 HAML4F HAML8 HAML8F HAQB8N HAQB8R HAQB8V HAQF8N HAQF8R HAQF8V HAR8 HARN8 HAS2 HAS4 HAS8 HAT2 HAT4 HAT8 HAVL4 HAVL4F HAVL8 HAVL8F HB/FF10 HB/FF12 HB/FF14 HB/FF16 HB/FF18 HB/FF20 HB/SEC Ø HCCM4 HCCM4/E HCCM4F HCCM4F/E HCCM8 HCCM8/E HCCM8F HCCM8F/E HCCML4 HCCML4F HCCML8 HCCML8F HCLR2 HCLR4 HCLR8
PAGE 1.95 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.70 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.20 3.20 3.20
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM HCLRN4 HCLRN8 HCLRNU4 HCLRNU8 HCLRU2 HCLRU4 HCLRU8 HCM2 HCM2F HCM4 HCM4/E HCM4F HCM4F/E HCM8 HCM8/E HCM8F HCM8F/E HCML4 HCML4F HCML8 HCML8F HCQB8N HCQB8R HCQB8V HCQF8N HCQF8R HCQF8V HCR8 HCRN8 HCS2 HCS4 HCS8 HCT2 HCT4 HCT8 HCVL4 HCVL4F HCVL8 HCVL8F HFCLR4 HFCLR8 HFCLRN4 HFCLRN8 HFCLRNU4 HFCLRNU8 HFCLRU4 HFCLRU8 HFCR8 HFCRN8 HFCS4 HFCS8 HS/BF Ø HS/BR Ø HS/NP Ø HS/PT Ø KB/EK 4/10 KB/EK 4/12 KB/EK 4/14 KB/EK 4/16 KB/EK 4/18 KB/EK 4/2 KB/EK 4/20 KB/EK 4/3 KB/EK 4/4 KB/EK 4/5
PAGE 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.22 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 3.20 1.86 1.86 1.86 1.86 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55 2.55
ITEM KB/EK 4/6 KB/EK 4/8 KB/EK 8/10 KB/EK 8/12 KB/EK 8/14 KB/EK 8/16 KB/EK 8/18 KB/EK 8/2 KB/EK 8/20 KB/EK 8/3 KB/EK 8/4 KB/EK 8/5 KB/EK 8/6 KB/EK 8/8 KB/MEK 4/10 KB/MEK 4/12 KB/MEK 4/14 KB/MEK 4/16 KB/MEK 4/18 KB/MEK 4/2 KB/MEK 4/20 KB/MEK 4/3 KB/MEK 4/4 KB/MEK 4/5 KB/MEK 4/6 KB/MEK 4/8 KB/MEK 8/10 KB/MEK 8/12 KB/MEK 8/14 KB/MEK 8/16 KB/MEK 8/18 KB/MEK 8/2 KB/MEK 8/20 KB/MEK 8/3 KB/MEK 8/4 KB/MEK 8/5 KB/MEK 8/6 KB/MEK 8/8 KB/MEV 8/10 KB/MEV 8/12 KB/MEV 8/14 KB/MEV 8/16 KB/MEV 8/18 KB/MEV 8/2 KB/MEV 8/20 KB/MEV 8/3 KB/MEV 8/4 KB/MEV 8/5 KB/MEV 8/6 KB/MEV 8/8 KIT/IR/MEK4 KIT/IR/MEK8 KIT/PC/EK8 KIT/PC/MEK4 KIT/PC/MEK8 KIT/PC/UL KIT/PC/UL KIT/PC/UM KIT/UDP/ISO1 KIT/UDP/ISO2 KIT/UDP/ISO3 M/CPUI/CT Ø M/CX/CPU/CT Ø M/WBZ M/WUG-WUGD
PAGE 2.55 2.55 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.48 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.42 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.36 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.21 2.42 2.36 2.48 2.42 2.36 2.21 2.8 2.4 2.83 2.83 2.83 1.32 1.48 1.7 1.8
ITEM MA10/12 MA4/1 MA4/12 MA4/4 MA4/6 MA5/1 MA5/12 MA5/4 MA5/6 MA6/1 MA6/12 MA6/4 MA6/6 MALR1/8 MALR4 MALR4/L MALRM5 MALRM5/L MALRU1/8 MALRU4 MALRU4/L MALRUM5 MALRUM5/L MAP1/8 MAP4 MAP4/L MAPM5 MAPM5/L MAS1/8 MAS4 MAS4/L MASM5 MASM5/L MAT1/8 MAT4 MAT4/L MATM5 MATM5/L MCLR1/8 MCLR4 MCLR4/L MCLRM5 MCLRM5/L MCLRU1/8 MCLRU4 MCLRU4/L MCLRUM5 MCLRUM5/L MCP1/8 MCP4 MCP4/L MCPM5 MCPM5/L MCS1/8 MCS4 MCS4/L MCS-CB2 MCS-FBR MCS-FMR MCS-LCB MCS-LCM MCS-LCSB MCS-LCSM MCSM5 MCSM5/L
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 3.3
ITEM MCS-PMN MCS-PMR MCS-PMV MCS-SA MCS-SAD MCT1/8 MCT4 MCT4/L MCTM5 MCTM5/L MEK192/N MEK192/NLED Voltage MEK192/NVD Voltage MEKCA4 AR/AR MEKCA4 AUC/AUC voltage MEKCA4 AUCG/AUCG MEKCA4 AUR/AUR voltage MEKCA4 AURG/AURG MEKCA4 KR/KR MEKCA4 KR/ZQ MEKCA4 KUC/KUC voltage MEKCA4 KUC/ZQ voltage MEKCA4 KUCG/KUCG MEKCA4 KUCG/ZQ MEKCA4 KUR/KUR voltage MEKCA4 KUR/ZQ voltage MEKCA4 KURG/KURG MEKCA4 KURG/ZQ MEKCA4 PR/PR MEKCA4 PUC/PUC voltage MEKCA4 PUCG/PUCG MEKCA4 PUR/PUR voltage MEKCA4 PURG/PURG MEKCA4 SR/SR MEKCA4 SUC/SUC voltage MEKCA4 SUCG/SUCG MEKCA4 SUR/SUR voltage MEKCA4 SURG/SURG MEKCA8 AR/AR MEKCA8 AUC/AUC voltage MEKCA8 AUR/AUR voltage MEKCA8 KUC/KUC voltage MEKCA8 KUR/KUR voltage MEKCA8 KUR/ZQ voltage MEKCA8 PR/PR MEKCA8 PUC/PUC voltage MEKCA8 PUR/PUR voltage MEKCA8 SR/SR MEKCA8 SUC/SUC voltage MEKCA8 SUR/SUR voltage MEV/C MEV/C1 MEV/C2 MEV/CA/SG MEV/CC/SG MEV/CF10 MEV/CF3 MEV/CF5 MEV/CP/SG MEV/M2D/AC MEV/M2D/DC MEV/M2S/AC MEV/M2S/DC MEV/M4D/AC MEV/M4D/DC
PAGE 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 2.15 2.15 2.15 2.37 2.38 2.40 2.38 2.40 2.37 2.37 2.38 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.38 2.38 2.40 2.40 2.37 2.38 2.40 2.38 2.40 2.37 2.38 2.40 2.38 2.40 2.33 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.34 2.33 2.34 2.34 2.33 2.34 2.34 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.16 2.16 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.16 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28
f
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM MEV/M4S/AC MEV/M4S/DC MEV/P MEV/PM MEV/SG MEV18 AUC/AUC voltage MEV18 AUR/AUR voltage MEV18 KUC/KUC voltage MEV18 KUC/TQ voltage MEV18 KUC/ZR voltage MEV18 KUR/KUR voltage MEV18 KUR/ZR voltage MEV18 PUC/PUC voltage MEV18 PUR/PUR voltage MEV18 SUC/SUC voltage MEV18 SUR/SUR voltage MEV18BM MEV18BS MEV18DG MEV18DP MEV18PC MEV18PE MEV18PUS MEV8 AR/AR MEV8 AUC/AUC voltage MEV8 AUR/AUR voltage MEV8 KR/KR MEV8 KR/TQ MEV8 KR/ZR MEV8 KUC/KUC voltage MEV8 KUC/TQ voltage MEV8 KUC/ZR voltage MEV8 KUC/ZR voltage MEV8 KUR/KUR voltage MEV8 KUR/ZR voltage MEV8 PR/PR MEV8 PUC/PUC voltage MEV8 PUR/PUR voltage MEV8 SR/SR MEV8 SUC/SUC voltage MEV8 SUR/SUR voltage MEV8/PC MEV8/PF MEVX18 AUC/AUC voltage MEVX18 AUR/AUR voltage MEVX18 KUC/KUC voltage MEVX18 KUC/TQ voltage MEVX18 KUC/ZR voltage MEVX18 KUR/KUR voltage MEVX18 KUR/ZR voltage MEVX18 PUC/PUC voltage MEVX18 PUR/PUR voltage MEVX18 SUC/SUC voltage MEVX18 SUR/SUR voltage MEVX8 AUC/AUC voltage MEVX8 AUR/AUR voltage MEVX8 KUC/KUC voltage MEVX8 KUC/TQ voltage MEVX8 KUC/ZR voltage MEVX8 KUR/KUR voltage MEVX8 KUR/ZR voltage MEVX8 PUC/PUC voltage MEVX8 PUR/PUR voltage MEVX8 SUC/SUC voltage MEVX8 SUR/SUR voltage
g
PAGE 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.28 2.16 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.26 2.17 2.18 2.18 2.17 2.17 2.17 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.18 2.17 2.18 2.18 2.17 2.18 2.18 2.21-2.31 2.21 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20 2.20
ITEM MF/CX/CPU/CT Ø ** MF/CX/CPUI/CT Ø ** MF10/12 MF4/1 MF4/12 MF4/4 MF4/6 MF5/1 MF5/12 MF5/4 MF5/6 MF6/1 MF6/12 MF6/4 MF6/6 MHALR1/8 MHALR4 MHALR4/L MHALRM5 MHALRM5/L MHALRU1/8 MHALRU4 MHALRUM5 MHALRUM5/L MHAP1/8 MHAP4 MHAP4/L MHAPM5 MHAPM5/L MHARLU4/L MHAS1/8 MHAS4 MHAS4/L MHASM5 MHASM5/L MHAT1/8 MHAT4 MHAT4/L MHATM5 MHATM5/L MHCLR1/8 MHCLR4 MHCLR4/L MHCLRM5 MHCLRM5/L MHCLRU1/8 MHCLRU4 MHCLRU4/L MHCLRUM5 MHCLRUM5/L MHCP1/8 MHCP4 MHCP4/L MHCPM5 MHCPM5/L MHCS1/8 MHCS4 MHCS4/L MHCSM5 MHCSM5/L MHCT1/8 MHCT4 MHCT4/L MHCTM5 MHCTM5/L
PAGE 1.49 1.32-1.46 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 4.26 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4
ITEM MP4/1 MP4/12 MP4/4 MP4/6 MP5/1 MP5/12 MP5/4 MP5/6 MP6/1 MP6/12 MP6/4 MP6/6 MR10/12 MR4/1 MR4/12 MR4/4 MR4/6 MR5/1 MR5/12 MR5/4 MR5/6 MR6/1 MR6/12 MR6/4 MR6/6 NB Ø NBG Ø PCA4 PCA4/F PCA4M PCA4M/F PFPØ PGØ PNP4 PNP4/F PNPCA4 PNPCA4/A PNPCA4/AF PNPCA4/F PNPCA4/S PNPCA4/SF PRA4 PRA8 PRC4 PRC8 PRCA4 PRCA8 PRDA RC1-DFM-… RC1-DGM-… RC1-DM-… RC1-G-… RC1-TC-… RC1-TL-… RC-C-… RC-CBD-… RC-CBF-… RC-CBS-… RC-DF-… RC-DFM-… RC-DGM-… RC-DI-… RC-DM-… RC-DS-… RC-G-…
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 4.20 1.66 1.66 3.28 3.29 3.29 3.29 1.14 1.14 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 3.28 4.28 4.28 4.28 4.28 4.28 4.29 4.27 5.43 5.44 5.36 5.38 5.39 5.40 5.40 5.42 5.42 5.42 5.37 5.43 5.44 5.37 5.36 5.41 5.43
ITEM RC-GF-… RC-GG-… RC-GI-… RC-P-… RC-RC-… RC-RV-… RC-TG-… RC-TI-… RO1-GM-... RO1-GMG-... RO-2BSR-... RO-3BSR-... RO-AC-… RO-ACL-… RO-BD-... RO-BDR-... RO-BS-... RO-BSR-... RO-CBD-... RO-CBS-... RO-CI-... RO-CT-... RO-DF-… RO-DI-… RO-DIR-… RO-DM-… RO-E-… RO-GI-… RO-GM-… RO-P-... RO-PF-... RO-R-... RO-RC-... RO-RD-… RO-RF-... RO-RFV-... RO-RV-... RO-T-… RO-TC-... RO-TI-… RO-TL-... RO-VBD-… RO-VBS-… RS1-N-… RS1-PM-… RS1-PMF-... RS1-RMF-… RS-CF-... RS-GF-... RS-GM-... RS-GMF-... RS-M-... RS-MFFF-... RS-MR-… RS-N-… RS-PF-... RS-PG-... RS-PL-… RS-PM-… RS-PMF-… RS-RMF-... RS-TC-... RS-TCF-... RS-TF-... RS-TFE-...
PAGE 5.38 5.38 5.39 5.37 5.45 5.45 5.39 5.40 5.13 5.14 5.15 5.16 5.20 5.20 5.16 5.15 5.16 5.15 5.21 5.21 5.20 5.21 5.12 5.17 5.17 5.12 5.19 5.17 5.13 5.18 5.18 5.19 5.23 5.22 5.24 5.23 5.23 5.19 5.14 5.18 5.14 5.22 5.22 5.25 5.35 5.27 5.26 5.32 5.29 5.30 5.29 5.26 5.32 5.28 5.25 5.33 5.34 5.27 5.27 5.27 5.26 5.28 5.31 5.30 5.29
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM RS-TLF-... RS-TM-... RS-TMC-... RS-TML-... RS-TMO-... RS-YCM-... RS-YF-... RT-C-… RT-DF-… RT-DI-… RT-DIR-… RT-DM-… RT-G-… RT-GG-… RT-GI-… RT-GMF-… RT-MDL-… RT-MT-… RT-MTD-… RT-MTL-… RT-P-… RT-RC-… RT-RF-… RT-RFL-… RT-RFV-… RT-TC-… RT-TI-… RT-TL-… RT-TM-… RT-YI-… RT-YIR-… RT-YM-… RX2 RX3 RX4 RX8 RX8/6 SC-… SCP-… SFPR SQ125/A SQ32-40/EK SQ32-40/A SQ50-63/EK SQ50-63/A SQ80-100/EK SQ80-100/A SQB SQB12 SQZ ST102 ST34 ST56 ST80 STPR Size PM/WBZ Size SG/WBZ T-PA-… T-PELD-… T-PU-… U1 U2 U4 U4/SM U4/SM2
PAGE 5.32 5.31 5.30 5.31 5.28 5.33 5.33 5.8 5.3 5.6 5.7 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.7 5.10 5.6 5.9 5.9 5.6 5.10 5.9 5.11 5.11 5.11 5.4 5.7 5.5 5.10 5.8 5.8 5.5 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 5.48 5.48 4.27 1.98-1.100 2.59 1.98-1.100 2.59 1.100 2.59 1.98-1.100 1.94 1.94 1.95 1.98 1.98 1.98 1.98 4.28 1.33 1.33 5.50 5.50 5.50 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31
ITEM U8 UAFØ UCT Ø UDP/ISO1/3M/L UDP/ISO1/4M/Q UDP/ISO1/4MS/Q UDP/ISO1/8M/Q UDP/ISO1/8MS/Q UDP/ISO1/B4 UDP/ISO1/B8 UDP/ISO1/PC UDP/ISO1/S4 UDP/ISO1/S8 UDP/ISO1/T UDP/ISO1-2 UDP/ISO1BM UDP/ISO1D UDP/ISO1PE UDP/ISO1PT UDP/ISO1PU UDP/ISO1PUI UDP/ISO1PUL UDP/ISO1PUS UDP/ISO2/2M/L UDP/ISO2/3M/Q UDP/ISO2/3MS/Q UDP/ISO2/B3 UDP/ISO2/B4 UDP/ISO2/BM UDP/ISO2/PC UDP/ISO2/PE UDP/ISO2/PT UDP/ISO2/PU UDP/ISO2/PUI UDP/ISO2/PUL UDP/ISO2/PUS UDP/ISO2/S3 UDP/ISO2/S4 UDP/ISO2/T UDP/ISO2-3 UDP/ISO2D UDP/ISO3/1M/L UDP/ISO3/2M/Q UDP/ISO3/B2 UDP/ISO3/S2 UDP/ISO3/T UDP/ISODT 1-2 UDP2B UDP2M/2 UDP2M/3 UDP2M/4 UDP2M/5 UDP2S UDP4B UDP4M/10 UDP4M/2 UDP4M/3 UDP4M/4 UDP4M/5 UDP4M/6 UDP4M/7 UDP4M/8 UDP4M/9 UDP4S UDP8B
PAGE 3.31 1.18 1.6 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.81 2.81 2.83 2.81 2.81 2.83 2.83 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.84 2.82 2.82 2.82 2.81 2.81 2.84 2.83 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.85 2.81 2.81 2.83 2.83 2.84 2.82 2.82 2.81 2.81 2.83 2.84 2.89 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.89 2.89 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.89 2.89
ITEM UDP8M/10 UDP8M/2 UDP8M/3 UDP8M/4 UDP8M/5 UDP8M/6 UDP8M/7 UDP8M/8 UDP8M/9 UDP8S UDS/SG/05 UDS/SG/105 UDS/SG/12 UDS/SG/212 UDS/SG/35 UDS05 KR/KR UDS05 KR/KUC UDS05 KR/KUR UDS05 KR/TQ UDS05 KR/TR UDS05 KR/ZR UDS05 KUC/KR UDS05 KUC/KUC UDS05 KUC/TQ UDS05 KUC/TR UDS05 KUC/ZR UDS05 KUR/KR UDS05 KUR/KUR UDS05 KUR/TR UDS05 KUR/ZR UDS05 SR/SR UDS05 SUC/SUC UDS05 SUR/SUR UDS05 TQ/KR UDS05 TQ/KUC UDS05 TR/KR UDS05 TR/KUC UDS05 TR/KUR UDS05 ZR/KR UDS05 ZR/KUC UDS05 ZR/KUR UDS105 AR/AR UDS105 AUC/AUC UDS105 AUEC/AUEC UDS105 AUER/AUER UDS105 AUPC/AUPC UDS105 AUPR/AUPR UDS105 KR/KR UDS105 KR/TQ UDS105 KR/TR UDS105 KR/ZR UDS105 KRP/KRP UDS105 KUEC/KUEC UDS105 KUEC/KUEC UDS105 KUEC/TQ UDS105 KUEC/TR UDS105 KUEC/ZR UDS105 KUER/KUER UDS105 KUER/TR UDS105 KUER/ZR UDS105 KUPC/KUPC UDS105 KUPC/TQ UDS105 KUPC/TR UDS105 KUPC/ZR UDS105 KUPR/KUPR
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.89 2.86 2.74 2.86 2.74 2.86 2.87 2.88 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.75 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76
ITEM UDS105 KUPR/TR UDS105 KUPR/ZR UDS105 PR/PR UDS105 PUEC/PUEC UDS105 PUER/PUER UDS105 PUPC/PUPC UDS105 PUPR/PUPR UDS105 SR/SR UDS105 SUEC/SUEC UDS105 SUER/SUER UDS105 SUPC/SUPC UDS105 SUPR/SUPR UDS12 AR/AR UDS12 KR/KR UDS12 KR/KUC UDS12 KR/KUR UDS12 KR/TQ UDS12 KR/TR UDS12 KR/ZR UDS12 KUC/KR UDS12 KUC/KUC UDS12 KUC/TQ UDS12 KUC/TR UDS12 KUC/ZR UDS12 KUR/KR UDS12 KUR/KUR UDS12 KUR/TR UDS12 KUR/ZR UDS12 SR/SR UDS12 SUC/SUC UDS12 SUR/SUR UDS12 TQ/KR UDS12 TQ/KUC UDS12 TR/KR UDS12 TR/KUC UDS12 TR/KUR UDS12 ZR/KR UDS12 ZR/KUC UDS12 ZR/KUR UDS212 AR/AR UDS212 AUC/AUC UDS212 AUEC/AUEC UDS212 AUER/AUER UDS212 AUPC/AUPC UDS212 AUPR/AUPR UDS212 AUR/AUR UDS212 KR/KR UDS212 KR/TQ UDS212 KR/TR UDS212 KR/ZR UDS212 KUEC/KUEC UDS212 KUEC/TQ UDS212 KUEC/TR UDS212 KUEC/ZR UDS212 KUER/KUER UDS212 KUER/TR UDS212 KUER/ZR UDS212 KUPC/KUPC UDS212 KUPC/TQ UDS212 KUPC/TR UDS212 KUPC/ZR UDS212 KUPR/KUPR UDS212 KUPR/TR UDS212 KUPR/ZR UDS212 PR/PR
PAGE 2.76 2.76 2.75 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.75 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.76 2.77 2.77 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.77 2.78 2.77 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.77 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.77
h
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM UDS212 PUC/PUC UDS212 PUEC/PUEC UDS212 PUER/PUER UDS212 PUPC/PUPC UDS212 PUPR/PUPR UDS212 SR/SR UDS212 SUEC/SUEC UDS212 SUER/SUER UDS212 SUPC/SUPC UDS212 SUPR/SUPR UDS35 KR/KR UDS35 KR/KUC UDS35 KR/KUR UDS35 KR/TQ UDS35 KR/TR UDS35 KR/ZR UDS35 KUC/KR UDS35 KUC/KUC UDS35 KUC/TQ UDS35 KUC/TR UDS35 KUC/ZR UDS35 KUR/KR UDS35 KUR/KUR UDS35 KUR/TR UDS35 KUR/ZR UDS35 SR/SR UDS35 SUC/SUC UDS35 SUR/SUR UDS35 TQ/KR UDS35 TQ/KUC UDS35 TR/KR UDS35 TR/KUC UDS35 TR/KUR UDS35 ZR/KR UDS35 ZR/KUC UDS35 ZR/KUR UDSI/SG/3 UDSI3 AR/AR UDSI3 AUC/AUC UDSI3 AUEC/AUEC UDSI3 AUER/AUER UDSI3 AUPC/AUPC UDSI3 AUPR/AUPR UDSI3 AUR/AUR UDSI3 KR/KR UDSI3 KR/TQ UDSI3 KR/TR UDSI3 KR/ZR UDSI3 KUEC/KUEC UDSI3 KUEC/TQ UDSI3 KUEC/TR UDSI3 KUEC/ZR UDSI3 KUER/KUER UDSI3 KUER/TR UDSI3 KUER/ZR UDSI3 KUPC/KUPC UDSI3 KUPC/TQ UDSI3 KUPC/TR UDSI3 KUPC/ZR UDSI3 KUPR/KUPR UDSI3 KUPR/TR UDSI3 KUPR/ZR UDSI3 SR/SR UDSI3 SUEC/SUEC UDSI3 SUER/SUER
i
PAGE 2.77 2.77 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.77 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.78 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.87 2.87 2.87 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.88 2.74 2.79 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.80 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.79 2.80 2.80
ITEM UDSI3 SUPC/SUPC UDSI3 SUPR/SUPR UDT Ø UF Ø UKA/12/SG/8 UKA/16/SG/4 UKA/20/SG/2 UKA/25/SG/8 UKA/32/SG/4 UKA/40/SG/2 UKA/SG/1 UKA1 UKA1/U UKA2/20 UKA2/20/U voltage UKA2/40 UKA2/40/U UKA4/16 UKA4/16/U voltage UKA4/32 UKA4/32/U UKA8/12 UKA8/12/U voltage UKA8/25 UKA8/25/U UKC/12/SG/8 UKC/16/SG/4 UKC/20/SG/2 UKC/25/SG/8 UKC/32/SG/4 UKC/40/SG/2 UKC/SG/1 UKC1 UKC1/MR UKC1/U UKC2/20 UKC2/20/SA UKC2/20/U voltage UKC2/40 UKC2/40/MR UKC2/40/SA UKC2/40/U UKC4/16 UKC4/16/SA UKC4/16/U voltage UKC4/32 UKC4/32/MR UKC4/32/SA UKC4/32/U UKC8/12 UKC8/12/SA UKC8/12/T UKC8/12/U voltage UKC8/25 UKC8/25/MR UKC8/25/SA UKC8/25/T UKC8/25/U UKCA/SG/2 UKCA/SG/4 UKCA/SG/8 UKCA1 UKCA1/U UKCA2 UKCA2/SA
PAGE 2.80 2.80 1.5 1.6 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.72 2.73 2.69 2.70 2.69 2.70 2.66 2.67 2.66 2.67 2.62 2.64 2.62 2.64 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.77 2.77 2.73 2.69 2.69 2.70 2.69 2.69 2.69 2.70 2.66 2.66 2.67 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.67 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.64 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.61 2.72 2.73 2.70 2.69
ITEM UKCA2/U UKCA4 UKCA4/SA UKCA4/U UKCA8 UKCA8/SA UKCA8/U UKHA1 UKHA1/U UKHA2/20 UKHA2/20/U voltage UKHA2/40 UKHA2/40/U UKHA4/16 UKHA4/16/U voltage UKHA4/32 UKHA4/32/U UKHA8/12 UKHA8/12/U voltage UKHA8/25 UKHA8/25/U UKHC1 UKHC1/U UKHC2/20 UKHC2/20 UKHC2/20/SA UKHC2/20/U voltage UKHC2/40 UKHC2/40/SA UKHC2/40/U UKHC4/16 UKHC4/16/SA UKHC4/16/U voltage UKHC4/32 UKHC4/32/SA UKHC4/32/U UKHC8/12 UKHC8/12/SA UKHC8/12/T UKHC8/12/U voltage UKHC8/25 UKHC8/25/SA UKHC8/25/T UKHC8/25/U ULARG/R voltage ULARV/R voltage ULASG/R voltage ULASG/RA voltage ULASG/U voltage ULASV/R voltage ULASV/RA voltage ULASV/U voltage ULCRG/R voltage ULCRV/R voltage ULCSG/R voltage ULCSG/RA voltage ULCSG/U voltage ULCSV/R voltage ULCSV/RA voltage ULCSV/U voltage ULP8B/2 ULP8B/3 ULP8B/5 ULP8S/2 ULP8S/3
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 2.70 2.66 2.66 2.67 2.62 2.62 2.64 2.72 2.73 2.49 2.70 2.69 2.69 2.66 2.67 2.66 2.67 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.64 2.72 2.73 2.62 2.69 2.62 2.62 2.69 2.69 2.70 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.66 2.67 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.62 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.5 2.5 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7
ITEM ULP8S/5 ULR1B UMASV/voltage UMP4-2/10 UMP4-2/2 UMP4-2/3 UMP4-2/4 UMP4-2/5 UMP4-2/6 UMP4-2/7 UMP4-2/8 UMP4-2/9 UMP5/1 UMPM5/10 UMPM5/2 UMPM5/3 UMPM5/4 UMPM5/5 UMPM5/6 UMPM5/7 UMPM5/8 UMPM5/9 UPDTØ UPFØ UPFPØ UPGØ UPPØ UPSCØ URE2 URE8 URF2/25 URF4/10 URF8/1 URF8/2 URF8/5 URG2/25 URG4/10 URG8/1 URG8/2 URG8/5 URS2/9 URS3/7 URS4/5 URS8/3 USB/voltage USB-BA/voltage USBG/voltage USBG-BA/voltage USC Ø USR102/N9 USR102/N9LED Voltage USR102/N9VD Voltage UZ/PM UZ/SVG UZ/SVG/1 UZ/SVG/2 UZ/SVG/P UZ/TM/R UZ/TM/R/SS UZAP/R4 UZAP/SVG UZAP/SVG/1 UZAP/U4 UZF/SG/1 UZF/SG/2
PAGE 2.7 2.15 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.18 1.17 1.18 1.19 1.18 1.18 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 3.35 2.14 2.14 2.14 2.14 1.6 2.15 2.15 2.15 4.3 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.3 4.3 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.3 4.3
ALPHANUMERIC INDEX ITEM UZF/SG/3 UZF/SG/3/SS UZF/SG/4 UZF4/20 UZF4/20/SS UZF4/20PM UZF4/20PM/SS UZF4/20RR7L UZF4/20RR7L/PM UZF4/20RR7L/PM/SS UZF4/20RR7L/SS UZF4/20RR7L/TM UZF4/20RR7L/TM/SS UZF4/20TM UZF4/20TM/SS UZF8/20 UZF8/20/SS UZF8/20PM UZF8/20PM/SS UZF8/20RR7L UZF8/20RR7L/PM UZF8/20RR7L/PM/SS UZF8/20RR7L/SS UZF8/20RR7L/TM UZF8/20RR7L/TM/SS UZF8/20TM UZF8/20TM/SS UZL/SG/3 UZL/SG/4 UZL/TM UZL4 UZL4PM UZL4TM UZL8 UZL8PM UZL8TM UZPR4 UZR/SG/5 UZRHS UZRHS UZRR/SG/6 UZRRH4/7 UZRRH8/7 UZRRM4/7 UZRRM4/7F20 UZRRM4/7F20/SS UZRRM4/7F20L UZRRM4/7F20L/PM UZRRM4/7F20L/PM/SS UZRRM4/7F20L/SS UZRRM4/7F20L/TM UZRRM4/7F20L/TM/SS UZRRM4/7F20PM UZRRM4/7F20PM/SS UZRRM4/7F20TM UZRRM4/7F20TM/SS UZRRM8/7 UZRRM8/7F20 UZRRM8/7F20/SS UZRRM8/7F20L UZRRM8/7F20L/PM UZRRM8/7F20L/PM/SS UZRRM8/7F20L/SS UZRRM8/7F20L/TM UZRRM8/7F20L/TM/SS
PAGE 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.10 4.3 4.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.8 4.4 4.8 4.8 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.4 4.5 4.5 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
ITEM UZRRM8/7F20PM UZRRM8/7F20PM/SS UZRRM8/7F20TM UZRRM8/7F20TM/SS UZVL/4 UZVL/SVG UZVL/SVG/1 VC-01 VC-02 VC-03 VC-04 VM1 VM15 VM2 VM3 VM4 VM8 VS1-MF-… VS-FF-… VS-MF-… VSR-FF-… VSR-MF… W 105 1 B E3A W 105 1 E E3A W 105 1 V E3A W 105 2 B E3A W 105 2 E E3A W 105 2 V E3A W 105 3 B E3A W 105 3 E E3A W 105 3 V E3A W 105 4 B E3A W 105 4 E E3A W 105 4 V E3A W 105 5 B E3A W 105 5 E E3A W 105 5 V E3A W 106 1 B E2A W 106 1 E E2A W 106 1 V E2A W 106 10 B E2A W 106 10 E E2A W 106 10 V E2A W 106 11 B E2A W 106 11 E E2A W 106 11 V E2A W 106 2 B E2A W 106 2 E E2A W 106 2 V E2A W 106 3 B E2A W 106 3 E E2A W 106 3 V E2A W 106 4 B E2A W 106 4 E E2A W 106 4 V E2A W 106 5 B E2A W 106 5 E E2A W 106 5 V E2A W 106 6 B E2A W 106 6 E E2A W 106 6 V E2A W 106 7 B E2A W 106 7 E E2A W 106 7 V E2A W 106 8 B E2A
PAGE 4.5 4.9 4.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 4.8 3.31 3.31 3.31 3.31 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 2.96 5.47 5.47 5.47 5.46 5.46 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.91 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92
ITEM W 106 8 E E2A W 106 8 V E2A W 106 9 B E2A W 106 9 E E2A W 106 9 V E2A W 107 1 B E3A W 107 1 E E3A W 107 1 V E3A W 107 2 B E3A W 107 2 E E3A W 107 2 V E3A W 107 3 B E3A W 107 3 E E3A W 107 3 V E3A W 107 4 B E3A W 107 4 E E3A W 107 4 V E3A W 107 5 B E2A W 107 5 E E2A W 107 5 V E2A W 107 6 B E2A W 107 6 E E2A W 107 6 V E2A W 107 7 B E2A W 107 7 E E2A W 107 7 V E2A W 108 1 B E2A W 108 1 B E5A W 108 1 E E2A W 108 1 E E5A W 108 1 V E2A W 108 1 V E5A W 108 2 B E2A W 108 2 B E5A W 108 2 E E2A W 108 2 E E5A W 108 2 V E2A W 108 2 V E5A W 108 3 B E5A W 108 3 E E5A W 108 3 V E5A W 108 4 B E5A W 108 4 E E5A W 108 4 V E5A WAIRSOL (1L) WAIRSOL HS(1L) WB2B WB2U WB4B WB4U WB8B WB8U WBZ size WBZ size G WE2A/voltage WE3A/voltage WE5A/voltage WRFØ/Rotation angle WRM Ø/Rotation angle WUGB Size/stroke WUGCD Size WUGCP Size WUGDB Size/stroke WUGDM Size/stroke WUGM Size/stroke
Alphanumeric index
PAGE 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.92 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 2.93 4.6 1.81 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 3.36 1.7-1.33 1.7-1.33 2.93 2.93 2.93 1.88 1.88 1.8-1.34 1.11-1.36 1.11-1.36 1.8-1.34 1.8-1.34 1.8-1.34
ITEM X/CG X/CP X/CT X/P/M3 X/P/M4 XH4CM2 XH4CM2F XH4CM4 XH4CM4F XH4CM8 XH4CM8F XVB XVF/SG/4-5 XVF4 XVF5 ZCL Ø ZCS Ø ZPB Ø ZTI Ø
PAGE 1.24 1.24 1.32 1.24 1.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 3.24 2.8 3.37 3.37 3.37 1.80 1.80 1.79 1.80
j
CAT. 08/EN
Waircom M.B.S. S.p.A. Via Piemonte, 13/15 - 20070 Vizzolo Predabissi (MILAN) ITALY - Tel: +39 02 98230821 - Fax: +39 02 98231854 www.waircom-mbs.com - info@waircom-mbs.com